This content was uploaded by our users and we assume good faith they have the permission to share this book. If you own the copyright to this book and it is wrongfully on our website, we offer a simple DMCA procedure to remove your content from our site. Start by pressing the button below!
(q) + 60(k) = mr, (26) (infinite-volume) s-wave phase-shift (the exwhich gives the spectrum of two-particle plicit formula in eq. (24) applies only to this states in a finite cubic volume 30 . We were partial wave). The remaining finite-volume able to establish the validity of eq. (24) for corrections decrease exponentially as the volall elastic states below the inelastic threshume increases. old, with exponential accuracy in the volume, In lattice simulations we calculate cor- extending the derivation in ref.28 which was relation functions at large (Euclidean) times presented for the lowest seven levels. We were so as to isolate the ground state. Most fre- also able to demonstrate that the formula quently, as for example in the computations was valid when the two-pion energy does not used to obtain the results presented in sec- match the mass of the kaon mx and the intion 2, the interpolating operators used in serted operator (e.g. one of the Oj in the opthe correlation functions are such that the erator product expansion for the weak Hamilground state corresponds to the lightest par- tonian eq. (23)) carries non-zero energy and ticle with some specified quantum numbers. momentum. This is particularly useful in atFor K —> 7T7T decays we are also interested in tempts to determine the coefficients of the two-particle states. One of the consequences operators appearing in higher orders of the of the Maini-Testa theorem 27 is that such chiral expansion (see sec. 3.2 below). correlation functions are dominated at large times by the states in which the kaon and 3.2 Status and Prospects for the each of the two-pions are (almost) at rest. Evaluation of K —> irn Decays. Such a kinematical situation is clearly unX87TV2 ( ^ j distribution as a function of |*i — *21 is shown in Fig. (3c and d). The J PC agreement between the data and theory is excellent. Similar conclusions arise for the The JPC = 2~+ states, the r?2(1645) and /i(1420). 772(1870), are predicted to be produced poIn passing, the resulting analysis of axial meson production 65 implies that the /i(1285; 1420) are members of a nonet with 7/0/700 are spatially extended KK molecules, (with r.m.s. radius R > 0(AgJ 7Z? )), then the The radiative decays of the <j> —• 7/0 (980) high momentum region of the integration in 75 77 and 700 (980) have long been recognised as refs. ' is cut off, leading in effect to a form 2 75 79 a potential route towards disentangling their factor suppression, F (R) < l ' . The differences in absolute rates are thus intimately nature. In this section I we note that linked to the model dependent magnitude of isospin mixing effects could considerably alter 2 some predictions in the literature for T((f> —> F (R). 7/o(980)) and T((/> -> 7a 0 (980)), and I show that new data from DA$NE promise to rePrecision data on both /o and 00 proveal their nature. duction are now available from DA$NE 5 0 . Before discussing this, there are two particThe magnitudes of these widths are pre- ular items that I wish to address concerning dicted to be rather sensitive to the funda- the current predictions. One concerns the abmental structures of the /o and ao, and as solute branching ratios, and the second concerns the ratio of branching ratios where, if /o such potentially discriminate amongst them. and OQ have common constituents (and hence For example, if / 0 (980) = ss and the dominant dynamics is the "direct" quark tran- are "siblings") and are eigenstates of isospin, + sition (j>(ss) —> 7 0 + + ( s s ) , then the pre- then their affinity for K K~ should be the 338 = io'2(f>*, hU'D'E
{#'() + kS'0(k)}^k,.
(24)
physical. Lellouch and Liischer 28 make the interesting and significant observation that, since energy levels in a finite box are discrete, it is possible to tune the size of the box (lattice) in such a way that the energy
In this section I present some recent lattice results of the matrix elements which contribute to K —> TTTT decay amplitudes and discuss the exciting prospects for further progress in improving the precision. Since 234
Phenomenology from Lattice QCD
C. T. Sachrajda
Figure 8. Two contributions to nonleptonic kaon decay amplitudes.
a) Disconnected Emission
s K
^ " \
b) Disconnected Penguin the delivery of this lecture in July, two groups have presented results which include the evaluation of A7 = 1/2 amplitudes including the determination of e'/e, and in view of the interest in such calculations I will also comment briefly on these results. A number of different mechanisms contribute to the amplitudes for K —* nn decays, and in fig. 8 I show some examples. The fourquark vertex at which there is an s —> u or s —> d transition represents the insertion of one of the four-quark operators appearing in the effective Hamiltonian in eq. (23). Lattice calculations have shown that it is not possible to explain the AJ = 1/2 rule, i.e. the experimentally observed enhancement of the amplitudes for A i = l / 2 decays by a factor of about 22 relative to those for A / = 3 / 2 decays, with emission diagrams only. I start
235
with a discussion of attempts to evaluate the penguin contractions using Wilson-like lattice fermions. In order to obtain the physical contribution from the penguin diagrams, in general we have to subtract large unphysical artefacts, terms which diverge as inverse powers of the lattice spacing (power divergences). From the diagram in fig. 8(b) we can see that the inserted four-quark operator can mix with quark bilinears of the type dTs (where T is one of the Dirac matrices) unless there are symmetries to prevent this mixing. Although lattice symmetries do soften the divergences corresponding to the mixing, large subtractions (direct or indirect) are nevertheless unavoidable. This is the reason for the absence up to now of sufficiently precise results for A7 = 1/2 decays. The excitement in the S P Q Q T J R (Southampton-Rome-(QCD)-Paris) collaboration, of which I am a member, is due to the fact that for the first time we have a lattice signal for the amplitudes, which we will analyse to determine e'/e and study the A / = 1/2 rule. This is partly due to improved theoretical techniques to reduce the subtractions and to deal with them non-perturbatively, and partly due to improved computing facilities. In fig. 9 I show the (preliminary) raw lattice data for the ratio of correlation functions as a function of the time t, from which one of the relevant matrix elements, nT{7nr\0-\K), is determined. There is a stable region in t, where the matrix element can be seen to be non-zero and we will increase the statistics to reduce the error which is currently still large. In fig. 10 I illustrate the huge subtractions which generally have to be performed with data from the CP-PACS collaboration for the matrix element of 0%, which is one of the important operators contributing to e'/e. I now turn to the matrix elements of A7 = 3/2 operators between the kaon and two-pion states. These can can now be evaluated with good precision, and as an example I present in fig. 11 the AI = 3/2 matrix ele-
C. T. Sachrajda
Phenomenology from Lattice QCD
Figure 9. Raw lattice d a t a for the matrix element i=o{n-n\0~ \K) as a function of the time.
Figure 10. An example of the very large subtractions present in some lattice evaluations of the AI = 1/2 transitions. The figure shows the values of the unsubtracted and subtracted bare matrix elements /=0 (7T7r|O6 \K) as a function of the quark mass from a simulation by the CP-PACS Collaboration 3 1 . i—i—i—|—i—i—i—|—i—i—i—p
r- I
S
I
! -*-
:•:
• unsubtracted • s u m : (Q|"b>0
, - • • • * !
%
0
- *
•
•
O
i subtraction
ments of the electroweak operator 0% which is one of the key components in the evaluation of s'/e. We are currently undertaking a detailed study, up to next-to-leading order in the chiral expansion for the AI = 3/2 matrix elements of these operators (04,7,s)- Preliminary results indicate that it is possible to obtain a AI — "S/2K —> 7T7T decay amplitude, which is nevertheless consistent with a large BK (see sec.2.4). There is a long history of lattice studies of kaon decays in which operator matrix elements of the type {ir\0\K) are computed and combined with soft-pion theorems and chiral perturbation theory to obtain the decay amplitudes. Here I mention one such recent result, for the matrix element of the electroweak penguin operator 0% 19 , for which lattice results give significantly smaller values than other determinations, e.g. |Jr=2<7r7r|O8|-K'0>| = (0.5 ± 0.1) GeV 3 , (27) in the NDR renormalization scheme at a scale of 2 GeV (such a small result was also confirmed from computations of K —> TVTT amplitudes by the S P Q ^ p R collaboration in the presentation of their preliminary data at Lattice 2001 3 2 ). This can be compared to the larger values, e.g. 2.22±0.67GeV 3 3 3 and (3.5±l.l)GeV 3 34 obtained using other (con-
-5
h I i
0
x
a:
i — i — I — i — i —
0.02
0.04 am.
0.06
tinuum) techniques such as dispersion relations and the \/Nc expansion c . There is also a recent continuum result of 1.2±0.5Gev 3 36 obtained using spectral functions. A large value of the matrix element of Og would require very large values indeed for the matrix elements of Oe in order to explain the measured value of e' je and so it will be interesting to follow the developments in these calculations. As mentioned above, two groups have recently presented results for e'/e and other properties of K —> wir decay amplitudes, from a computation of K —• IT matrix elements using the Domain Wall Fermion formulation for lattice quarks (these results were presented since this lecture was delivered). In view of the experimental result 37 e'/e = (17.2±1.8) 10~~4 these results may seem somewhat disturbing: e'/e=
( - 8 - h - 4 ) 1 0 " 4 RBC38
e'/e = ( - 7 - h - 2 ) 1 0 ~
4
(28) 31
CP-PACS .(29)
c After including the recently calculated O(ol) corrections 3 3 the authors of ref. 3 4 find their results becomes (2.4 ± 0.8) Gev 3 3 5 .
236
Phenomenology from Lattice QCD
C. T. Sachrajda
Figure 11. Preliminary d a t a for the matrix element of the electroweak penguin operator 0$ for a particular choice of the quark mass as a function of the lattice time t 3 2 . Os, mom=1, k,=0.13376, k2=0.13376
Of course, it would be very exciting to be able to confidently deduce the existence of new physics from the discrepancy between the lattice results in eqs. (28) and (29) and the experimentally measured value of e'/e. Such a conclusion remains a tantalizing possibility. Before this can be done however, we need to be reassured that the systematics of the computations are sufficiently under control. Although the results for e'/e from refs. 38 and 3 1 are consistent with each other, this is not the case for some other quantities, including some of the separate components in e'/e. For example both groups find a large, but different, value for the ratio Re(^4o)/Re(A 2 ), where 0 and 2 denote the isospin of the twopion system (and hence an enhancement of A7 = 1/2 decays!). The RBC collaboration find ReA0/ReA2 = 24 — 27 (remarkably close to the experimental value) whilst CPPACS find ReA0/ReA2 = 9 -=-12. Since both groups use similar methods (but with some important differences, for example in the normalisation of the operators) we need to understand the reason for discrepancies such as these. It has to be stressed that this calculation is much more difficult and subtle than 237
those reported in section 2. Given the huge subtraction of power divergences, illustrated in fig. 10, a good understanding of the chiral properties of the theory with the parameters used in the simulation is crucial. The computations were performed using Domain Wall Fermions with 7V5 = 16 points (where iV5 is the number of points in the fifth direction), and although both groups claim that this is sufficient for the residual chiral symmetry breaking effects to be fully under control, it would be very reassuring to confirm this by increasing 7V5 whilst keeping the other parameters fixed. We also need to be able to understand the consequences for these calculations of the recent observation by Golterman and Pallante 39 that in the quenched approximation there are additional (spurious) chiral logarithms. It should also be remembered that the results for K —> TTIV amplitudes in eqs. eqs. (28) and (29) were obtained from the determination of K —> ir matrix elements using lowest order chiral perturbation theory, and one can ask about the precision of this procedure. Nevertheless, in spite of caveats such as these, these new results are very exciting and mark the beginning of a new era in lattice studies of kaon decays.
4
Conclusion
Lattice simulations provide the opportunity to evaluate non-perturbative QCD effects from first principles with no model assumptions or parameters. There is a large range of quantities of central importance to particle physics which are being computed in lattice simulations (indeed it is far too large a range to be considered in a review talk of 30 minutes). For some quantities, such as those which enter into the analysis of the Unitarity Triangle which were discussed in section 2, the emphasis is now on the reduction of systematic errors. For others, such as the evaluation of nonleptonic weak decays in general and K —> -KIT decays in particular, we are
Phenomenology from Lattice QCD
C. T. Sachrajda still learning how best to extract the physical quantities. The range of quantities which can be studied is constantly expanding. Acknowledgements I am indebted to the rapporteurs at the 2000 International Symposium on Lattice Field Theory, Claude Bernard (Heavy Quark Physics) and Laurent Lellouch (LightHadron Weak Matrix Elements), for their kind permission to reproduce plots and compilations from their talks. I warmly thank my collaborators, David Lin, Guido Martinelli, Mauro Papinutto and Massimo Testa for many stimulating discussions. The written version of this talk was prepared during the long-term workshop on Lattice QCD and Hadron Phenomenology at the Institute for Nuclear Theory of the University of Seattle. I thank the organizers, Martin Golterman and Steve Sharpe, and the participants for many stimulating discussions on the subject of this talk. Finally I am enormously grateful to my scientific secretary, Federico Mescia, for his generous help. I acknowledge support from PPARC through grants PPA/G/O/1998/00525 and PPA/G/S/1998/00529 and from the European Union by grant HTRN-CT-2000-00145. References
200 (2000). 3. A. Stocchi, J. Phys. G 27 (2001) 1101. 4. S. Hashimoto et al., Phys. Rev. D 61 (2000) 014502. 5. UKQCD Collaboration, K.C. Bowler et al., Phys. Rev. D 57 (1998) 6948. 6. C. Bernard, Nucl. Phys. Proc. Suppl. 94 (2001) 159. 7. UKQCD Collaboration, J. Flynn private communication and J. Gill, hep-lat/0109035. 8. CLEO Collaboration, B.H. Behrens et al., Phys. Rev. D 61 (2000) 052001. 9. E. El-Khadra et al., Phys. Rev. D 58 (1998) 014506; C.R. Allton et al., Phys.Lett. B 405 (1997) 133; S. Aoki et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. 80 (1998) 5711; C. Bernard et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. 81 (1998) 4812; A. Ali Khan et al., Phys. Lett. B 427 (1998) 132; K-I. Ishikawa et al., Phys. Rev. D 61 (2000) 074501; D. Becirevic et al., Phys.Rev. D 60 (1999) 074501; D. Becirevic et al., hep-lat/0002025; C. Maynard, Nucl. Phys. (Proc.Suppl.) 94 (2001) 367; C.W. Bernard et al., Nucl. Phys. (Proc.Suppl.) 94 (2001) 346; A. Ali Khan et a l , Phys.Rev. D 64 (2001) 034505; A. Ali Khan et al., Phys.Rev. D 64 (2001) 054504; L. Lellouch and C.-J. Lin, Phys.Rev. D 64 10.
1. Proceedings of the annual International Symposia on Lattice Field Theory: Lattice 98 Nucl. Phys. (Proc. Suppl.J 73 (1999); Lattice 99 Nucl. Phys. (Proc. Suppl.) 83 (2000); Lattice 2000 Nucl. Phys. (Proc. Suppl.) 94 (2001); Lattice 2001, copies of transparencies can be found on http://www-zeuthen.desy.de/ ~latt2001/ . 2. Report of the ECFA panel on the future requirements and prospects for Lattice QCD, F. Jegherlehner et al., ECFA-00-
11.
12. 13.
238
(2001) 094501. S. Collins et al., Phys.Rev. D 60 (1999) 074504; C.W. Bernard et a l , Nucl. Phys. (Proc.Suppl.) 94 (2001) 346; A. Ali Khan et al., Phys.Rev. D 64 (2001) 034505; A. Ali Khan et al., Phys.Rev. D 64 (2001) 054504. Alpha Collaboration, R. Frezzotti, P.A. Grassi, S. Sint and P. Weisz, Nucl. Phys. (Proc.Suppl.) 83 (2000) 941; JHEP 0108 (2001) 058. D. Becirevic, D. Meloni and A. Retico, JHEP 0101 (2001) 012. CP-PACS collaboration, A. Ali Khan et al., hep-lat/0105020.
C. T. Sachrajda
Phenomenology from Lattice QCD
14. T. Blum, Nucl. Phys. (Proc.Suppl.) 94 (2001) 291; 15. T. Blum and A. Soni, Phys. Rev. Lett. 79 (1997) 3595; T. Blum, Nucl. Phys. (Proc.Suppl.) 94 (2001) 291; A. Ali Khan et al., Nucl. Phys. (Proc.Suppl.) 94 (2001) 287; G. Kilcup, R. Gupta and S.R. Sharpe, Phys. Rev. D 57 (1998) 1654; S. Aoki et a l , Phys. Rev. Lett. 80 (1998) 5271; G. Kilcup, D. Pekurovsky and L. Venkataraman Nucl. Phys. (Proc. Suppl.) 53 (1997) 345; 7) S. Aoki et al., Phys. Rev. D 60 (1999) 034511. 16. L. Lellouch, Nucl. Phys. Proc. Suppl. 94 (2001) 142. 17. S. Sharpe, hep-lat/9811006. 18. C.R. Allton et a l , Phys. Lett. B 453 (1999) 30. 19. A. Donini, V.Gimenez, L. Giusti and G. Martinelli, Phys. Lett. B 470 (1999) 233. 20. See the talks by D.Cassel, J. Dorfan, J. Nash, M. Neubert, S. Olsen, H. Tajima and M. Wise in these proceedings. 21. G. Martinelli, hep-ph/0110023 22. C.W. Bernard et al., Phys. Rev. D 32 (1985) 2343; M. Bochiccio et al., Nucl. Phys. B 262 (1985) 331; L. Maiani, G. Martinelli, G.C. Rossi and M. Testa, Phys. Lett. B 176 (1986) 445 and Nucl. Phys. B 289 (1987) 505; C.W. Bernard, T. Draper, G. Hockney and A. Soni, Nucl. Phys. (Proc. Suppl.) 4 (1988) 483; C.Dawson et al., Nucl. Phys. B 514 (1998) 313. 23. G. Martinelli et al., Nucl. Phys B 445 (1995) 81; A. Donini et al., Phys. Lett. B 360 (1996) 83; L.Conti et al., Phys. Lett. B 421 (1998) 273. 24. C. Dawson et al., Nucl. Phys. (Proc. Suppl.) 94 (2001) 613. 25. M. Liischer, hep-let/9802029 and references therein. 26. S. Aoki, T. Izubuchi, Y. Kuramashi,
239
27. 28. 29.
30. 31. 32.
33.
34.
35. 36. 37.
38.
39.
Y. Taniguchi, Phys. Rev. D 59 (1999) 094505 and Phys. Rev. D 60 (1999) 114504; S. Aoki and Y. Kuramashi, Phys. Rev. D 63 (2001) 054504; S. Capitani and L. Giusti, hep-lat/0011070. L. Maiani and M. Testa, Phys. Lett. B 245 (1990) 585. L. Lellouch and M. Liischer, Comm. Math. Phys. 219 (2001) 31. M. Liischer, Comm. Math. Phys. 104 (1986) 177; Comm. Math. Phys. 105 (1986) 153; Nucl. Phys. B 354 (1991) 531; Nucl. Phys. B 364 (1991) 237. C.-J.D. Lin, G. Martinelli, C.T. Sachrajda and M. Testa, hep-lat/0104006. CP-PACS Collaboration, J. Noaki et al., hep-lat/0108013. S P Q C D R Collaboration, talks by C.J.D. Lin, G.Martinelli and M. Papinutto at Lattice 2001. J.F. Donoghue and E. Golowich, Phys. Lett. B 478 (2000) 172; V. Cirigliano, J.F. Donohue, E. Golowich and K. Maltman, hep-ph/0109113. M. Knecht, S. Peris and E. de.Rafael, Phys. Lett. B 457 (1999) 227; Phys. Lett. B 508 (2001) 117. S. Peris and E. de.Rafael, private communication. J. Bijnens, E. Gamiz and J. Prades, hep-ph/0108240. See the talks by R. Kessler and L. Iconomidou-Fayard in these proceedings. RBC Collaboration, Presentations by T. Blum, C. Calin and R. Mawhinney at the 2001 International Symposium on Lattice Field Theory, Berlin, August 1921 2001. M. Golterman and E. Pallante, hep-lat/0108010.
CHIRAL L A G R A N G I A N S JOHAN BIJNENS Department of Theoretical Physics, Lund University, Solvegatan HA, S 22362 Lund, Sweden E-mail: [email protected] An overview of the field of Chiral Lagrangians is given. This includes Chiral Perturbation Theory and resummations to extend it t o higher energies, applications to the muon anomalous magnetic moment, e' /e and others.
1
Introduction
known SU(3)v-
Chiral Symmetry is important in a lot of situations. In this talk I will restrict myself to consequences of Chiral Symmetry for the strong interaction. The subject is very broad as can be judged from the lectures and review articles 1 . In its modern form it was founded by Weinberg5 and Gasser and Leutwyler. 6,7 I will discuss a few of the basics in sects. 2, 3, 4. The applications to WIT scattering (sect. 5), some two-flavour results (sect. 6) and resummations, and the question of hadronic contributions to the muon magnetic moment (sect. 7), follow. Some of the theoretical developments in the structure and understanding in particular of the many free parameters follow in sect. 8. Applications to three flavours, sect. 9, quark mass ratios, sect. 10, Vus, sect. 11, anomalies and eta decays, sects. 12, 13, semileptonic, sect. 14, and nonleptonic, sect. 15 weak decays and e'/e form the main remaining part. I then conclude by a solar and cosmological as well as a high density application together with some references to neglected areas. More than 300 papers cited one of the three seminal papers in the last two years, obviously necessitating many omissions. 2
Chiral S y m m e t r y
QCD with 3 light quarks of equal mass has an obvious symmetry under continuous interchange of the quark flavours. This is the well
£QCD =
However, for mq = 0, ^2
l^Lpqi
+ iqRlpQR
g=u,d,s
-mq{qRqL+qLqR)\
(1)
has as symmetry the full chiral SU(3)L X SU(3)R since the left and right handed quarks decouple. Massive particles can always be changed from left to right handed by going to a Lorentzframe that moves faster than the particle, this changes the momentum direction but not the spin direction and hence flips the helicity.a For massless particles this argument fails and the left and right helicities can thus be rotated separately. Chiral Symmetry is broken by the vacuum of QCD, otherwise we would see a parity partner of the proton at a similar mass. Instead we believe that this symmetry is spontaneously broken by a quark-antiquark condensate or vacuum-expectation-value (VEV) (qq) = {q~LqR + mqL) ^ o .
(2)
This condensate breaks SU(3)L X SU(3)R down to the diagonal subgroup SU(3)v- This breaks 8 continuous symmetries and we must thus have 8 massless particles, Goldstone Bosons, whose interactions vanish at zero momentum. The VEV that spontaneously breaks the Chiral Symmetry can also be a different one than in Eq. (2). This option is often known as Generalized Chiral Perturbation Theory. 8 a
For Majorana masses this Lorentz transformation also changes particle into antiparticle.
240
Chiral Lagrangians
Johan Bijnens 3
Uses of Chiral Symmetry
Chiral Symmetry can be used in high energy and nuclear physics in a variety of ways: • Constructing chirally invariant phenomenological Lagrangians to be used only at tree level. • Current Algebra which directly uses the Ward Identities of SU{3)L x SU(3)R and the Goldstone Boson nature of the pion to restrict amplitudes. Often these calculations assume smoothness assumptions on the amplitudes. This method is very powerful but becomes unwieldy when going beyond the leading terms.
currents and quark masses. The usual ordering is mq ~ p2 since m\ ~ p2 ~ rng(qq) and we count external photon Z° and W/f fields as order p since they occur together with a momentum in the covariant derivative Du
(3)
An example for the powercounting in scattering is shown below:
TTTT-
Meson Vertex
1/P2
meson propagator
• Chiral Perturbation Theory (CHPT) which is the modern implementation of current algebra using the full power of effective field theory (EFT) methods. In recent years CHPT methods have been developed for most areas where current algebra is applicable in particular for mesons with two and three flavours, single baryons, two or three baryons, and also in including nonleptonic weak and electromagnetic interactions.
J d4p
• Using dispersion relations with CHPT constraints as a method to include higher orders and/or extend the range of validity of the CHPT results.
The lowest order diagram is just the tree level vertex at p2 and as can be seen the two oneloop diagrams are both p4. The existence of this loop expansion was shown in a very nice paper by Weinberg.5 This paper can really be considered the birth of modern CHPT.
• The use of all the above in estimating weak nonleptonic decays and in particular e'/e. Chiral Perturbation Theory
As degrees of freedom we use the eight Goldstone Bosons of spontaneous chiral symmetry breaking, identified with the ir,K,rj octet, and we expand in momenta using the fact that the interaction vanishes at zero momentum. The precise procedure can be found in many lectures 1 but is referred to as powercounting in generic momenta (p), external
241
loop integral
{p2)2(l/p2)2p4=p4
(p2)(l/p2)p4
5 4
dn - ieAu
7T-7T scattering
The amplitude for TT-TT scattering can, in isospin notation, be written as 4 ( 7 r V -» T T V ) = iSljSklA(s,t,u)
+ cyclic.
The fact that TT-TT scattering is weak near threshold is one of the major qualitative predictions of spontaneous chiral symmetry breaking. The order p2 contribution was worked out using current algebra methods by
Johan Bijnens
Chiral Lagrangians
Figure 1. The conclusions of the new data on irn scattering analyzed using C H P T and Roy equations. The triangle, A, and the shaded region are the old data. The band shows the Roy constraints and • , • are two predictions of pure C H P T indicating the uncertainty in the parameters. The dash-dotted band is the Roy equation analysis including (G)CHPT constraints and the ellipse shows t h e result of the new data. T h e bullets from left to right show t h e convergence of standard C H P T at orders p 2 , 4 , 6 . From 1 5 .
Figure 2. • are the new BNL E865 data and A the older Rosselet 16 ones. T h e three bands are the predictions for three different values of the scattering length a§. Figure from l s .
latter data were recently completed. 18 6
Weinberg in the sixties:9 A{s,t,u)
= (s-ml)/F2.
(4)
The p4, including loop-diagrams and the new free parameters, was done by Gasser and Leutwyler 10 and the full two-loop expression was performed recently 11 after partial calculations in 12 . Remarkably the full amplitude can be written in terms of logarithms and other elementary functions. The new results in the last year are that the Roy equation analysis was updated using the larger computer power now available13 and the new data from the BNLE865 experiment 14 . Both of these were then combined with the two-loop CHPT results in 15 with the conclusions that standard CHPT works find and that, at least in the twoflavour sector, the more generalized scenario (GCHPT) is not needed. In Fig. 1 we show their conclusions and in Fig. 2 the agreement with the old and the new data. In the future we expect a further improvement from measurements in Ke4 at KLOE and from pionium atoms at DIRAC. 17 The theoretical calculations needed for the
Other 2 flavour C H P T
The first two-loop calculation in CHPT was the two-flavour process 77 —> 7r°7r° and its polarizabilities 19 and the equivalent calculation for the charged pions. 20 The latter also included the pion mass and decay-constants, see also. 11 Radiative pion decay, TT —• (.vy, is also known. 21 The most recent calculation in this sector was the full CHPT calculation of the pion scalar and vector form factors. 22 There has since been quite some work trying to add dispersion theoretical constraints to the pion vector form factor. Using inverse amplitude methods and Omnes equation inspired resummations a very nice fit to the ALEPH 2 5 and CLEO-II 26 data for r-decay was obtained. Similar work, with references to earlier work is 24 . In Fig. 3 I show the quality of the fit to the r-data. Good fits up to \fs ~ 1.5 GeV are obtained also for the e + e~ —> •K+IT~ data and the spacelike e-K —> eir data 2 7 as shown in Fig. 4. The resummations in this sector work well, in Table 1 I show the charge radius and the coefficient of the quartic q4 term in the vector form factor from the dispersive fit23
242
Johan Bijnens
Chiral Lagrangians
(r2yv (GeV " 2 ) c\ (GeV- 4 )
dispersive 11.04(30) 3.79(4)
CHPT 11.22(41) 3.85(60)
Table 1. Comparison between the C H P T fits and the dispersive improvement for the pion charge radius and the next term in formfactor expansion.
while a recent theory review quotes the standard model prediction 30 aM = 116 591 597(67) x 1 0 ~ n . Figure 3. T h e resummed C H P T expression and the fit to the r —• -K-KV data. Figure from 2 3 .
i
'
1
'
r
(6)
The difference is a few sigma depending on how errors are combined. The size of the theory error has been disputed by many people, varying from an "I don't believe it" to more reasonable partial studies, an example of the latter is 31 . The methods of Chiral Lagrangians contribute to this theory prediction in various ways 1. The very low energy vacuum polarization contribution. 2. The effects of isospin breaking, in particular the issue of r —> TTTTU data versus e + e~ —> 7T7T data.
JM|S|)
(G.V)
3. The calculation of the hadronic contribution to light-by-light scattering.
Figure 4. The resummed C H P T expression and the fit to the e+e~ and spacelike data. Figure from 2 3 .
and the pure CHPT fit.22 Notice the quality of the agreement and the similarity of the errors even though the dispersive fit is dominated by the data around the rho peak and the CHPT fit by the spacelike data. b 7
aM: muon magnetic moment
The measurement 29 is aM = 116 592 023(151) x 1 0 - 1 1
4. The EFT calculation of higher order electroweak corrections. 32 I now discuss the first three in more detail. 7.1 aM:
The hadronic vacuum polarization contribution 0 is depicted in Fig. 5. The theory expression can be related to an integral over the experimentally observable ratio of hadronic events to ^+n" pairs in e + e~ collisions: /am„\2
(5)
The CHPT calculation has a large error for c- due to the inclusion of rather incompatible NA7 timelikedata. 2 8
243
vacuum-polarization
c
f°°
, „.
.K(t)
T h e QED corrections are much larger but under good theoretical control.
Chiral Lagrangians
Johan Bijnens
1.021
.
.
.
•
•
1
1.01
0.99
Figure 5. The hadronic vacuum polarization contribution to the muon anomalous magnetic moment.
•''//'''
0.98
Here K(t) is a slowly varying function whose expression can be found in many places. 33 The contributions at low energies are enhanced but due to the very strong rho peak it is still dominated by that. Pure CHPT methods can be used at y/t < 0.5 GeV. Using the two-loop expression for the pion form factor with all available low-energy data yields 22 1011a^(v/i<0.5GeT/) = 563±30.
< 1.2 GeV) = 5113 ± 6 0 .
(9)
A recent more traditional evaluation also using the r-data but employing similar theory constraints yields 34 10 n a™(£ < 1.2 GeV) = 5004 ± 5 2 .
7/
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
Figure 6. The correction factor needed to go from T to e~*~e— data as estimated in 3 5 . The x-axis is t in units of GeV 2 , figure from 3 5 .
0.5 GeV, CHPT can be used to calculate these corrections. Quark mass corrections are very small since they are O ((m„ - m j ) 2 ) . The main effect comes from photonic contributions. A first evaluation of these has been done recently.35 The CHPT calculations are then extended to higher energies using the methods of 23 discussed in Sect. 6. The result is a fairly small correction factor shown in Fig. 6. The band is an indication of the uncertainty. The composition of the result is shown in Fig. 7. More work on this correction is welcome.
(8)
The error is mainly experimental, the best fit changes quite considerably depending on whether the timelike NA7 data 2 8 are included and the error on (8) reflects this. The use of dispersion relations and resummations of the CHPT result 23 allows to go higher in energy leading to 10na™(t
0 .97
•''/;'''
1.3 a^: light-by-light
(10)
The other determinations do not quote the same energy range for this contribution so cannot be compared directly, they are discussed in the contribution by Miller. Note the difference between the two estimates above. 7.2 T versus e+e~~ One of the issues is whether isospin corrections in going from r + —> 7T+7r°PT to e+e~ —> ir+n~ are large. At the low-energy end, \/i <
The hadronic light-by-light contribution to the muon anomalous magnetic moment is depicted in Fig. 8. This contribution can be rewritten as an integral over 7 kinematic variables. A simple relation to an integral of a measurable quantity does not exist and given the large amount of kinematic variables, the analytic structure of the underlying amplitude is very complicated and makes a dispersive analysis nearly impossible. We thus need a pure theory prediction.
244
Chiral Lagrangians
Johan Bijnens
1.02r
'PS 1.01
1
0.99
Pl 7 C S '—< ^ < — J — <
^^----""^
P 0.98
P4
P5
P
/ Figure 8. The hadronic light-by-light contribution to t h e muon anomalous magnetic moment.
0.97'
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
Figure 7. The separate factors, the solid line is the kinematic / 3 ^ _ / / 3 Q 0 and the dashed line the isospin corrections to the form-factors. Figure from 3 5 .
We could start by a naive attempt and simply use a constituent quark loop. This has been done in 36 with the result L
a£ (CQ) = 60(4) K T
11
.
(11)
How much can we trust these numbers ? Using the result for the vacuum polarization al(CQ)=a2Q2gml/(15rhy)
+ ...
(12)
10 n o M 1 2 3 sum
BPP -85(13) 12(6) -19(13) -92(32)
HK(S) -83(6) 8(11) -4.5(8.1) -79(15)
Table 2. The three classes of contributions to the hadronic light-by-light for a^ as obtained by the two groups.
1. 0(NC) and p 6 : 7r°, TJ, ?y' exchange. 2. 0(NC) and p8: irreducible four-meson vertices and exchanges of heavier resonances. 3. 0(1) andp 4 :
TT+,K+
loop.
-11
we obtain ~ 2000 1 0 versus the result of ~ 7000 1 0 - 1 1 using the data and the dispersive method. d We can thus obviously not trust the result (12) and need hadronic inputs. This is not a CHPT calculation as often stated, in pure CHPT we encounter divergent contributions that necessitate a counterterm which is precisely the quantity we are trying to predict. The problem of doublecounting hadronic and quark-loop contributions was alleviated very much by de Rafael37 who noted that large Nc counting and chiral powercounting could be used a a guide to classify them. He noted that the three main contributions are d
We can of course fit the quark mass to obtain this result but that is not a prediction.
245
This method was then applied by two groups, Hayakawa and Kinoshita HK(S) 38 and Bijnens, Pallante and Prades (BPP) 3 9 . The results are shown in Table 2. For contribution 1, the two groups are in good agreement. Uncertainties here are the choices of formfactors, in practice what both groups have chosen amounts to double VMD, i.e., vector meson propagators are added in both photon legs in the ir°,i~i,r)' coupling to 77. There are basically no data with both photons off-shell, we need double tagged data at intermediate values of the photon offshellness and data on 77 and r\' decays to two lepton pairs, i.e. on 7*7* <—> n°,rj,T]'. A preliminary study of the effects of various form factors on oM and how they can be ob-
Johan Bijnens
Chiral Lagrangians
served in the other experiments can be found in 40 , which yielded a M (l) = -88(9) l O - 1 1 . For contribution 2, there are many small contributions with alternating signs, including scalar and axial-vector exchange. The third contribution is different in both approaches because the choice of the underlying 7*7*7r+7r~ vertex is different, both choices satisfy chiral constraints. Both are possible and this difference is at present inherent and provides a lower bound on the error. We need information on 7*7* —> TT+IT~~ at intermediate to large off-shellness for both photons to clarify this issue. The matching of hadronic and shortdistance results was studied in an approximative way in 39 and found to be satisfactory. Numerically the total contribution is dominated by the relatively well understood pseudoscalar exchange. Given the complexity of the underlying amplitude it is difficult to prove that no major contribution has been missed but all additional effects studied in 38 ' 39 were relatively small. The errors in 39 were added linearly since all contributions involve fairly similar assumptions and is in my opinion reasonable. Unless a qualitatively different contribution from the ones included in these two calculations is discovered I do not expect the results to change significantly.6 8 8.1
Structure of C H P T History and overview
The structure of effective Lagrangians for the pseudoscalar mesons was originally worked out by Weinberg for two flavours and then generalized to arbitrary symmetry groups. 41 Weinberg5 introduced the full EFT formalism which was then systematized and extended by Gasser and Leutwyler. 6,7 The e T h e overall sign of the pseudoscalar exchange contribution has been questioned by Knecht et al. 1 0 5 . The authors of 38 > 39 are checking their overall normalization 1 0 6 .
number of parameters was two at tree level and ten more at one-loop level. A first attempt at classifying the next order was done in 42 and later finished by 4 3 . The latter group also worked out the full infinity structure at two-loop order. 44 In the abnormal parity sector, including one power of e^a/3, the lowest order is p4 and is the celebrated Wess-Zumino-Witten term with no free parameters. 45 The methods of going beyond lowest order were worked out in 46 and work is going on to determine the precise number of parameters here. 48 The extension to the nonleptonic weak sector was done by Kambor et al 47 and to the quenched approximation by Sharpe, Bernard and Golterman after early work by Morel. 49 Some indication of the amount of work done in this area is given in Table 3 where we indicated the different Lagrangians people have considered and their number of parameters in parentheses. Recent lectures covering various aspects are 1.
8.2
Parameter
Estimates
As can be seen from Table 3 one of the major problems in dealing with chiral Lagrangians is the number of free parameters. The reason is that we only use the chiral symmetry, SU(3)L x SU(3)R, and its Goldstone character, all the remaining physics is parametrized. First estimates of these parameters were done by using resonance exchange. 50 The conclusion is that the values of the p4 parameters, L\ are dominated by the vector and axial-vector degrees of freedom. Whenever these dominate, predictions work well. In the scalar sector qualitative agreement was obtained but the numerical agreement was less accurate. Later work concentrated on checking quark models in particular the chiral quark model 51 , the Nambu-Jona-Lasinio model and extensions 52 and nonlocal quark models. Unfortunately, in the latter case the number of free parameters becomes rather
246
Johan Bijnens
Chiral Lagrangians
*^chiral order d
£p2(2)+£°l? (0)+ £(^#= iof( 2 LECs) ) +£-0(l) + £ g ^ ( l ) , rMB,AS=l/n\
,
rMB,AS=l/0\
.
N
N
+£; (1)+C;2 (7)
loop order L=0
rirN,emto\
+£^ en (10) +£°^d(23) + £ ^ ( 2 2 ) + £ ^ ( 1 4 ) +£^2epa2k(14) +<e2pptons(5) +£-3 N (23)+£-f(114) + £ £ X S = 1 ( ? ) + ^ ' e m ( 8 ) +£^ en (90)
L= 1 L =2
Table 3. The standard model Lagrangian at low energies or an overview of the various Chiral Lagrangians and their number of parameters in parentheses, taken from 2 .
large again. More recent work has concentrated on including more resonances^ and a more systematic use of short-distance constraints first started in 53 . Recent work is 54 . 9
of the quark mass ratio 5 7 mu/md mu/md
{m*
Quark Mass Ratios
One of the main results of the isospin breaking at two-loops so far is a new determination •f Examples of this are all the two-loop papers cited elsewhere in this talk
247
V)QCD
0.32 ± 0.20 MeV.
The uncertainty is larger than the usually quoted one since at two-loop level the uncertainty due to choices of saturation scale etc. were larger. We need at the present level ms/(mu + rrid) as an input parameter. The variation due to this is shown in Fig. 9. The main reason of the change w.r.t. the old values is the much larger estimate of the electromagnetic part of the Kaon mass difference.62 The uncertainty due to the KaplanManohar ambiguity 63 is fixed due to the limits on L\ and Lg obtained from 58 . Note that the values for Lj obtained are in perfect agreement with the arguments of 64 used to exclude the option mu = 0 there. That rriu/md never gets near zero is shown in Fig. 10 where the range shown is significantly larger than allowed by 58 . 11
10
(13)
and the pion mass splitting from quark masses
C H P T in the three flavour sector
Most basic two-loop calculations are done but a study of many smaller processes remains to be done. Finished ones include the vector and axial-vector two-point functions, masses and decay constants 55,56 , the latter also including isospin violation, 57 and the scalar two-point function58. The process K —> mriu is also known to this order, 59 because it is needed to determine the parameters. The results for the parameters that are known to two-loop order is in Table 4. I have quoted here the results from57 using the new data 14 rather than the original fit59 which only used the older data. 16 For pion and kaon vector formfactors partial results exist. 60,61 Some of the two-loop corrections are fairly sizable, especially in the masses. The effect on mass ratios is smaller but claims have been made t h a t this indicates a GCHPT picture in the three flavour case.
= 0.46 ± 0 . 0 9 .
Determination of Vus (and Vud)
The CKM matrix-element Vus(Vuli) can be determined from the decays K —> -KIV (TT+ —* TT0e+v) and hyperon semileptonic decays (neutron or nuclear j3 decays). The underlying principle is always that a conserved vector current is 1 at q2 = 0. The problem is
Chiral Lagrangians
Johan Bijnens
i 10 L[(m„) P4 3
1 0.43(12) 0.38
2 0.73(12) 1.59
3 -2.35(37) -2.91
5 0.97(11) 1.46
7 -0.31(14) -0.49
Table 4. A fit to two-loop order of the p4 C H P T parameters, table from
8 0.60(18) 1.00 57
Figure 10. T h e variation of mu/m,i with the large Nc suppressed input assumptions. Note t h a t it never gets near zero, from 5 7 .
Figure 9. The variation of m u / r a , j with 2ms/(mu + ro<j). The top line is using the old estimate for the electromagnetic Kaon mass difference. The bottom line uses the newer ones. ^From 5 7 .
now to calculate the correction to this from electromagnetism and quark masses. For VU3 the vector current is sj^u so corrections are (ms — mu)2 not (mj — rnu)2, (Ademollo-Gatto theorem 65 ) and there is a sizable extrapolation to the zero-momentum point. For Vuci the main problem is that we want an extremely high precision in neutron or pion j3 decay which is hard to obtain or we have to theoretically understand nuclear effects to a very high precision. A Vus determination via hyperon /3decays has large theoretical problems. CHPT calculations suffer from large higher orders and many parameters. Not understood is why lowest order CHPT with model corrections works OK. References can be found in the particle data book. This area needs theoretical work very badly.
The experimental result \VUS\ =0.2196 ± 0 . 0 0 2 3 ,
(14)
with \Vud\ = 0.9735 ± 0.0008, averaged from neutron and superallowed f3 decays,yields IV,ud\
\vus
0.9959 ±0.0019
(15)
and a mild problem for the unitarity of the CKM matrix. The theory 66 and data behind Kaon /3decays are both old by now. The data we expect to improve in the near future with data from BNL, KLOE, KTeV, NA48 and possibly others. The theory consists of oldfashioned photon loops and one-loop CHPT calculations for the quark mass effects. The former are in the process of being improved by Cirigliano et al. and the latter extended to two-loops 61 . We can thus expect an improved accuracy for Vus in the next few years. GCHPT allows for larger quark mass effects67 than the calculation of 66 .
248
Johan Bijnens Exp.: 2
P P4 dispersive
Chiral Lagrangians 280 ± 28 eV 66 eV 167±50eV 209 ± 20 eV
Ref. Ref. Ref.
71 72 73
Table 5. Comparison of theory and experiment for 1) —* mrir.
12
Anomalies
The most celebrated result here is n° —> 77. Good agreement with the anomaly prediction exists, at the two sigma level, but we need to push both theory and experiment beyond the present experimental precision of 7.8±0.6 eV. Similarly in 77 —> 77. The discrepancy between e + e~ and Primakoff measurements persists. KLOE should be able to contribute significantly here. Data for 77°, 77,77' < > 7*7* are needed for aM as discussed above and for 77 —> £+£~, even if in the latter case differences are smaller. 77r —> 7T7T experiment is significantly above theory, corrections go in the right direction but only halfway (one-loop 68 dispersive 69 ). New experiments at JLab and possibly at COMPASS are planned. A possible problem are the radiative corrections 70 . In 77 —> 7r+7r~7 the agreement between theory 68 and experiment is satisfactory. Kaon decays K —* j£u, iTTrtv, ITJ£I/ allow more tests in particular also of the sign and of the quark mass dependence of the anomalous effects. One example is discussed below.
culations use, and can be checked using, the Dalitz-plot parameters. As an example, the slope ( —103 • a) in the neutral decay was obtained in 73 as 7 ± 7. Data are 22 ± 23 (GAMS 74 ), 52 ± 18 (Crystal Barrel 75 ) and a preliminary result by the Crystal Ball of 26 ± 6. We expect more data here in the near future from KLOE, WAS A and the Crystal Ball as well as for the charged decays. Should this discrepancy in the Dalitz plot parameters persist a reanalysis will become necessary. The process 77 —» 7r°77 provides a good test of p6 CHPT and VMD with a width prediction of 0.40(20) eV 76 , present experiment gives 0.84(19) eV 74 . 14
R a r e semileptonic decays
Many calculations exist. See e.g. the talk by Isidori and the proceedings of KAON99. An example is the recently improved precision on the form-factors in K —> 7x^7 by the BNLE787 experiment 77 . The structure dependent terms have been measured to be \FV + FA | e x p = 0.165(0.155) ± 0.013 ex
\FV - F 4 | P = 0.102(0.065) ± 0.085
[0.14] [0.05]
The difference in the numbers with and without brackets is due to assumptions on the W2 dependence. The theory numbers in square brackets are p 4 results from 78 . Again, improvement to the p6-level is needed. 15
Nonleptonic decays: C H P T
This area was pioneered by 4 r and one of its major results is the chiral symmetry tests in K —> 7T7T and K —> iririr decays. Various reIn 77-decays there are more interesting results. 79 The decays 77 —» 7r+7r~~7r°,7r07r07r0 play a role lations have been produced and their comin the determination of the quark masses parison with experiment is given in Table 6. since its decay width is T ~ (mu — md)2T. The overall agreement is satisfactory but the newer CPLEAR data and effects of order m 2 The present comparison with theory is shown in Table 5. With a slightly larger value of have not been incorporated and obviously the md — rnu, which is in fact obtained as dis- A / = 3/2 need experimental improvement. cussed above, we obtain good agreement. A In rare decays there are many successful possible problem is that the dispersive cal- predictions. An example is the prediction 80 13
More 77
249
Johan Bijnens
Chiral Lagrangians
and is now used by several groups. The Dortmund 83 group uses pure CHPT at long distances and matches it directly onto shortdistance QCD, the Granada-Lund 84 group uses the X-boson method to match correctly onto the short-distance schemes and the ENJL model to improve on the hadronic picture at intermediate scales. Finally the Valencia group 85 uses a semi-phenomenological approach to calculate e'/e. It should be noted that the Dortmund and Granada-Lund Cs groups also reproduce within the uncertainties of their approach the AI = 1/2 rule Table 6. Chiral symmetry relations for various Dalitz which no other method can claim so far. plot parameters in K —> 3-7T and their comparison Besides these calculations which fully with experiment. The relations are indicated using the different superscripts. predict e'/e there has been major progress on several fronts recently. In particular it has been realized that Br and Bg can be studand subsequent confirmation of Ks —> 77ied in the chiral limit from r-decay data. 8 8 ' 8 9 New results on this decay can be found in All groups basically agree in the method but the KTeV and NA48 rare decay talks. differ in the treatment of scheme-dependence Similar predictions exist for KL —> 7r°77 and error estimates due to the spectral funcand K —> n-y* and K —> itZ*. A problem tions from T data. Comparison of these recase is the decay KL —> 77 which is plagued sults with the calculations mentioned above by strong cancellations but very good predicis in. 89 Similar dispersive results for the BK tions exists for the various K —> -KVV modes. parameter 90 were in reasonable agreement Reviews are the talk by Isidori here and at with the equivalent Granada-Lund one 8 4 , 9 1 . KAON99. Calculations with no good theory for the long-distance-short-distance matching have 16 Nonleptonic decays and e'/e not been included here. In particular I included neither the factorization (Taipei) nor The theoretical precision of e'/e is now way the chiral quark model (Trieste 86 ) results. behind the experimental determination reThe estimates of e'/e shown in Table 7, ported here by KTeV and NA48. I will increased significantly due to three effects: only comment the approaches using chiral Lagrangian related methods as a main tool. • QIB has gone down, removing part of the In particular I concentrate on the various ancancellations due to isospin breaking. 92 alytical approaches using large Nc as a guide. • Final state interactions should be inThe major problem is that due to the vircluded both in the real and in the imagitual W-bosons we need an integration over nary parts. 8 6 Typically the real part was all scales. The short-distance part can be retreated experimentally and the imagsummed using renormalization group methinary part to order p2. Correcting ods and is known to two-loops, calculated by this produces a strong enhancement. 86,87 two groups who are in perfect agreement, see Criticisms now focus on the size of this 81 for recent lectures and references. effect not its existence. The large Nc approach combined with CHPT was pioneered by Bardeen et al. 82 • Large, not fully understood, nonP2 74 Ql -16.5 Pi Cl £1 -4.1 Q 03 -1.0 73 1.8 £3 & 3
P4 input' input* -0.47 ±0.18* -1.58 ±0.19* input* input* input 0 0.092 ±0.030 A -0.033 ± 0.077° -0.011 ±0.006*
experiment 91.71 ±0.32 -25.68 ± 0 . 2 7 -0.47 ±0.15 -1.51 ±0.30 -7.36 ± 0 . 4 7 -2.42 ± 0 . 4 1 2.26 ±0.23 -0.12 ± 0 . 1 7 -0.21 ± 0 . 5 1 -0.21 ±0.08
250
Chiral Lagrangians
Johan Bijnens
Granada-Lund Dortmund Valencia Data
reactor allows a 3% prediction of the pp rate.
10 4 e'/e 34 ± 1 8 11 ± 5 17±9 17.2 ± 1 . 8
18
Table 7. Some predictions for e'/e and the the data.
7 np CT(mb)
Colour Superconductivity
At very high baryon densities a new phase of QCD is expected to appear 96 where we get diquark condensation in the anti triplet colour channel of 3C x 3C rather than in the colour singlet quark-antiquark in 3C x 3C of the usual QCD vacuum. This phase has colour-flavour locking due to the nature of the condensate and the symmetries are broken in the pattern SU(3)C x SU(S)L x SU(Z)R => SU(3)C+L+R
E7 (MeV)
Figure 11. The cross-section relevant for deuteron breakup from EFT, figure from 9 4 .
factorizable corrections 84 to BR
17
Baryons
x
x Z2(q -
Uv(l) -q) (16)
This results in 8 massive gluons, 8 Left-Right Goldstone Bosons, one Baryon-number Goldstone Boson. This looks very much like the spectrum of 8 vectors and 8 pseudoscalars in the usual QCD vacuum. Indeed the whole formalism of E F T can also be used here as can be seen in the review by Alford.97 Some peculiarities are that the mass spectrum is quadratic in the quark masses due to the Z^ symmetry of the condensate and that instead of the more familiar photon-rho mixing we now have photon gluon mixing. 98
Baryons, hyperons and nuclei are also areas where chiral Lagrangians play an important role. The one baryon sector was reviewed in, 3 19 N o t covered many more results can be found in the proceedings of Chiral Dynamics 2000 at JLab. A few more areas with recent progress are In the two or more nucleon sector some recent progress has been obtained by the ad• The question of large Nf and G C H P T . " vent of a proper power-counting 93 . Many applications can be found in the abovenamed 77-77 m i x i n g . 100 4 proceedings and in the review. I only quote • Phenomenological Chiral Lagrangians in two examples relevant for cosmology and soresonance decays especially 0-decays and 94 lar physics. The EFT calculation allowed T phenomenology. 101 to reduce the uncertainty for deuteron breakup in the early universe from 5% to 1%. More • CHPT in the single baryon sector. 3,102 importantly, good data at one point will im• CHPT for vector mesons. 103 prove the prediction over the whole relevant energy range. The cross-section is shown in • Resummation work beyond the ones disFig. 11. For the cross-section of the main cussed here. 104 + solar proton fusion process pp —> de v EFT methods allow a one parameter prediction. 95 • Connection with lattice QCD: the use of A 10% measurement of ved scattering at a CHPT to extrapolate lattice results to
251
Johan Bijnens
Chiral Lagrangians
physical quark masses and study effects of (partial) quenching and finite volume. 20
Conclusions
I hope to have convinced you that the field of Chiral Lagrangians is very active and has many applications with relevance for a wide spectrum of phenomena in high-energy and nuclear physics. Acknowledgments This work is supported by the Swedish Research Council and EU-TMR network, EURODAPHNE, Contract No. ERBFMRXCT980169. References 1. G. Colangelo and G. Isidori, hep-ph/0101264; H. Leutwyler, hep-ph/0008124; A. Pich, hep-ph/9806303; Rept. Prog. Phys. 58, 563 (1995) [hep-ph/9502366]; G. Ecker, Prog. Part. Nucl. Phys. 35, 1 (1995) [hep-ph/9501357]; J. Bijnens, Int. J. Mod. Phys. A8, 3045 (1993) and 2 ' 3 ' 4 . 2. G. Ecker, hep-ph/0011026. 3. V. Bernard etal,Int. J. Mod. Phys. E4, 193 (1995) [hep-ph/9501384]. 4. S. R. Beane et al, nucl-th/0008064. 5. S. Weinberg, Physica A96, 327 (1979). 6. J. Gasser and H. Leutwyler, Annals Phys. 158, 142 (1984). 7. J. Gasser and H. Leutwyler, Nucl. Phys. B 250, 465 (1985). 8. N. H. Fuchs et at,Phys. Lett. B269, 183 (1991); M. Knecht and J. Stern, hepph/9411253. 9. S. Weinberg, Phys. Rev. Lett. 17, 616 (1966). 10. J. Gasser and H. Leutwyler, Phys. Lett. B 125, 325 (1983). 11. J. Bijnens et al, Phys. Lett. B 374, 210 (1996) [hep-ph/9511397]; Nucl. Phys. B 508, 263 (1997) [hep-ph/9707291]. 252
12. M. Knecht et al, Nucl. Phys. B 457, 513 (1995) [hep-ph/9507319], 13. B. Ananthanarayan et al., hep-ph/0005297, to be published in Phys. Rept.. 14. S. Pislak et al. [BNL-E865 Coll.], hepex/0106071. 15. G. Colangelo et al, Phys. Rev. Lett. 86, 5008 (2001) [hep-ph/0103063]; Nucl. Phys. B603, 125 (2001) [hepph/0103088]. 16. L. Rosselet et al, Phys. Rev. D15, 574 (1977). 17. F. Gomez et al. [DIRAC Coll.], Nucl. Phys. Proc. Suppl. 96, 259 (2001). 18. J. Gasser et al,Phys. Rev. D64, 016008 (2001) [hep-ph/0103157]. V. Antonelli et aL,Annals Phys. 286, 108 (2001) [hepph/0003118]. 19. S. Bellucci et at,Nucl. Phys. B423, 80 (1994) [Erratum B431, 413 (1994)] [hepph/9401206]. 20. U. Biirgi, Nucl. Phys. B 479, 392 (1996) [hep-ph/9602429]. 21. J. Bijnens and P. Talavera, Nucl. Phys. B 489, 387 (1997) [hep-ph/9610269]. 22. J. Bijnens et al.JHEP 9805, 014 (1998) [hep-ph/9805389]. 23. F. Guerrero and A. Pich, Phys. Lett. B 412, 382 (1997) [hep-ph/9707347]; A. Pich and J. Portoles, Phys. Rev. D 63, 093005 (2001) [hep-ph/0101194]. 24. T. N. Truong, hep-ph/0001271. 25. R. Barate et al. [ALEPH Coll.], Z. Phys. C 76, 15 (1997). 26. S. Anderson et al. [CLEO], Phys. Rev. D 61, 112002 (2000) [hep-ex/9910046]. 27. S. R. Amendolia et al. [NA7 Coll.], Nucl. Phys. B 277, 168 (1986). 28. S. R. Amendolia et al., Phys. Lett. B 138, 454 (1984). 29. H. N. Brown et al, Phys. Rev. D 62, 091101 (2000) [hep-ex/0009029]; Phys. Rev. Lett. 86, 2227 (2001) [hepex/0102017]; J.Miller, these proceedings 30. A. Czarnecki and W. J. Marciano, Nucl. Phys. Proc. Suppl. 76, 245 (1999) [hep-
Johan Bijnens
Chiral Lagrangians
ph/9810512]. 31. K. Melnikov, hep-ph/0105267. 32. S. Peris et at,Phys. Lett. B 355, 523 (1995) [hep-ph/9505405]. 33. See e.g. F. Jegerlehner, hep-ph/0104304. 34. J. F. De Troconiz and F. J. Yndurain, hep-ph/0106025. 35. V. Cirigliano et at,hep-ph/0104267. 36. T. Kinoshita et at,Phys. Rev. D 3 1 , 2108 (1985). 37. E. de Rafael, Phys. Lett. B 322, 239 (1994) [hep-ph/9311316]. 38. M. Hayakawa et at, Phys. Rev. Lett. 75, 790 (1995) [hep-ph/9503463]; Phys. Rev. D54, 3137 (1996) [hepph/9601310]; Phys. Rev. D57, 465 (1998) [hep-ph/9708227]. 39. J. Bijnens et at,Phys. Rev. Lett. 75, 1447 (1995) [Erratum 75, 3781 (1995)] [hep-ph/9505251]; Nucl. Phys. B 474, 379 (1996) [hep-ph/9511388]. 40. J. Bijnens and F. Persson, hep-ph/0106130. 41. S. Coleman et al,Phys. Rev. 177(1969) 2239; C. G. Callan et at,Phys. Rev. 177 (1969) 2247. 42. H. W. Fearing and S. Scherer, Phys. Rev. D53, 315 (1996) [hep-ph/9408346]. 43. J. Bijnens et at,JHEP 9902, 020 (1999) [hep-ph/9902437]. 44. J. Bijnens et al,Annals Phys. 280, 100 (2000) [hep-ph/9907333]. 45. J. Wess and B. Zumino, Phys. Lett. B 37, 95 (1971); E. Witten, Nucl. Phys. B 223, 422 (1983). 46. D. Issler, SLAC-PUB-4943-REV; J. Bijnens, A. Bramon and F. Cornet, Z. Phys. C 46, 599 (1990). R. Akhoury and A. Alfakih, Annals Phys. 210, 81 (1991). 47. J. Kambor et at,Nucl. Phys. B346, 17 (1990). 48. J. Bijnens, L. Girlanda and P. Talavera, work in progress. 49. A. Morel, SACLAY-PhT/87-020, J. de Phys. A, 48, 111 (1987); S. R. Sharpe, Phys. Rev. D41, 3233 (1990). C. W.
253
50. 51. 52. 53. 54.
55.
56. 57. 58. 59.
60.
61. 62.
63. 64. 65.
Bernard and M. F. Golterman, Phys. Rev. D46, 853 (1992) [hep-lat/9204007]. G. Ecker et at,Nucl. Phys. B321, 311 (1989). D. Espriu et at,Nucl. Phys. B 345, 22 (1990) [Erratum B 355, 278 (1990)]. J. Bijnens et at,Nucl. Phys. B390, 501 (1993) [hep-ph/9206236]. G. Ecker et at,Phys. Lett. B223, 425 (1989). O. Cata and S. Peris, hep-ph/0107062; M. Golterman and S. Peris, JHEP 0101, 028 (2001) [hep-ph/0101098]; S. Peris et at,JHEP 9805, Oil (1998) [hepph/9805442]; M. Knecht and A. Nyffeler, hep-ph/0106034. E. Golowich and J. Kambor, Nucl. Phys. B447, 373 (1995) [hep-ph/9501318]; Phys. Rev. D58, 036004 (1998) [hepph/9710214]. G. Amoros et at,Nucl. Phys. B 568, 319 (2000) [hep-ph/9907264]. G. Amoros et at,Nucl. Phys. B 602, 87 (2001) [hep-ph/0101127]. B. Moussallam, Eur. Phys. J. C 14, 111 (2000) [hep-ph/9909292]. G. Amoros et at,Phys. Lett. B 480, 71 (2000) [hep-ph/9912398]; Nucl. Phys. B 585, 293 (2000) [Erratum B 598, 665 (2000)] [hep-ph/0003258]. P. Post and K. Schilcher, Phys. Rev. Lett. 79, 4088 (1997) [hep-ph/9701422]; Nucl. Phys. B 599, 30 (2001) [hepph/0007095]. J. Bijnens and P. Talavera, in progress. J. F. Donoghue et at,Phys. Rev. Lett. 69, 3444 (1992); Phys. Rev. D 47, 2089 (1993); J. Bijnens, Phys. Lett. B 306, 343 (1993) [hep-ph/9302217]; J. Bijnens and J. Prades, Nucl. Phys. B 490, 239 (1997) [hep-ph/9610360]. D. B. Kaplan and A. V. Manohar, Phys. Rev. Lett. 56, 2004 (1986). H. Leutwyler, Nucl. Phys. B337, 108 (1990). R.E. Behrends and A. Sirlin, Phys. Rev.
Johan Bijnens
66. 67. 68. 69.
70. 71. 72. 73.
74. 75. 76. 77. 78. 79.
80.
81. 82. 83.
84.
Lett. 4, 186 (1960); M. Ademollo and R. Gatto, Phys. Rev. Lett. 13,264(1964). H. Leutwyler and M. Roos, Z. Phys. C 25, 91 (1984). N. H. Fuchs et a/.,Phys. Rev. D62, 033003 (2000) [hep-ph/0001188]. J. Bijnens et al,Phys. Lett. B237, 488 (1990). B. Holstein, Phys. Rev. D53, 4099 (1996) [hep-ph/9512338]; T. Hannah, Nucl. Phys. B593, 577 (2001) [hep-ph/0102213]. T. Truong, hep-ph/0105123. L. Ametller et al, hep-ph/0107127. J. Cronin, Phys. Rev. 161 (1967) 1483. J. Gasser and H. Leutwyler, Nucl. Phys. B 250, 539 (1985). J. Kambor ei at,Nucl. Phys. B 465, 215 (1996) [hep-ph/9509374]; A. V. Anisovich and H. Leutwyler, Phys. Lett. B 375, 335 (1996) [hep-ph/9601237]. D. Aide et al. [GAMS], Z. Phys. C 25, 225 (1984) [Yad. Fiz. 40, 1447 (1984)]. A. Abele et al. [Crystal Barrel Coll.], Phys. Lett. B 417 (1998) 193. L. Ametller et al.,Phys. Lett. B 276, 185 (1992). S. Adler et al. [E787 Coll.], Phys. Rev. Lett. 85, 2256 (2000) [hep-ex/0003019]. J. Bijnens et at,Nucl. Phys. B 396, 81 (1993) [hep-ph/9209261]. J. Kambor et a/.,Phys. Lett. B 261, 496 (1991); J. Kambor et at,Phys. Rev. Lett. 68, 1818 (1992). J. L. Goity, Z. Phys. C 34, 341 (1987); G. D'Ambrosio and D. Espriu, Phys. Lett. B 175, 237 (1986). A. J. Buras, hep-ph/9806471. W. Bardeen et al, Phys. Lett. B 192, 138 (1987). T. Hambye et at,Nucl. Phys. B564, 391 (2000) [hep-ph/9906434]; Eur. Phys. J. C 10, 271 (1999) [hep-ph/9902334]. J. Bijnens and J. Prades, JHEP 9901, 023 (1999) [hep-ph/9811472]; 0001, 002 (2000) [hep-ph/9911392]; 0006, 035 (2000) [hep-ph/0005189].
Chiral Lagrangians 85. E. Pallante et a/.,hep-ph/0105011. 86. S. Bertolini et al, Nucl. Phys. B 514, 93 (1998) [hep-ph/9706260]. 87. E. Pallante and A. Pich, Phys. Rev. Lett. 84, 2568 (2000) [hep-ph/9911233]; Nucl. Phys. B 592, 294 (2001) [hepph/0007208]. 88. J. F. Donoghue and E. Golowich, Phys. Lett. B478, 172(2000) [hepph/9911309]; V. Cirigliano et al, JHEP 0010, 048 (2000) [hep-ph/0007196]; M. Knecht et al.,Phys. Lett. B 508, 117 (2001) [hep-ph/0102017]. 89. J. Bijnens, E. Gamiz and J. Prades, hepph/0108240. 90. S. Peris and E. de Rafael, Phys. Lett. B 490, 213 (2000) [hep-ph/0006146]. 91. J. Bijnens and J. Prades, Nucl. Phys. B 444, 523 (1995) [hep-ph/9502363]. 92. G. Ecker et al, Phys. Lett. B 477, 88 (2000) [hep-ph/9912264]. 93. D.B. Kaplan et at,Phys. Lett. B424, 390(1998)[nucl-th/9801034]; Nucl. Phys. B534, 329 (1998)[nucl-th/9802075]. 94. J. Chen and M. J. Savage, Phys. Rev. C 60, 065205 (1999) [nucl-th/9907042]. 95. M. Butler and J. Chen, nucl-th/0101017; X. Kong and F. Ravndal, Nucl. Phys. A 656, 421 (1999) [nucl-th/9902064]. 96. B. C. Barrois, Nucl. Phys. B 129, 390 (1977). D. Bailin and A. Love, Phys. Rept. 107, 325 (1984). M. Alford et at,Phys. Lett. B 422, 247 (1998) [hepph/9711395]. R. Rapp et at,Phys. Rev. Lett. 8 1 , 53 (1998) [hep-ph/9711396]. 97. M. Alford, hep-ph/0102047. 98. R. Casalbuoni et al,Phys. Rev. D 63, 114026 (2001) [hep-ph/0011394]. 99. L. Girlanda et at,Phys. Rev. Lett. 86, 5858 (2001) [hep-ph/0103221]. 100. R. Kaiser and H. Leutwyler, Eur. Phys. J. C 17, 623 (2000) [hep-ph/0007101]. T. Feldmann et at,Phys. Lett. B 449, 339 (1999) [hep-ph/9812269]. 101. See e.g. the contributed paper by K. R. Nasriddinov et at,hep-ph/0001276
254
Johan Bijnens
Chiral Lagrangians
and the KLOE contribution. 102. T. Becher and H. Leutwyler, Eur. Phys. J. C9, 643 (1999) [hep-ph/9901384]; JHEP 0106, 017 (2001) [hepph/0103263]. 103. E. Jenkins et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. 75, 2272 (1995) [hep-ph/9506356]; J. Bijnens et aZ.,Nucl. Phys. B 501, 495 (1997) [hep-ph/9704212]. 104. J. A. Oiler et aZ.,Prog. Part. Nucl. Phys. 45, 157 (2000) [hep-ph/0002193]. 105. M. Knecht and A. Nyffeler, hepph/0111059. M. Knecht et al, hepph/0111058. 106. M. Hayakawa and T. Kinoshita, hepph/0112102; J. Bijnens et al, in preparation.
255
This page is intentionally left blank
Hadronic Structure
^mmm^fiiim <,
ms-'A .:&
*a&*>
Hadronic Structure Session Chair: A. Wagner Scientific Secretaries: F. Happacher S. Dell'Agnello M. Erdmann T. Carli G. Iacobucci
Proton and Photon structure Low x Physics Diffractive phenomena
Session Chair: D. Saxon Scientific Secretaries: V. Muccifora S. Giovannella U. Stoesslein F. Close
Polarized Structure Functions Light Hadron spectroscopy: theory versus experiment
258
PROTON A N D PHOTON STRUCTURE MARTIN ERDMANN Institut fur Experimentelle Kernphysik, Universitdt Karlsruhe, Wolfgang-Gaede-Str.l, D-76131 Karlsruhe E-mail: [email protected] The increasing precision of the measurements on the proton structure and an improved treatment of the correlated systematic experimental errors constitute a major step forward in our understanding of the flavour decomposition of the proton and the momentum distributions of the various flavours. Together with theoretical progress on the next-to-next-to-leading order QCD corrections to deep inelastic scattering processes, the proton measurements already imply a new level of precision for the strong coupling constant as. The progress in the measurements on the quantum fluctuations of the photon allows questions on the universal properties of hadronic structures to be addressed.
1
Introduction
The research goals for the measurements of the proton and the photon structure are mainly twofold. One motivation is the physics understanding of hadronic structures concerning the momentum distributions of their partons and the quark flavours that contribute. This aspect is thoroughly analysed in different scattering processes with the proton, and in measurements of the hadronic structures developing from the quantum fluctuations of the photon (Fig. 1).
P
X
p ^
e ^
Figure 1. Examples of lepton-proton, protonproton, and electron-photon scattering processes probing the proton and photon structure
The second aim is the test of the Standard Model in both the electroweak and the strong interaction sector. The new precision measurements of the proton structure function together with a new level of higher order QCD corrections results in most precise determinations of the strong coupling constant. Furthermore, unification of the electromagnetic and weak interactions is under direct observation by the recent deep inelastic scat-
tering data. The distributions of observables related to the electroweak lepton-quark interactions are thoroughly scanned for possible new interactions and new heavy resonances. 2
The Proton
Two observables are required for the investigation of the proton structure: the Bjorken fractional momentum x of the quark relative to the proton momentum (Fig. 1), and the resolution scale. In the case of deep inelastic lepton-proton scattering, the resolution scale is related to the negative squared four-momentum transfer Q2, and for hadronhadron scattering processes, it is related to the squared transverse momentum P2 produced in the hard collision. In Fig. 2, the currently covered kinematic regions are shown, reaching in x from 10~6 to almost 1, and in Q2 (Pt2) from below 1 up to 105 GeV 2 . The latter values allow structures between 1 fm down to 1 am (10 _18 m) to be resolved. The new results are presented along a triangular walk through the kinematic plane. We start with the new HERA measurements at high Q2, give the new results of the HERA high statistics region at lower Q 2 , report on the new FNAL fixed target results in the same Q2 region at higher values of x, and return to the high Q2 regime with the new TEVATRON di-jet data.
259
Martin E r d m a n n
H
,o;
SL.J
HI
LI1
'/.ELS
I
I
t£ia f
P r o t o n and P h o t o n S t r u c t u r e
proton scattering are directly c o m p a r e d in terms of single differential cross sections as a function of Q2.
CDF/DO Inclusive jets T) 0 7 DO Inclusive jelsn *
I
Fined Taipei Experiments CCFR.NMC BIDMS,
\7,Z,W
E66S, SLAC
S
&
ft HI e p NC 94-00 prelim. D ZEUS e*p NC 99-00 prelim. — SM e*p N C (CTEQSD)
•
10 10 ft HI e p CC 94-00 prelim. 10 "
Figure 2. Kinematic plane
•
ZEUS e*p CC 99-00 prelim.
—
SM e*p CC (CTEQ5D)
10 10 '
2.1
Deep inelastic scattering
y<0.9
electron-proton
I
I
M
CT (GeV)
N e u t r a l a n d c h a r g e d current c r o s s sections The double differential cross sections for neutral and charged current lepton-proton scattering are given by eqs. (1) and (2). Here a and Gp are the electromagnetic and Fermi coupling constants, respectively, My/ denotes the W boson mass, and the <& terms contain the spin dependencies, the quark flavours, and, in the case of neutral current scattering, also the contributions of Z boson exchange. Equations (3-5) show approximate expressions for the
260
Figure 3. Neutral and charged current cross sections in positron-proton scattering
The neutral current d a t a fall approximately according to Q~4 as expected from photon exchange. T h e charged current measurements exhibit a weak Q2 dependence at Q2 values of a few hundred GeV 2 d u e t o the large W mass. W h e n Q2 is of t h e order of the heavy boson masses squared, b o t h cross sections are measured to be of similar magnitude. This is a rather direct d e m o n s t r a t i o n of the unification of the electromagnetic and weak interactions. Note t h a t this is a n approximate statement, since different quark flavours of the proton are probed in e+p scattering, the d a t a are integrated over a large range of x, and the p h o t o n - Z interference modifies the cross section for large Q2. Helicity dependence and valence quarks Both HERA experiments have excellent mea-
P r o t o n and P h o t o n S t r u c t u r e
Martin E r d m a n n
dQ2dx d2aCc d Q 2 dx
^(x,Q2)~(l
2?r 1 2TT
+
1
a2
Gi
1
Ml M^ + Q2
(l-y)2) -xu{x,Q2)
1
$NC(X,Q2)
(1)
t>cc{x,Q2)
(2)
+ -xd(x,Q2)
+ ...
(3)
$£ {x, Q2) ~ xu{x, Q2) + (1 - y)2 xd(x,
Q2)
(4)
^ ( x , Q2) ~ xu(x, Q2) + (1 - yf
Q2)
(5)
surements of the event kinematics which enables searches for new phenomena by scanning, e.g., the angular distributions of the lepton-quark (eg) interactions in bins of the eq center of mass energy. The helicity states of the lepton and the quark lead to two components in the distribution of the center of mass scattering angle 9* (insert of Fig. 4a). If both incoming particles have the same handedness, any scattering angle is allowed and the cross section angular dependent weight of this component is unity. If the lepton and the quark have opposite handedness, the total spin of 1 cannot be flipped. Backward scattering is forbidden, and the cross section contribution is weighted bycos4((?72) = ( l - j / ) 2 . When analysing charged current interactions in positron-proton collisions, the positron couples only to negatively charged quarks, e.g. d,u (see eq. (4)). In addition, the right-handed positrons couple only to right-handed anti-quarks, and to left-handed quarks. In Fig. 4a, the <&cc term of eq. (2) is shown as a function of (1 — y)2. <&cc has been obtained by dividing the measured double differential cross section l'2 by the constant term of eq. (2), the Fermi coupling, the propagator term, and by multiplying by x to get quark momentum distributions. Here x = 0.13 has been chosen so as to minimise effects of gluon radiation processes. Within the errors of the measurements, the data are
xd(x,
well compatible with a linearly rising distribution, showing the constant anti-quark contribution in the backward scattering region by the intercept ((1 — y)2 —> 0). The quark contribution causes the rising component and is, at this value of x, mainly that of the d valence quark. In Fig. 4b, the corresponding neutral current measurement is shown. The open triangles show $7vc for the BCDMS d a t a 3 at small center of mass energies (^/sw up to 23GeV). These d a t a follow a linear rise where the intercept and the slope are of equal magnitude. This is expected for photon exchange (see eq. (3)). Owing to the charge dependence of the electromagnetic interactions, these d a t a are mainly sensitive to the u valence quark distribution at the given value of x. Both components of the angular distribution are weighted with e\ = 4/9 such t h a t in the forward scattering region ((1 — y)2 —> 1) an approximate measure of the total u valence quark density is obtained. The HERA data, which probe the proton at much higher resolution scales, show the same u quark density in the forward scattering region. The measurements in the backward scattering region ((1 — y)2 —» 0) show the tendency to be below the BCDMS d a t a which results from negative interference between the photon and the Z boson exchange in positron-proton scattering. The smaller cross section is confirmed in the neighbour-
261
Martin Erdmann
Proton and Photon Structure
o ez
A • * -
BCDMS Vs=23GeV H1 prel. e+p ZEUS prel. e+p CTEQ5D
b)
0.5
(1-y)2
(1-yf
Figure 4. Helicity weighted parton distributions in charged and neutral current interactions
ing a;-bins (not shown in the figure). The direct comparison of the neutral current and charged current measurements reveals that the proton - also when probed with the high resolution scales at HERA - shows the familiar uud valence structure. No significant sign of new physics has been observed in the inclusive measurements so far. An excess of the data over the Standard Model in the backward scattering region at x ~ 0.4, previously reported for the e+p data 4 ' 5 , has not been confirmed with much larger integrated luminosity 6 and is hence attributed to a statistical fluctuation. The HERA upgrade programme has already started and is expected to provide a factor of 10 more integrated luminosity than obtained so far. It will provide much higher precision for the flavour decomposition of the proton as well as for the consistency checks with respect to the Standard Model predictions. Measurements of the structure function F2 In the region 1 < Q2 ~ 100 GeV2, each of the HERA experiments has several million events which are used to provide about 100 cross section measurements. In the high-statistics region, the accuracy is 2 — 3% which is dominated by systematic uncertainties 7 ' 8 . The
measurements are expressed in terms of the electromagnetic proton structure function F-z for photon exchange alone which is related to $ivc of eq. (1) in the way described below. &NC is commonly written in terms of the generalized structure functions F2,FL, F$ shown in eq. (6). Fi is related to the sum of the quark- and anti-quark distributions, and Fz to their difference. FL describes the proton structure when probed by a longitudinal photon. Y± = 1 ± (1 — y)2 give the helicity dependence of the lepton-quark scattering. F2 is contained in Fi through eq. (7), where F% and F^ are the contributions due to Z exchange and 7 Z interference, respectively, Mz is the mass of the Z-boson, KW = 1/(4 sin2 9W cos2 9W) where 9W is the Weinberg angle, and v and a are the vector and axial vector couplings of the electron to the Z. At small Q2 and small y, the familiar relation (8) holds to a good approximation. In Fig. 5, the F2 measurements are shown in bins of
function of Q2. The measure-
ments are corrected for electroweak radiative effects. The data show strong scaling violations as expected from QCD radiative effects. To provide an intuitive understanding of the hadronic structure as given by the data, we summarize the data at fixed x values and for 2 < Q 2 < 200 GeV 2 with two parameters
262
Martin Erdmann
Proton and Photon Structure
$ l±N NC (x,Q ) = Y+F2(x,Q ) 2
2
-y2FL(x,Q2)
KwLj .2
_
Fr+{v2
(Q2 + M2) 2 $ivc(z, Q ) ~ (1 + (1 - y)2) F2(x, Q2)
a(x) and
K(X)
9
: K(X)
F 2 (z,Q 2 ) = a(z)
(9)
The scale A is chosen to be a typical value of the strong interaction scale A = 350 MeV. The parameter K reflects the strength of the scaling violations, and a represents the quark distribution at Q2 = 0.3GeV 2 . Here the logarithmic term of (9) is 1 and therefore F2 is independent of «. The data are well described by the fits using eq. (9) (not shown here). The fit results for the parameter a are presented in Fig. 6. The BCDMS data show the valence quarks around the value x ~ 1/3. The HERA data access the low-a; region and reveal a sea quark distribution which is consistent with being constant in x. Around x = 0.1, the parameter K is zero such that F2 scales. Large negative scaling violations are visible above x = 0.1, and positive scaling violations below that value which appear to rise towards small x. With the current data precision it remains an open question whether or not the scaling violations keep rising towards small x which may give information on upper bounds for parton densities. Some differences in the strength of the scaling violations K(X) between the measurements of the HI and ZEUS experiments are apparent in a(x) which need to be clarified. The QCD radiative effects causing the scaling violations give access to the gluon distribution and the strong coupling constant as. Since the splitting functions dominating the radiative effects depend on the region of x (see examples of the splitting functions at
263
T
F_ /
xF3(x,Q2) ^ n2
<^w^°C
\
(6) 2
2 + a2) ^Q2 +- r M ^z, v
[for Q2 < 1000 GeV2, y < 0.3]
(7) (8)
the top of Fig. 6), the gluon distribution and as can be determined simultaneously. In Fig. 7, the gluon distribution of the proton is shown for Q2 = 5 GeV2 from the HI experiment 7 . In the x regions where the Q2 lever arm is longest, 10~3 < x < 10~ 2 , the precision is of order 10%. The gluon distribution as determined from the ZEUS experiment 10 is shown in Fig. 8 together with the other parton distributions extracted from the data at Q2 = 10 GeV2. Determination of the strong coupling constant as In Fig. 9, determinations of the strong coupling constant as are shown, grouped in NLO and NNLO QCD extractions. As a reference, the grey band shows the value given in a recent review of Bethke n . Both HERA experiments 7 ' 10 extract as at the NLO QCD level. Their as values are fully compatible with each other. The HI experiment used their own data and fixed target data from proton target only, avoiding thereby target mass corrections and regions affected by higher twist effects. Their total experimental error is 0.002, shown by the second symbol. The total error bar is dominated by the renormalisation scale uncertainty. In this analysis, the scale was varied by a factor 2 down and up. These theoretical uncertainties are expected to be much smaller when using higher order calculations. The next-to-nextto leading order (NNLO) corrections are partly available 12 . The two-loop coefficient functions of F2,F3 and Fj, have been calculated 13, and have been completely checked 14 . For the three-loop anomalous di-
P r o t o n and P h o t o n S t r u c t u r e
Martin E r d m a n n
valence
sea CO
2
}
0.5
i,,"""Vh(. f h f
:
' » . .
0
V^ww^lIf '1
-2
• from F2 H1 97 • from F2 ZEUS 97 "A from F2 BCDMS I
0
10
-4
10
-2
'*M.
1
10
'*
-4
»
L.iJtiUll
10
1
L-LJ
-2
1
Figure 6. Quark distribution a(x) of the proton at Q2 = 0.3 GeV 2 and scaling violations K(X)
(2)
mensions 7p P , only partial results are available thus far. These include a finite number of fixed Mellin moments 15 > 16 , both for F2 and F3, the large n/-limit u oi jqq and 7 g g \ in the latter case only the coefficient of the colour factor TI2,CA, and several terms relevant to the small-x limit 1 8 . The corrections available so far are already sufficient to determine as at the NNLO QCD level by averaging the data in Q2 bins to calculate Mellin moments. This approach has been followed by Santiago and Yndurain where the results 19 are shown in Fig. 9. The error from the extraction using ep and [ip data is extremely competitive when compared to other determinations of as. The central value and the experimental uncertainty should be confirmed by other groups. Regarding the theoretical uncertainties i n a s from deep inelastic scattering, van Neerven and Vogt also expect a theoretical error below 1% . Determinations of as 1 9 ' 2 1 using uN d a t a agree within errors which are, however, larger compared to the ep,/j,p case (Fig. 9). It can be anticipated t h a t the theoretical progress in the NNLO Q C D corrections to-
gether with the increasing precision in the F2 measurements will lead to the most precise determinations of as. 2.2
Deep inelastic scattering
neutrino-nucleon
The neutrino d a t a cover a complementary kinematic region up to Q2 = 250 G e V 2 and 0.01 < x < 1. These data are sensitive to t h e different quark flavours and are d o m i n a t e d by charged current interactions. Recently the C C F R collaboration has reanalysed their d a t a 2 2 in the light of major improvements in the theoretical understanding of the heavy quark contributions. They changed the analysis method of extracting information on the structure functions. Their F2 d a t a are now well consistent with the charged lepton d a t a at the level of 5%, after correcting for the charge factor 1 8 / 5 , and when using NLO QCD calculations of the heavy quark contributions. The successor experiment 2 3 N U T E V has overall much better experimental conditions. The collaboration just released a first glance at their F2 d a t a so far with statistical er-
264
Proton and Photon Structure
Martin Erdmann
QCD Fits M ( H I ) total uncertainty M ( H I ) exp. + a, uncert. • ( H i ) exp. uncertainty
•q 1 5
ZEUS+H1
X ZEUS 96/97 HI 96/97
HI 94/00 Prel.
NMCBCDMS, E665
en x
ZEUS NLO QCD Fit
10
(prel. 2001) HI NLO QCD Fit
,
K
4
4.5
'*r Figure 7. Gluon distribution of the proton
3.5
^ **
rors only (Fig. 10). While in this measurement, the d a t a sets of the neutrino and anti-neutrino beams have been combined, the clean separation of the v and v beams give them the potential for extracting momentum distributions for different quark flavours in the proton.
2.5
10
10
ZEUS+H1 ZEUS 96/97 > HI 96/97 i
'
HI 94/00 Pre!.
2.3
NMCBCDMS, E665
Drell-Yan production
of muon
pairs
ZEUS NLO QCD Fit
Measurements of the Drell-Yan production of muon pairs give access to the anti-quark distributions of the proton at high values of x 2 4 . The ratio of proton-deuterium and p r o t o n hydrogen target d a t a is directly related to the d/u ratio. For highly asymmetric kinematics of the fractional momenta of the incoming quark and anti-quark, x\ 3> x2, b o t h of which can be calculated from the kinematics of the muon pair, the ratio is given by
(prel. 2001) HINLOQCDFit = 0.008
2.5
o~(W) T. i=o.
0.5
10
10
10
10
Figure 5. Proton structure function F-2
2 a{pp)
1 +
d{x2) u(x2)
(10)
This relation is valid for the assumption that the parton distributions of the nucleon obey charge symmetry, up(x) = dn(x) etc. Fig. 11 gives the measured ratio d/u as a function of x showing a large asymmetry which is likely to be of non-perturbative origin.
265
Martin Erdmann
Proton and Photon Structure ZEUS.
ZEUS NLO-QCD Fit
Q 2 =10 GeV 2
NLO H1 exper. uncertainty ZEUS prel. NNLO Santiago-Yndurain DIS e,\i F2 vxF3
(prel.) 2001 I
I lot. error
x-decays LEP Y-decays T(Z^had.) LEP Bethke (2000)
0.11 0.12 0.13
as(Mz)
Figure 8. Parton distributions of the proton
2.4
Figure 9. Determinations of the strong coupling constant
Di-jet cross sections in hadron-hadron collisions
fits. While the DO collaboration reports a consistent description of their measurements with some of the sets, the CDF collaboration finds that no set describes their data. It is planned to include the di-jet data in global fits of the parton distribution functions. This enables studies of the high-a: gluon distribution of the proton, and of the differences in the data of the two experiments.
Jet measurements at the TEVATRON collider challenge the Standard Model at the smallest distance scales and simultaneously constrain the parton distributions of the proton. Both collaborations CDF 25 and DO 26 have published measurements of the di-jet cross sections in terms of the jet transverse energies Ex,i and their pseudo-rapidities r\i (i = 1,2) (Figs. 12 and 13). In leading order QCD, these observables are related to the parton fractional momenta x± of the two incoming partons via Ex x±
: (exp(±7 ?1 )
+ exp(±r ?2 )) . (11)
The data give access to the colour charge weighted sum of the quark and gluon distributions in the proton. They cover the highQ2 - high-x region of Fig. 2. Here the quark distributions are rather well constrained so that the di-jet data give information on the high-x gluon distribution of the proton. The experiments express the sensitivity of their data by comparing with NLO QCD calculations using different sets of parton distributions of the proton obtained from global
2.5
How good are predictions for cross sections involving proton structure
A frequently asked question is, how well do we know the parton distributions of the proton? Recently, major progress has been achieved concerning the correct treatment of the correlated experimental errors in global fits 7,10,27,28,29,30 T h e s e developments provide the tools to combine different data sets with a clear interpretation of the resulting x2 per degree of freedom, and allow error bands to be drawn for the parton distributions. Examples are shown in Figs. 7, 8. To understand the impact of our knowledge of the proton structure on cross section
266
Martin Erdmann
,
Proton and Photon Structure
X=0.015(x3.0) x=0.045 X 1.8) x=O.080(x 1.3) x=0.015 x=0.125 x=0.175 x=0.22E x=0.275 x=0.35 x=0.45 x=0.045 x=0.55
..
:
n
B
•r..-*--6"-0
n
f
R
a _ - - '
i^ •••
B- i •••
•
:
J^
•
'
N-
' >-
=0.080
2.25 2
•
1.75
x=0.125 X=0.225
o
*
•
1.5
#
x=0.275 ~ ~ - - -
•. *
^-^__
X=0.35
i
1.25 1
* "*-
*
• • — ---
0.75 '
•
"
-
>
*•
0.5
x=0.45
0.25
i
NuTeV Preliminary
T-^/WH^V!:^W
V.
0
(Stat, errors only) F 2 Model From TR-VFS •
z
E866/NuSea NA51 CTEQ5M CTEQ4M MRST MRS(r2) GRV98 Systematic Uncertainty
I] 0
0.05
0.1
0.15
LL
0.2
0.25
0.3
0.35
X=0.55
1
'
Figure 11. Ratio of the anti-down- over anti-upquark distributions in the proton Figure 10. Proton structure neutrino-nucleon scattering
function
F2
from
predictions, e.g. for the LHC, benchmark processes are being studied and are directly related to the proton structure function measurements. For example, the W-boson production cross section is varied with respect to the incoming partons. It is then checked whether these variations are within the uncertainties of the structure function data. Recent studies 31 ' 32 indicate an accuracy of the W production cross section at the LHC of 2 - 4%. 3
The P h o t o n
Quantum fluctuations of the photon provide an ideal laboratory for analysing the genesis process of hadronic structures. The splitting of the photon into a quark-anti-quark pair at quark fractional momenta 0.1 < x < 1 was already rather well understood from comparisons of the measurements at the PETRA and
PEP e + e~ colliders with the theoretical predictions. In contrast, the gluon developing in the hadronic fluctuations and the quark structure at low x were essentially unknown before HERA and LEP. 3.1
Deep inelastic electron-photon scattering
In Fig. 14, a diagram of deep inelastic electron-photon scattering is shown. As for the proton case, the double differential cross section is related to the photon structure function K7 by eqs. (1,8). The contributions of the structure function FL describing the structure of the transverse photon when probed by a longitudinal photon, and the contributions of the Z boson exchange are small in the kinematic region presently covered and are usually neglected in the analysis. In Fig. 14, measurements 33>34>35 of F2 /a are shown as a function of x for 3.7 < (Q2) < 5 GeV2 (data comparison as in 36 ). In the past few years, major improve-
267
Proton and Photon Structure
Martin Erdmann
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
ET (GeV)
Figure 13. Differential di-jet cross section in protonanti-proton collisions, DO experiment
E, (GeV) Figure 12. Differential di-jet cross section in protonanti-proton collisions, CDF experiment
ments in the analysis techniques, especially at low-a;, have been achieved, giving an accuracy of F^ of the order of 10%. The curves represent the predictions of Gliick, Reya, and Schienbein for the purely perturbative contribution, and separately the summed perturbative and non-perturbative parts 37 . The deviation of the data from the perturbative part indicates the hadron-like contribution to the structure function data. In Fig. 15, measurements of F^ /'a are summarized as a function of Q2 in bins of x (updated version from 3 8 ). In comparison to the previous measurements of the photon structure, the LEP data access the high-Q2 region up to 103 GeV2, and the low-a; regime down to x ~ 10" 3 for Q2 > 2 GeV2. It is instructive to compare the photon data to the hadronic structure of the proton. In Fig. 16, the measurements of F^la are analysed using the same description eq. (9) as used above for the proton. The photon shows no valence quark structure, as expected for
this quantum fluctuation. It is interesting to note that the values of the parameter a, that describes the quark distribution for Q2 = 0.3 GeV2, are at the same level as those of the sea quarks in the proton. At large values of a; > 0.1, the scaling violations K are expected to be of order 1 from the splitting of the photon into a quarkanti-quark pair 39 . The data are fully compatible with this prediction. They strongly differ from the scaling violations observed in the measurements of the proton structure. A particular virtue of the photon measurements is their potential to answer questions on universal properties of hadronic structures, e.g., do parton radiation processes lead to universal hadronic structures at small values of xl At low values of x, the proton data exhibit positive and increasing scaling violations from the contribution of the gluons. The photon data now access this interesting domain of phase space; however, the precision of the data is not yet good enough to decide whether or not the scaling violations start to deviate from 1 and follow the scaling violations of the proton.
Martin Erdmann
Proton and Photon Structure
Q 2 (GeV2) Figure 15. Photon structure function
• OPAU3.7)
i
GRSc (— Q =3.7 GeV7
-Q"=5.0 GeV')
• L3(5.0) ' PUJTOI43)
%4+
•A^^f*^^''^.
Figure 14. Photon structure function F^ jot at low-x
3.2
Di-jet measurements from photon-proton and photon-photon collisions
While the deviation of the data from the purely perturbative prediction in Fig.14 gives indirect evidence for a gluon contribution to
269
F^/a
the hadronic structure, the first direct measurement of the gluon distribution of the photon has been obtained in di-jet measurements at HERA 40 . In Fig. 17 a recent measurement from HI 41 is shown in comparison to the gluon as measured in the proton 7 . The data are compared at the resolution scales Q 2 = p\ ~ 70 GeV2. Although the photoproduction measurement is limited in precision owing to underlying event effects, the similarity of the distributions possibly hints to a universal gluon distribution in hadronic structures which are based on quarks. Major improvements in the precision of the gluon distribution of the photon are expected to come from LEP data where effects of the underlying event can be avoided, in principle. In Fig. 18, a preliminary OPAL measurement 4 2 of the differential di-jet cross section is shown as a function of the logarithm of x. The different histograms represent calculations of the cross section using different input parton distributions, and demon-
Martin Erdmann
Proton and Photon Structure
Yww<^_ 1
05
•
0.5
1
1
1
-i
1
I
.^oooooloOOf)*]
10
10
°o
AA,
AA
A
t
-2r
H •
-4
0 o o
0
V:
4
K>
r-
T'-f^tf*'* ;
/V I
0
2
from F2Y/OC
O from F2 H1 97 "A from F2 BCDMS
i
1 1 1IMI
-2
•'
1
10
-4
'
'
'
10
'
'
• !••••!
•
-2
Figure 16. Quark distribution of the photon at Q2 = 0.3 GeV 2 and corresponding scaling violations (closed symbols) compared to the proton (open symbols)
strate the high sensitivity of the data to the gluon contribution. 4
Concluding remarks
Structure function measurements again become a field of precision data, this time covering a much larger phase space in x and Q2. Together with new theoretical developments on NNLO QCD corrections (and beyond) to deep inelastic lepton-proton scattering, the data already imply a new level of precision for the value of the strong coupling constant. Comparisons of the proton data with measurements on the photon structure allow universal properties of hadronic structures to be studied directly from the measurements themselves. The recent photon data cover the relevant phase space and are in precision close to what is needed for firm statements.
FNAL experiments. I am especially grateful to I. Bertram, S. Bethke, A. Cooper, A. Dubak, E. Elsen, F. Happacher, M. Klein, M. Moritz, D. Naples, C. Niebuhr, R. Nisius, E. Rizvi, P. Schleper, S. SoldnerRembold, M. Stanitzki, W. Tung, P. Valente, R. Wallny, T. Wengler, J. Whitmore, H. Wieber, R. Yoshida, and the Rome Team! I wish to thank S. Moch for his kind advice concerning the NNLO developments in deep inelastic scattering. I wish to further thank Th. Miiller and the IEKP group of the University Karlsruhe for their hospitality, and the Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft for the Heisenberg Fellowship. References
Acknowledgments For discussions and kind help, I wish to thank many members of the CERN, DESY, and
270
1. HI Collab., "Inclusive Measurement of Deep Inelastic Scattering at high Q2 in ep Collisions at HERA", abs. 787, 803, Intern. Europhys. Conf. on High Energy Physics (2001), Budapest, Hungary; abs. 481, 496, XX Intern. Symp. on Lepton and Photon Interactions at
Martin Erdmann
Proton and Photon Structure
OPAL Preliminary
I?
8
l
V
.c
• Photon, H 1 , p72 = 74GeV 2 I Pro ton, H I , Q 2 =72 GeV2
5<E J T e ' < 7 GeV
'Z 10'
• OPAL data ,
.
^V ' -
o 10
:
—•—
TV*rH .'
1
10
i
o
V^ i i
•8
PHOJET 1.10 — GRVLO SaSlD LACl
-
r,.m,}iLU 10
-1
10
.!.,!,,., -2
-1.5
r
-1
. . . .
i
. . .
- —
-0.5 0 logl0( * )
Figure 17. Gluon distribution of the photon from dijet measurements in 7p interactions in comparison to the gluon distribution of the proton
Figure 18. Di-jet cross section in 77 interactions compared to QCD calculations using different input parton distributions for the photon
High Energies (2001), Rome, Italy ZEUS Collab., "Measurement of higher2 neutral current cross sections in e+p deep inelastic scattering at HERA", and "Measurement of high-Q2 charged current cross sections in e+p deep inelastic scattering at HERA", abs. 630, 631 , Intern. Europhys. Conf. on High Energy Physics (2001), Budapest, Hungary BCDMS Collab., Benvenuti et a l , Phys. Lett. B 223 (1989) 485 HI Collab., C. Adloff et al., Z. Phys. C 74 (1997) 191 ZEUS Collaboration; J.Breitweg et al., Z. Phys. C 74 (1997) 207 HI Collab., "A Search for Leptoquark Bosons in ep Collisions at HERA", abs. 822, Intern. Europhys. Conf. on High Energy Physics (2001), Budapest, Hungary abs. 514, XX Intern. Symp. on Lepton and Photon Interactions at High
Energies (2001), Rome, Italy HI Collab., C. Adloff et al., Eur. Phys. J. C 21 (2001) 33 ZEUS Collab., S. Chekanov et al., Eur. Phys. J. C 21 (2001) 443 M. Erdmann, Phys. Lett. B 488 (2000) 131 ZEUS Collab., "NLO-QCD fit to determine proton PDFs and a3", abs. 628, Intern. Europhys. Conf. on High Energy Physics (2001), Budapest, Hungary S. Bethke, J. Phys. G 26 (2000) R27 S. Moch, J.A.M. Vermaseren, M. Zhou "Developments in Deep-inelastic Structure Function Calculations", Proc. of Intern. Europhys. Conf. on High Energy Physics (2001), Budapest, Hungary, hep-ph/0108033 E. B. Zijlstra and W. L. van Neerven, Phys. Lett. B 272 (1991) 127; 273 (1991) 476; 297 (1992) 377; Nucl. Phys.
2.
3. 4. 5. 6.
271
7. 8. 9. 10
11. 12.
13.
P r o t o n and P h o t o n S t r u c t u r e
Martin Erdmann
B 3 8 3 (1992) 525 14. S. Moch and J. A. M. Vermaseren, Nucl. Phys. B 573 (2000) 853; Nucl. Phys. Proc. Suppl 8 6 (2000) 78; 8 9 (2000) 137 15. S. A. Larin, P. Nogueira, T. van Ritbergen, and J. A. M. Vermaseren, Nucl. Phys. B 492 (1997) 338 16. A. Retey and J. A. M. Vermaseren, Nucl. Phys. B 604 (2001) 281 17. J. A. Gracey, Phys. Lett. B 3 2 2 (1994) 141; J. F. Bennett and J. A. Gracey, Nucl. Phys. B 5 1 7 (1998) 241 18. S. Catani and F. H a u t m a n n , Nucl. Phys. B 4 2 7 (1994) 475; V. S. Fadin and L. N. Lipatov, Phys. Lett. B 4 2 9 (1998) 127; M. Ciafaloni and G. Camici, Phys. Lett. B 4 3 0 (1998) 349 19. J. Santiago, F.J. Yndurain, Nucl. Phys. B 6 1 1 (2001) 447 20. W.L. van Neerven, A. Vogt, "Parton densities and structure functions at next-to-next-to-leading order and beyond", 9th Intern. Workshop on Deep Inelastic Scattering (2001) Bologna, Italy, hep-ph/0107194 21. A.L. Kataev, G. Parente, A.V. Sidorov, "Fixation of theor. ambiguities in the improved fits to xF^ C C F R d a t a at the NNLO order and beyond", hepph/0106221 (2001) 22. CCFR/NuTeV Collab., U.K. Yang et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. 86 (2001) 2742 23. D. Naples, "Structure functions from vN scattering at Fermilab", presented at the Intern. Europhys. Conf. on High Energy Physics (2001), Budapest, Hungary 24. E866/NuSea Collab., R.S. Towell et a l , Phys. Rev. D 6 4 (2001) 052002 25. CDF Collab, T. Affolder et a l , Phys. Rev. D 6 4 (2001) 012001 26. DO Collab, B. Abbott et a l , Phys. Rev. Lett. 86 (2001) 1707 27. C. Pascaud, F. Zomer, HI note hl-0295426 (1995); V. Barone, C. Pascaud, F. Zomer, Eur. Phys. J C 12 (2000) 243
272
28. M. Botje, Eur. Phys. J. C 14 (2000) 285; Nucl. Phys. Proc. Suppl. 79 (1999) 111 29. W. T. Giele and S. Keller, Phys. Rev. D 58 (1998) 094023; hep-ph/0104053 (2001); W. T. Giele, S. A. Keller, and D. A. Kosower, hep-ph/0104052 (2001) 30. J. Pumplin, D. Stump et a l , "Uncertainties of predictions from parton distribution functions" hep-ph/0101051, hepph/0101032 (2001) 31. R.S. Thorne, A.D. Martin, W.James Stirling, R.G. Roberts, "MRST global fit update", 9th Intern. Workshop on Deep Inelastic Scattering (2001), Bologna, Italy, hep-ph/0106075 32. W.K. Tung, private communications 33. OPAL C o l l a b , G. Abbiendi et a l , Eur. Phys. J. C 18 (2000) 15 34. L3 Collab, M. Acciarri et a l , Phys. Lett. B 4 4 7 (1999) 147; 4 3 6 (1998) 403 35. Pluto C o l l a b , Ch. Berger et a l , Nucl. Phys. B 281 1987 365 36. R. Nisius, Phys. Rept. 3 3 2 (2000) 165 37. M. Gliick, E. Reya, I. Schienbein, Phys. Rev. D 6 4 (2001) 017501 38. M. Kramer, S. Soldner-Rembold, Proc. of the Intern. Conf. on the Structure and Interactions of the Photon, and the 13th Intern. Workshop on Photon-Photon Collisions (2000), Ed. A.J. Finch, Ambleside, England, AIP Conference Proceedings 571 (2000) 39. E. Witten, Nucl. Phys. B 120 (1977) 189 40. HI C o l l a b , T. Ahmed, et a l , Nucl. Phys. B 4 4 5 (1995) 195 41. HI Collab, C. Adloff et a l , Phys. Lett. B 4 8 3 (2000) 36 42. OPAL C o l l a b , "Di-Jet Production in Photon-Photon Collisions at yfs from 189 to 202 GeV", OPAL physics note PN443 (2000), abs. 176, XX Intern. Symp. on Lepton and Photon Interactions at High Energies (2001), Rome, Italy
SMALL-X Q C D E F F E C T S IN PARTICLE COLLISIONS AT H I G H ENERGIES TANCREDI CARLI DESY, Notkestr. 85, Hamburg Germany E-mail: [email protected] Recent theoretical developments to calculate cross sections of hadronic objects in the high energy limit are summarised and experimental attempts to establish the need for new QCD effects connected with a resummation of small hadron momentum fractions x are reviewed. The relation between small-rr parton dynamics and the phenomenon of diffraction is briefly out-lined. In addition, a search for a novel, non-perturbative QCD effect, the production of QCD instanton induced events, is presented.
1
Mini-Introduction to Recent BFKL Progress
When two hadronic objects collide at high energies, hi h2 —> h^h^X, often more than one energy scale is involved. Of particular interest are collisions where the squared centre of mass (cm) energy s = (hi + /12)2 is much larger than the squared transverse momentum transfer t — (hi - /13)2, i.e. s > t > AQCD- In perturbative QCD (pQCD) calculations of such processes large logarithms of the ratio of these scales, (as\n(s/t))n, arise at each order n in the strong coupling constant as. It is usually assumed that they must be resummed to obtain a reliable cross section prediction. About 25 years ago, Balitsky, Fadin, Kuraev and Lipatov (BFKL) derived in the leading logarithmic approximation (LLA) an equation describing the resummation of a certain class of exchanges with one chain of multiple gluons in the t—channel1. It predicts a power-law rise of the scattering cross section at high energies: A a (1) BFKL &• -s' with A = — 12 In 2 where as is taken at the value of a hard scale involved in the process. Since for typical values of as, e.g. as — 0.2, A w 0.5, the predicted rise of the cross section is so strong that the unitarity bound will be violated. This is an indication that at high energies novel effects like parton recombination or multiple perturbative scatterings taming down the rise should be important. Over the
273
Figure 1. Sketch of a high energy collision of two hadronic objects h\ hi —* /13 /14 X.
past years much experimental effort has been devoted to observe to such phenomena. Although some hints for a rise of the scattering cross section at high energies have been found, the predicted large value of A could not be confirmed. After a huge theoretical effort by many authors, the calculations of the next-toleading order (NLO) corrections to the BFKL equations were finalised in 19982. The NLO terms are suppressed by a power of as: as(as In (s/t))n. To the consternation of the community, the NLO corrections turned out to be large and lead to much smaller values of A than the leading order (LO) contribution. Fig. 2 shows A calculated in LO and NLO as a function of as. For instance, for a scale where as fn 0.16 the NLO corrections exactly cancel the LO term. For larger values, A even becomes negative. Naively, this would lead to a cross section that decreases rather than increases as a power of s. This is in contradiction to the data. The large NLO corrections put the applicability of the BFKL resummation in question. It seems necessary to understand the physical reason for the large corrections and to include them at all orders.
Small-X QCD Effects in Particle Collisions at High Energies
Tancredi Carli
CT [Ge\T] 503 100 40 0.35
.
0.3 0.25
/
y
0.2 /
0.15
;
0.1 0.05
,V&
j /
/L<
.*'
••-.
/'
LL'
O.05
0.1
"
\ •••
0
r
_..--
s--' •"*'
NIX
\
0.15 Os (MSbar)
0.2
Figure 2. T h e BFKL exponent A as a function of a s in the LO and NLO approximation and t h e collinearly enhanced resummation included at NLO.
Several solutions have been proposed to solve this problem 3,4 , all of which are related to modelling and to resumming the higher order contributions. One promising method is to analyse the structure of the divergences of the BFKL characteristic function" at all orders by studying the limit where partons are emitted collinearly6. The collinearlyenhanced contributions have been shown to be able to estimate the NLO corrections and there are good reasons to believe that they also might give a significant contribution of the higher order corrections beyond NLO. The exponents obtained from this collinear resummation are shown in Fig. 2. The label UJS is related to the power of the cross section expected for 7*7* collisions or jet observables in collisions of hadronic objects. The line labelled LOC is the leading pole in the anomalous dimension of the gluon. The difference between the two exponents does not reflect an additional uncertainty, but is caused by additional corrections for quantities involving an effective cut-off on the lowest accessible momentum necessary to avoid diffusion into the infra-red and non-perturbative region and is closely related to differences in running coupling effects. The resummation
° T h e characteristic function is t h e Mellin transform of the BFKL kernel. The anomalous dimension is the Mellin transform of the splitting function. See ref.5 for an introduction to more details.
Figure 3. Sketch of small-cc signatures in high energy collisions: a) total cross section in DIS, b) dijet production in pp collisions, c) total hadronic cross section in 7*7* collisions d) forward jet production in DIS.
in the collinear limits leads to values of A which are in qualitative agreement with the experimental observations (see later). However, a quantitative analysis is still lacking. Although most of the theoretical effort was devoted to understanding the BFKL behaviour at NLO, most of the phenomenological studies still use LO. For instance, only recently part of the virtual photon impact factor, i.e. the coupling of the photon to the gluon chain, has been calculated in NLO 12 . 2
Parton Evolution and DIS
In deep-inelastic scattering (DIS)fc, a photon with virtuality Q2 3> m2, where mp is the proton mass, collides with a proton. When the squared 7*p cm energy W2 is much larger than Q2, the momentum fraction of the struck quark, x « Q2/W2, becomes small. b For an introduction and literature on DIS, DGLAP, small-3! and related topics see: http://sesam.desy.de/~ carli/hera.html
274
Tancredi Carli
Small-X QCD Effects in Particle Collisions at High Energies
In this case, the simple picture of DIS as a process where a virtual photon interacts instantaneously with a point-like parton quark freely moving in the proton has to be modified. Indeed, the probability that a gluon radiates becomes increasingly high at small-x and therefore the quark struck by the photon originates from a cascade initiated by a parton with high longitudinal momentum. A sketch of such an interaction is shown in Fig. 3a). The gluon is the driving force behind the cascade indicated by the circle. There are three equations describing the parton evolution in different kinematic regions: DGLAP, BFKL and CCFM equations. 2.1
DGLAP and DLL Evolution
To correctly calculate the inclusive DIS cross section (for all x-values), terms of the form (as In (Q2/QQ)) have to be resummed, since the smallness of as is compensated by the large size of In Q2. This resummation can be achieved by the DGLAP equations 7 . They are related to the renormalisation group equation and describe the change of the parton density in the proton with varying spatial resolutions Q2. Once the parton distribution is specified at a given scale QQ, it can be predicted for any other Q2. In an appropriate gauge, the subsequent parton emissions from the proton to the struck quark (connecting the soft proton constituents to the hard subprocess) can be interpreted as a ladder diagram whose rungs and emitted partons are strongly ordered0 in transverse momentum for. This leads to a suppression of the available phase space for gluon radiation. For high energy scattering, i.e. at smaller, the ladder becomes long and consists dominantly of gluons d . The correct description c
kT ordering is an assumption necessary to derive the DGLAP equations. For an introduction see ref.8. d T h e splitting function Pgg(z) (describing the radiation of gluons from gluons) dominates at small longitudinal momentum fractions z (Pgg(z) ~ \/z while Pqq(z) ~ constant), z ranges between x and 1.
275
of the small-a; region is still a matter of debate and subject to many technical difficulties. The dominant terms are of the form ( a s l n ( l / x ) l n (<52/<5o))™- Their resummation is referred to as the double-leading logarithmic approximation (DLL). Both longitudinal and transverse momenta are strongly ordered. The DLL leads to a gluon density strongly rising with an effective power A x y/(l2as/ir) l n ( l / x ) \n(Q2/Ql) towards low-a;9. A depends on x and Q2, e.g. it increases towards higher Q2. 2.2
BFKL Evolution
For Q2 « QQ, double logarithms no longer dominate and the terms (as l n ( l / x ) ) n « (as In (W2/Q2))n are important and must be resummed using the BFKL equation. In a physical gauge, these terms correspond to an n-rung ladder diagram in which gluon emissions are ordered in longitudinal momentum, z. The strong for ordering is replaced by a diffusion pattern as one proceeds along the gluon chain. The BFKL equations describe how a particular high momentum parton in the proton is dressed by a cloud of gluons at small-x localised in a fixed transverse spatial region of the proton given by Q2. A framework to describe the inclusive DIS cross section at small-a: is a for dependent, unintegrated, gluon density f(z, for): a oc / — d2kr a(x/z, for) f(z, for) where o(x/z, fop) is the partonic cross section. Together with the for factorisation 10 this forms a basis for a general calculation scheme for small-x processes. At very small-x, it is expected that many gluons coexist and will no longer act as free partons, but interact with each other. This "saturation" regime is characterised by an equilibrium of gluon emission and absorption. In the regime accessible for HERA such effects are expected to be small 13 , but could be rather large when lower x-values could be reached. At THERA colliding the 500 GeV
Tancredi Carli
Small-X QCD Effects in Particle Collisions at High Energies 3
electrons from TESLA with the 920 GeV proton from HERA such effects will be visible. Also if HERA collided heavy ions instead of protons, an experimental study of saturation effects would probably be possible. 2.3
Several signatures for small-x QCD effects have been recently investigated: jets at large rapidity in pp collisions at TEVATRON, t h e total hadronic cross section in 7*7* collisions at LEP and the rise of Fi towards small-x and the production of forward jets and particles in ep collisions at HERA.
CCFM Evolution
The CCFM 1 1 evolution equation is based on angular ordering and colour coherence. As a result in the appropriate limit it reproduces the DGLAP and the BFKL approximation. The angular ordering of the emitted partons in the initial cascade results from colour coherence and acts as unifying principle6. At small values of the parton momentum fractions z, a random kr walk is obtained. A first attempt 1 4 to incorporate the CCFM equations in a Monte Carlo simulation program was not suited for practical purposes. Later a further analysis 15 to make use of the CCFM equations for smallx phenomenology showed the importance of the inclusion of soft corrections and revealed many theoretical difficulties, in particular with terms diverging for high rather than low momentum fraction z. Recently, significant progress has been made to correctly implement the CCFM evolution equations and to efficiently generate unweighted events using the backward evolution in Monte Carlo simulation program CASCADE 16 ' 17 . A slightly different approach is followed in the LDC program 18 . Both programs are able to make predictions for any physical observable based on the hadronic final state. Only gluoninitiated processes can be simulated up to now. Some problems still remain, e.g. so far as in the CCFM evolution only the singular terms in the splitting functions (for z —> 0 and z —> 1) have been considered.
3.1
Jet Production at Large Rapidity in pp Collisions
In the high energy limit of pp collisions inclusive dijet production (see Fig. 3b) is sensitive to large logarithms of the form: a oc exp (A In —
W2
ET,1
——)ocexp(AA?j) i^T,2
(2)
where Q2 = ET,IET,2 is the momentum transfer to the hard scattering and W2 = X122 s is the squared cm energy of the hard scattering process-^. The last proportionality in equation 2 follows after some calculations for A77 ^> 1 from Xi = — - ~ exp (fj) cosh —
(3)
with i = 1, 2 and fj = (771 + r?i)/2 and A77 = \Vi ~ V2\ for the most backward (771) and the most forward (772) jet. Equation 3 is only valid for 2-body kinematics. The largest logarithms are therefore enhanced for minimal jet ET and maximal W. To avoid the strong dependence on the steeply falling parton densities at small-x, it has been proposed by Mueller and Navelet 19 to study the dijet cross section a t fixed x, at different cm energies s. In an analysis performed by DO20, jets have been selected by ET,i > 20 GeV and |T?J| < 3. Moreover, 400 < (Q2 = ETAET,2) < 1000 GeV 2 was
e
Prom the proton p to the photon in the collinear DGLAP approximation fcr and therefore the angle increases, while in the BFKL approximation the angle increases because of the decreasing longitudinal momenta (0 w kx/{zp)). See ref.13 for an introduction to angular ordering as interpolation between DGLAP and BFKL.
Small-a; Signatures in High Energy Collisions
•^Here ET,I are the transverse jet energies, r\i t h e pseudo-rapidities and Xi the momentum fractions of the two incoming partons.
276
Tancredi Carli
Small-X QCD Effects in Particle Collisions at High Energies
demanded. The cross section ratio at fixed Xi for two cm energies has been measured: R
a(y/%) 0-(-/Sb)
exp (A (Ar]a - Arjb)) (4) y/Aria/Arib
The result of the cross section ratio at ^/s^ = 1.8 TeV and ^/s~b = 630 GeV is shown as a function of the mean (A??) for y/Ib = 630 GeV in Fig. 4. At large Arj > the dijet cross section increases almost by a factor of 3 between the two cm energies. The strong increase is reflected in a large mean A value: A = 0.65 ± 0.07, stronger than expected by theoretical predictions 21 . The exact LO pQCD calculation leads to a falling cross section. The LO BFKL calculation (labelled LLA in Fig. 4) predicts A = 0.45 for ois(20 GeV) = 0.17. A complete NLO BFKL calculation is not yet available. Surprisingly, the highest A = 0.6 is obtained by HERWIG, a LO QCD event generator supplemented by leading log parton showers. However, it has recently been pointed out 22 that an interpretation of these results is difficult because of differences in the definition of the cross sections between the DO data and the original Mueller-Navelet proposal. This concerns the reconstruction of the momentum fractions Xj using eq. 3 which is only valid for 2-body kinematics and the presence of an upper bound on the momentum transfer Q2. These differences to the original proposal can be neglected only in the asymptotic limit at large s and large A77. At TEVATRON, however, this limit is not reached. Moreover, the requirement of two jets with the same minimum ET is particularly critical 23 , since large logarithms not connected with BFKL effects make an interpretation very difficult.
• Data p
3.5
An > 2
— LO, exact 0 HERWIG
v
° BFKL, LLA
II
2.5 ATI
2
;
>1
1
•
5
1.5 1 0.5
1
1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8
2
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8
3
incoming particles can be naturally avoided. Virtual photons are colourless objects and their virtuality Q2 controls the transverse size oc l/\JQ2 of the hard processes. For Q2 ;§> A Q C D a complete perturbative calculation is possible. For small virtualities Q2 of one of the virtual photons and for large cm energies W of the 7*7* system the cross section contains large logarithms of the form: cr7»7« ex exp (A In
W2
voirn
)=exp(AF).
If Qi « Q2, a DGLAP parton evolution between the two photons is suppressed and a resummation of the terms Y = ln(W2/y/Q2Q2) is needed, there— LO(Bartels99),Q 2 =18GeV 2 — M.O(Kim99>, Q2 = 15GeV 2
= !n(W/|Q,Q,|'
3.2
Figure 5. Total hadronic cross section for the reaction 7*7* —» X as a function of Y calculated in a LO and an approximate NLO BFKL calculation.
Inclusive Hadronic Cross Section in 7*7* Collisions
By studying the total hadronic cross section 7*7* —> hadrons in e+e~ collisions, difficulties connected with the hadronic nature of 277
fore often considered as a golden BFKL signature. An example of a Feynman diagram is shown in Fig. 3c. As can be seen in
Tancredi Carli
Small-X QCD Effects in Particle Collisions at High Energies L3 Preliminary -LOQPM -NLOQPM
Y=ln(Wi/QiQ2)
Cacciari et. al s|;2= 194 GeV
LO NLO •- OPAL <s , f>= 198 GeV
+-=± '
b)
4
5
6
Y = ln(W 2 /|Q 1 Q 2 |)
Figure 6. Total hadronic cross section 7*7* —> X as a function of the variable Y a) measured by L3 and b) by OPAL. Overlayed is a LO and NLO fixed order calculation.
Fig.5, in LO a strong increase of <77«7» at high Y is expected 24 . An approximation to a NLO calculation 25 leads to a much suppressed cross section at high Y. In a first measurement of <77.7. in e+e~~ collisions at , / s ^ = 91 — 183 GeV the predicted significant rise towards large Y was observed by L3 2 6 . However these data have not been corrected for QED radiative effects. In particular, if the kinematics is reconstructed using the scattered electrons, these corrections are substantial. In a recent analysis 27 , L3 has presented cross sections corrected for radiative effects using e+e~ data at a cm energy of ^ s ^ = 189 - 209 GeV. The QED corrections lower the measured uncorrected cross section by 58% at large Y and, moreover, can be very different for the various contributing QCD subprocesses. The cross section measured in the kinematic region: 4 < Q2 < 44 GeV 2 , W > 5 GeV, electron energy Ei > 40 GeV and the polar electron angle 30 < #, < 66 mrad is shown in Fig. 6a). A fixed order calculation in LO as well as in NLO 28 is able to describe the data
at low Y (Y < 5). However, at the largest Y (5 < Y < 7), the calculations are below the data by 4 standard deviations. The NLO corrections are relatively small and they only slightly increase the cross section at large Y. L3 concludes that "this can indicate the presence of QCD resolved processes or the onset of BFKL dynamics" 27 . However, this effect has not been confirmed by OPAL 29 analysing e+e~ collisions at cm energies of ^Jsee = 189 — 209 GeV. The measured cross section CT7»7« (for Ei > OAEf,, where E\, is the beam energy, 34 < et < 55 mrad and W > 5 GeV) for an average Q2 = 17.9 GeV 2 is shown in Fig. 6b) as a function of Y. The exact LO and the NLO calculation reproduce the data well. Also an approximate higher order BFKL calculation 30 imposing energy momentum conservation along the gluon ladder, is in agreement with the data (not shown). Although in the L3 analysis slightly higher W and Y values are reached, the different conclusions which can be drawn from the two analyses is surprising. Some experimental questions in particular the control of the radiative corrections as a potentially large source of systematic uncertainty needs to be rediscussed9 before firm conclusions can be drawn. To unambiguously establish small-2 effects in 7*7* collisions one probably needs much higher cm energies, like the one that will be available at TESLA.
3.3
Inclusive DIS: F2
A classic key measurement to understand the structure of the proton and its dynamical processes is the precise determination of the structure function F2 by counting inclusively the lepton scattered off the proton. The HERA measurements 31 ' 32 span about 6 orders of magnitude in Q2, 0.1 ;$ 9
One question is e.g. to which extent the size of the QED corrections depend on the Born cross section itself. An iterative procedure might be required.
278
Tancredi Carli
Small-X QCD Effects in Particle Collisions at High Energies ZEUS
0"= 1.5 GeV
^ 0 . 5
<5.
1
o
If
(J -2 GeV
Q*»2.5 GeV
t <*?
--.
F, -
tf-SGeV*
M 0.5 II
0.5
0.4
x<«
ZEUS slope fit 2001 (prel.)
° - ZEUS QCD 01 (prel.)
tf=15GeV
0.5
0.3
0 0.5
0"-20 GeV*
tf-25
GeV1
tf-35
GeV
ZEUS REGCE 97
i\
H'
A1
W
0.2
0 0.5
Q 1 -60 GeV
Q*-45 GeV
Q*-90 GeV
0.1
0 •
0.5 0
H1 9 6 / 9 7
0
-
QCD fit (H1)
--
QCD fit extrap.
Figure 7. Slope of the proton structure function A as a function of x in bins of Q 2 . 2
2
Q < 30000 GeV , and cover the momentum range from the sea quark region at low x (x £ 10 - 6 ) to the valence quark region at large x (x < 0.65). Compared to observables based on the hadronic final state, the measurement of F2 has the advantage that it can be directly compared to pQCD calculations. However, because of its inclusive nature, small novel effects on top of the dominating DGLAP parton evolution might be difficult to reveal. Therefore F2 has to be precisely pinned down to get a handle on the QCD evolution and to simulanteously constrain the nonperturbative parton density functions. In the most recent F2 measurements a precision of 2 — 4% in the high statistics region Q2 < 100 GeV 2 has been achieved 32 . One of the most important results is that the rise of i*2 towards small-x: W2f aep oc F2 cc exp (AIn —j) "A (5) 1/1/
V
expected in the DLL or BFKL limit has been observed. However, analyses based on the NLO DGLAP equations give a satisfactory description of the data down to remarkably low Q2 and x values 33 ' 34,35 . In these analyses the quark and gluon densities are parameterised at a starting scale and are adjusted
Q ' (GtV')
Figure 8. Slope of the incl. total 7^*^p cross section A as a function of Q2. Shown is a generalised vector dominance model and a QCD NLO DGLAP fit.
such that the data are described. While F2 constrains mainly the quark densities, the scaling violation dF2/d\ogQ2 give access to the gluon density. Whether this proves the correctness of the DGLAP picture or is just due to a large flexibility of the fit, in particular in the parameterisation of the parton density function, can not yet be answered. To improve the sensitivity to small-a; QCD effects, the HI collaboration 36 has measured the slope dF2/dlnx for fixed Q2 as a function of x (see Fig. 7). The slope does not change with x and the NLO DGLAP fit describes the data, dF2/dlnx can therefore be identified with the slope A only changing with Q2. The Q2 dependence of A is even more visible in the ZEUS measurement shown in Fig. 8 (see also sec. 4). Despite this success it is worth noting that in most NLO DGLAP fits the longitudinal structure function FL becomes negative, which is obviously unphysical. The inclusion of In (1/x) terms is able to cure these problems 4 ' 37 ' 38 . If one aims for a global description of all available data, the standard NLO DGLAP fit has to be stretched to the edge 39 . In particular, there is a complicated interplay between the small-a; DIS data and the high-x inclusive jet cross sections from TEVATRON 40 - 41 . The jet data prefer a high gluon at large x values (x > 0.1)
279
Tancredi Carli
Small-X QCD Effects in Particle Collisions at High Energies
t
HI 96/97+98/99
•
ZEUS 96/97
i
NMC
'?
E665
NLO fll (x > 0.005J -••
small x resum. fit
ter. This fit, however, does not describe the small-x data. When small-x resummation is included the data can be described over the whole kinematic domain. In conclusion, the NLO DGLAP fit describes DIS data to surprisingly small-x and Q2 values. However, there are some indications that the flexibility in the input parameters is stretched to the edge, in particular, if the new inclusive high ET jet data from TEVATRON are included. Fits including small-x resummation lead to an improved description of the data and a better convergence of FL when going from LO to NLO. 3-4
Figure 9. Proton structure function data as a function of Q2 at fixed x compared with several different fits within the MRST global fit framework.
and this significantly influences the small-a; gluon via the momentum sum rule. The DIS data prefer a smaller gluon at high-x values. Therefore, some kind of compromise has to be found. Within the present accuracy of the data, this is still possible, but is seems that there is not much freedom left in the NLO DGLAP fit. Within the framework of the MRST global QCD analysis 34 ' 39 , it has been shown that problems in describing HERA F2 data at medium-x values ( « 10~ 2 ) can be avoided, if the data at small-x (x < 10 - 3 ) are not considered in the fit or, alternatively, if a small-x resummation obtained by solving the running coupling BFKL equation is included 37,42 . This is demonstrated in Fig. 9h where the standard NLO DGLAP fit gives a bad description of the data at x = 1.3 • 1 0 - 2 and 100 < Q2 < 1000 GeV 2 while a fit only including data with x>5 • 1 0 - 3 is much betI thank R. Thorne for providing me with this figure.
Heavy Quark Production
The production of heavy quarks Q in DIS is directly sensitive to the gluon content of the proton, since in LO the process 75 —> QQ dominates. Heavy quark cross sections are therefore an excellent testing ground for the dynamics of the parton evolution. The inclusive D* meson cross section has recently been measured by HI 4 3 in the range 1 < Q2 < 100 GeV 2 , 0.05 < y < 0.7, p f * > 1.5 GeV and \rjD \ < 1.5 to be: aViS = 8.5±0.42(stat)±o:?6( s y s t ) ± 0 - 6 5 ( m o d e l ) n b - A NLO calculation 44 based on the heavy quark matrix elements, DGLAP parton evolution and the Peterson fragmentation function 45 only predicts aViS = 5.1 — 7 nb depending on the exact value of the charm quark mass mc and the Peterson fragmentation parameter e. The most significant difference between data and NLO is observed towards the proton direction, i.e. at large rj. Similar results have been obtained by ZEUS 46 . A possible explanation that this effect is due to neglecting the colour force between the charm quark and the proton remnant 47 is not large enough to explain this discrepancy. The CCFM prediction, based on the off-shell matrix elements and on an unintegrated gluon density obtained from a F2 fit, has been calculated using CASCADE 16 and agrees with the data. The visible cross section can be converted 280
Tancredi Carli
Small-X QCD Effects in Particle Collisions at High Energies
Fc2 in the NLO DGLAP scheme H1NLOQCD in to F, 0.50
1
1
1
•
HI ZEUS
p
1—
1
-T
o ® 6
r~
3.5 GeV2
Q2 =1.5 GeV2 (1.8)
o v,s (ep -> b X)
V ZEUS semil prel 6.5 GeV':
(4)
(7) (6.5)
0.25
* H1 Li p / e l
• H1 u impact param. (prel.) o ZEUS e" p/ei
B 0.00
13s, i n
i—h 12 GeV"
H
(11)
H
1
1
Q
t-
H
1 h ^ 60 GeV (60)
H
2
h 130 GeV
X
565 GeV"'
(1001
0.40
^ 0.00
^
3
t
0.40
0.00
1 i" I 18GeV(20)
i\
iH
NLO QCD *
10
icr
Q 2 (GeV 2 ) rk
iX
_i
•
•
i—
-5 -4 -3 -2 -1 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0
Figure 11. Ratio of t h e measured to the calculated total beauty production cross section in ep collisions.
logx Figure 10. Charm proton structure function F£ as a function of logo; in Q2 bins.
to the semi-inclusive charm structure function F§ which is easier to compare to theory predictions. However, the extraction of F$ faces the problem that only part of the total cross section (typically 30%) can be measured in the detector. This quantity is therefore significantly biased by the theoretical model used to determine the experimental acceptance (up to 20% at the smallest x). F% extracted in the NLO DGLAP scheme is shown in Fig. 10. A steep rise towards small-2 and a clear dependence of the slope A on Q2 is observed. In particular, in the low Q2 region this rise tends to be steeper than predicted by the NLO DGLAP calculation*. At smallx, F% grows at the same rate as the fully inclusive structure function Fi as is expected, since both processes are initiated by gluons. This year HI has reported 48 on the first measurement of beauty production in DIS in the region 2 < Q2 < 100 GeV 2 , 0.05 < y < 0.7 for muon polar angles 35° < 0 < 130° and transverse momenta pr > 2 GeV. The beauty cross section is derived by determin'This is true when compared to the HI NLO DGLAP fit. In the ZEUS fit a slightly larger F£ error band is obtained making the above conclusion less clear.
281
ing the fraction of beauty events decaying semi-leptonically to muons using the transverse momentum of the muon with respect to the jet axis (Pr.rez) a n d by exploiting the finite lifetime of b- mesons by measuring the distance of closest approach of the muon track with respect to the primary event vertex (impact parameter). The measured cross section aep^bx~^ij,x = 39 ± 8(stat) ± 10(syst)pb is significantly above the NLO prediction 44 of a = 11 ± 2pb. In the calculation, a beauty mass mb = 4.75 GeV, a renormalisation and factorisation scale /x = \JQ2 -I- 4m2, and a Peterson fragmentation parameter e = 0.0033 are used. The LO cross section is only a = 9 pb. The CASCADE program based on the CCFM equation predicts a = 15 pb. A similar excess has been reported in quasi-real photonproton collisions by HI 4 9 , where the cross section for bb production for Q2 < 1 GeV is measured. A cross section value larger than the theory prediction is also reported by the ZEUS collaboration 50 in the semi-leptonic electron channel. The bb cross section for Q2 < 1 GeV 2 , 0.2 < y < 0.8, pt,b > 5 GeV and |7?fc| < 2 is: aep^ebhx = 1.6ig;^nb. The NLO prediction is only 0.64 nb. A comparison between data and theory
Tancredi Carli
Small-X QCD Effects in Particle Collisions at High Energies
pp->bX, Vs=1.8TeV, ly"l<1
» OPAL (n,i/s=189-202 GeV, prel.) i B H
L3 l'n,e,Vs=l 89-202 GeV))
D0 Data
NLO(direct+resolved,GRV) NLO (direct only)
(Errors have correlations)! Q. 10-
A • Dimuons bands: mh=4.5 (.eV, (i=mh/2 mb=5.2 GeV. M^m.
*Muons+Jets (This Analysis)
60
80 100 120 140 160 18
220 240 Vs_ [GeV]
• Inclusive Muons NLO QCD, MRSR2
Figure 12. Total beauty production cross section in 7 7 collisions as a function of t h e cm energy ^/see.
for the various measurements is shown in Fig. 11. For all measurements a higher cross section with respect to the NLO predictions is measured. However, the total cross section measurement is affected by large extrapolation factors calculated using LO MC simulation programs. For instance, jets with ET > 6 GeV have to be selected to calculate Pr,rei- In the quoted total cross section they are not included. Only 42.9% of the cross section is really measured in the detector 49 . Moreover, requiring two jets with equal 3p is problematic 23 . The extrapolation includes large model uncertainties 50,51 (up to 30%). It is interesting that the ZEUS measurement, where also the beauty cross section including the jet requirement is quoted, agrees well with the CASCADE result and with LO QCD MC simulations, if heavy quark excitation processes possibly mimicking part of the NNLO corrections 47 are included. The increase of the cm energy of LEP to -y/s^J ~ 200 GeV has also made possible the first observation of beauty production in 7*7* collisions. Here also an excess of the measured beauty cross section over the theory prediction is found 52 (see Fig. 12). The NLO prediction agrees with the measured charm cross sections, but in the case of beauty it underestimates the cross section by about two standard deviations. Since many of the phenomenological challenges are similar to ep collisions, e.g. the description of heavy quarks near the production threshold
Theoretical Uncertainty >
.
.
i
6 7 8 910
i
,
20
30
40 50 60 70
pTmin ( G e V / c ) Figure 13. Beauty production cross section for different minimal values of the transverse beauty moment u m in pp collisions at \/s = 1800 GeV.
or the treatment of the hadronic structure of the photon, this indicates that the excess of beauty events at HERA is not accidental, but might have a deeper reason. Also in pp collision a higher beauty cross section has been measured 53 than expected by NLO calculations 54 . In general, the observed excess grows towards large rapidities, i.e. towards the proton remnants. One of the measurements performed in the central rapidity region is shown in Fig. 13 over a wide minimum transverse momentum range Pr™- Shown is the b-meson cross section (incl. muon) as well as a jet cross section where the jets contain a b-tag (muon+jet). For the last observable the treatment of soft and collinear divergencies is safer in the theoretical calculation 55 . For both observables the data lie higher than the theory prediction. Even so, the agreement with the theory is improved in the latter case in particular at high p™'f, a discrepancy still remains with respect to the central result. A better agreement with the data is found using CASCADE based on the CCFM equations 56 (see Fig. 13). This approach uses LO off-shell matrix elements for heavy quarks and the scale is set to fi2 = m2, +Pj> b. In addition, the unintegrated gluon density, which
282
Tancredi Carli
Small-X QCD Effects in Particle Collisions at High Energies
has been obtained from an input parameterisation using only two parameters adjusted to HERA data, enters the calculation J'. Note, that in a typical NLO DGLAP fit much more free parameters are used to parameterise the parton densities. In view of the few input parameters only fixed by DIS data the agreement of the CASCADE calculation with the data is quite remarkable. A similar success in describing beauty production in pp collisions has been obtained using kr factorisation, an unintegrated parton distribution and a BFKL vertex for the qq-vertex57. Whether the higher beauty cross sections seen in various processes really can be attributed to the necessity to modify the parton evolution at small-xfc or whether it is just due to other complications like the resummation of large logarithms in the presence of two or more hard scales or problems connected to the modelling of the fragmentation cannot be answered today. The larger amount of data which will be available after the HERA and TEVATRON luminosity upgrades together with the improved efficiency of the upgraded detectors will allow further improvements in the experimental precision and to extend the measurement towards larger p? and larger Q2. This might allow possible solutions to this problem to be disentangled. 3.5
Forward Jet and Particle Production in DIS
The classical signature designed to enhance BFKL effects in DIS is the production of "forward jets" 5 8 characterised by kj, « Q2 and Xjet = Ejet/Ep as large and x as small as kinematically possible (see Fig.3d)'. The first requirement suppresses the kr ordered DGLAP evolution. When asking for large ' At the TEVATRON cm energy, the gluon-gluon fusion is the dominant production mechanism. & Note that the x values in some of the observables are not really small. Moreover, the work to include finite z terms in CASCADE is still in progress. l Ejet {Ep) denotes the energy of the forward jet (proton) in the laboratory system.
283
Figure 14. Forward jet DIS cross section as function of x. Approx. NLO BFKL calculations for different scales and infra-red cut-offs are shown as lines.
£jet/a;, the forward jet is separated by a large rapidity interval from the struck quark such that the phase space for parton emissions between the two is amplified. In this case the a s ln(a:jet/aO terms are expected to become so large that their resummation leads to a sizable increase of the forward jet cross-section: O-BFKL
ocexp(Aln^^). X
A fast rise of the cross-section for forward jets with decreasing x has indeed been seen in the data 5 9 . A LO BFKL calculation 60 rises steeper than the data. A more recent calculation emulating some of the expected NLO effects61 is in much better agreement (see Fig. 14). Also CASCADE based on the CCFM equations reproduces the data 1 7 . The good description of the forward jet cross section can be taken as an indication of the need for the BFKL resummation in an extreme phase space, where small-a; effects are expected to be important. However, other interpretations are possible. For instance, a calculation including direct and resolved photon interaction also gives a good description of the data 6 2 ' 6 3 . Kramer and Potter argue that the success of their NLO calculation can be taken as a strong indication that a direct O(a^) calculation, i.e. without the need to introduce a virtual photon structure, would also describe the data. In this case the need for a BFKL resummation is just not strong enough at HERA to be unambiguously distinguished from an exact fixed order calculation. However, a recent HI analysis 64 systematically investigating the phase space re-
Tancredi Carli
Small-X QCD Effects in Particle Collisions at High Energies
o R K ( H1 d ajdx )
gions from a simple inclusive jet cross section to the forward jet regime shows that neither a direct NLO calculation nor the NLO calculation including resolved photons describes the data in the whole phase space. While e.g. the forward jet cross section is described, the calculation overshoots the simple single inclusive jet cross section in the backward region. In conclusion, despite the wealth of jet data at small-£ which became recently available a consistent physical interpretation has not been achieved. A complementary approach to gain insights in the parton evolution is the production of particles at ET65Charged or neutral particles at high ET are well correlated to parton activity. Their production rate can be directly predicted by analytic calculations folded with proper fragmentation functions. The measured 7r° cross section exhibits the same rise towards small-a; as the inclusive one, i.e. the ratio R-,r(x) is constant (see Fig. 15) 66 . At 2 < Q2 < 4.5 GeV 2 approximately 0.2% of the DIS events contain a forward 7r° with ET > 2.5 GeV. At 15 < Q2 < 70GeV2, this ratio rises to 0.5%. The MC based on LO QCD and parton showers (labelled LEPTO) cannot describe this behaviour, while a BFKL calculation approximating some of the NLO effects by requiring energy-momentum conservation and allowing for a running coupling describes the data 6 1 . 4
2 5 GeV
PT,* > -
LEPTO 6.5 mod. LO BFKL
0.001
o
L_L_
xml
L_L_
[4.5... 15.0]
0.003 0.002 0.001 0 0.008 0.006
± - [15.0... 70.0] Q 2 / Gev2
0.004 0.002
10
10
Figure 15. Rate of forward 7r° to the inclusive cross section as a function of x.
The constant (with respect to the inclusive cross section) probability to emit hard particles in the forward region can be juxtaposed to the probability to emit no particle at all. In approximately 5 — 10% of all DIS events no particle is measured in a large rapidity region 67 . The latter class of events are called "diffractive"m. In both cases the constant rate indicates a deep connection between the and
I
0.004
Inclusive and DifTractitive DIS, Transition from Soft to Hard
m I n the analogy of the diffraction of light, see refs. therein.
[2.0 ... 4.5] I
production mechanism of rapidity gap events and the parton dynamics at small-x. The interaction responsible for a large rapidity gap can be viewed as the exchange of a colour singlet decomposing the hadronic final state into a system X and Y: ep —> eXY (see Fig. 16). The kinematic of the process can be described by the longitudinal momentum fraction £ of the colourless exchange with respect to the incoming proton™ and, in analogy to Bjorken-x in the inclusive case, by the longitudinal momentum fraction /? that is carried by the quark struck by the photon (see Fig. 16). The ratio 0 ,£>(3)
M2
da^p^xv/dM^ V-i'p^X
is shown in Fig. 17 as a function of the -j*p "This quanity is often called xp. °The diffractive cross section is in this analysis integrated over My < 1.6 GeV and t < 1 G e V 2 , where t is the squared momentum transfer from the proton to the system Y.
284
Small-X QCD Effects in Particle Collisions at High Energies
Tancredi Carli
• H1 preliminary, x, p < 0.01 ° H1 preliminary, x i p > 0.01 _ |J = 0.04 |i - 0.1 |i=0.2 |S = 0.4
*
I,,
Mi
£= x 1
Hit
.1 Mm
P = 0.65 D = 0.9 (IS) !
,.'.,t
I GeV2)
k.I
o 0.04 -
•..
*••...,
K">
£>M V
l
•
"\.l
0.04
Figure 16. Sketch of a diffractive HERA.
scattering
at
0.02
_ »,
s
«,,i
»,...«' •it***
!ti,»,i
0 0.04
UKi) „69 cm energy"". The ratio p„D(3) is relatively flat over the full phase space. Only at low (3 a tendancy to rise is observed. The constant rate as a function of the cm energy has already been observed in the first HERA data 70 , but it is still rather surprising, when one tries to understand its physical meaning. In the simplest approach p t h e colour singlet exchange can be modelled b y the exchange of two "gluons" 72 . If the "gluons" are interpreted as partons, i.e. pQCD is applicable because a hard scale is involved in the process, then at small-a; the inclusive cross section is expected to rise like o oc x ~x while the diffractive cross section should rise like a <x x~2X. In this case t h e rapidity gap contribution would significantly increase towards small-x. If the colour singlet exchange is soft, the increase of the diffractive cross section should be closely related to soft hadron hadron and jp collisions where a oc IV 0 0 8 and therefore a oc (1/rr) 0 1 6 is expected. In this case the rapidity gap contribution in the DIS sample would decrease.
The constant behaviour of p D ( 3 ) indicates that the production mechanism of rapidity gap events contains soft and hard pieces. It is remarkable that their interplay leads to the same energy dependence of the cross section as in the inclusive case. For inclusive j*p collisions, Q2 provides the hard scale to discriminate soft and hard processes. The energy behaviour of the inp
^
0.02
10
10
'«•«.!
J....I 10
10
W [GeV] Figure 17. Ratio of t h e diffractive to the inclusive DIS cross section as function of the 7*p centre of mass energy W in bins of Q2 and 0.
elusive cross section (see eq.5) is shown in Fig.8. Recently, ZEUS has achieved a remarkable precision on the inclusive cross section measurements at very low Q2 thanks to dedicated detectors close to the beam pipe measuring electrons scattered at small angles 74 . For Q 2 < 0.8 GeV 2 , a constant slope A w 0.1 is found. This value is consistent with the value (A = 0.08) needed to describe the total hadron hadron cross section at high energies 73 . The same value also describes the energy behaviour of the scattering of real photons on protons 76 . A generalised vector dominance model 75 describes the data. For higher Q2 values, A linearly rises with logQ 2 which is well described by pQCD. The transition from the soft to the hard regime seems to be surprisingly sharp ( 0 . 5 < Q 2 < 1 GeV 2 ). Does this indicate that there are really two different physical regimes, the long-distance, non-perturbative region, where only Regge theory can be applied, and the short-distance, pQCD region describing the interaction of quarks and gluons ? Or is a unified description based on small-x phenomena possible ? The physical understanding of the transition region can be made more intuitive in
71
For full reviews of all discussed models see ref .
285
Tancredi Carli
Small-X QCD Effects in Particle Collisions at High Energies
the proton rest frame rather than in the DIS frame, where the proton has infinite momentum. In this frame the (virtual) photon splits into a qq pair and develops a hadronic structure by radiating gluons long before interacting with the proton. The timescale of this fluctuation is r ex l/(xmp). At small-x, the lifetime r of the hadronic system is long, e.g. at x = 10~ 3 , CT = 200 fm. The qq pair can be viewed as a colour dipole described by a wave function ^T,L depending on the longitudinal and transverse photon polarisation 77 . It can be calculated within QED. The j*p cross section can be written as: a(x,Q2
-ft ' rdz\^ 2
2
T!L\
a(x,r)
(6)
Q 2 (GeV *)
Figure 18. Slope of the inclusive total 7 p cross section A as a function of Q2. Shown as lines are fits to the Golec-Biernat/Wiisthoff model with and without QCD evolution.
Q 2 =10GeV 2
where r is the transverse separation of the qq dipole and z is the photon momentum fraction carried by the quark. By the Heisenberg principle r is closely related to the transverse quark momentum via r oc 1/fcr- For small kr, i.e. large dipoles, the colour field is large and it strongly interacts with the proton. The dipole behaves as a hadron in soft collisions. For large kr, i.e. small dipoles, the colour field is effectively screened and the proton is "transparent" to the dipole (colour transparency). a(x,r) describes the interaction of the qq dipole with the proton.
•o
c g
with.fi2, (a:)
-\
/\!nc
a(x,r) 1
DD
1
f
t
swgwt
r[2R 0 ]
2/Q
The following phenomenological form9 has been proposed 79 for a(x,r): (T0 1 - exp
3
d)
Figure 19. The integrand in equation 6 for inclusive (Inc) and diffractive (DD) scattering and t h e dipole cross section a(x, r).
-Y(7)
assumed to saturate a(x, r) oc
r T h e radius /Jo has the units 1/GeV. These numbers are quoted for a model with no charm quarks. Including charm quarks leads to larger values.
s
T o do that, 1/RQ is replaced by ATT2as(lJ.2)xg(x,ii2)/('Aoo) where fj,2
286
C/r2 + n2,
Small-X QCD Effects in Particle Collisions at High Energies
Tancredi Carli
However, it can not fully account for the steep rise of F2 at large Q2. The transition around Q2 w 0.5 GeV 2 seems to be smoother than found in the data. In view of problems to describe some of the recent diffractive data 8 3 it is questionable, if the DGLAP is the correct evolution to be applied in this context. The diffractive cross section is obtained by modifying equation 6 for inclusive DIS 77 : aDD(x,Q2)
= Jd2rdz
| * r , L | 2 a2(x,r)
(8)
By analysing only the leading contribution a ratio aDD/ainc oc 1 / In (Q2 R^x)) is found which is only slowly varying with x and Q2 and correctly reproduces the data 8 1 when in the dipole also qqg states are included. Fig. 19 shows that the integrand of eq. 8 contains a significantly higher contribution of large dipole sizes at the same Q2 than found in the inclusive case. This makes both the soft and the hard nature of the diffractive production mechanism evident. By assuming a certain interaction of the colour dipole with the proton based on the inclusive DIS data at small-x the Golec-Biernat/Wusthoff model predicts the diffractive cross section. This underlines the deep connection between diffraction and the small-x parton dynamics which we start to understand better and better. In the leading logarithm approximation the colour dipole formulation and the kx factorisation give an equivalent description of hard processes at high energy 78 . 5
Instanton Production in DIS
In QCD, anomalous non-perturbative processes are expected which violate classical laws such as the conservation of chirality. Instantons 84 , non-perturbative fluctuations of the gluon field, represent tunnelling transitions between topologically inequivalent vacua. DIS offers a unique possibility to discover QCD instantons. xg(x,n2) = Agx~^s and C, Ag, \ g and [AQ are additional fit parameters.
287
•Vs05
I
P
-> • g
JO^
Figure 20. Sketch of the production of instanton induced events in DIS.
In DIS instanton induced processes (I) are dominantly produced in a quark gluon fusion process (see Fig.20) 85 » 86 . The virtuality Q'2 of the quark q\ originating from a photon splitting into a qq pair in the /-background, provides a generic hard scale naturally limiting the /-size p and makes a quantitative prediction of the cross-section possible 85>87. The expected cross section for the kinematical region x > 10~ 3 and 0.1 < y < 0.9 is of the order of 10 - 100 pb88>89. This cross section is sizeable, but still much lower than the inclusive DIS cross section. The expected characteristics of the hadronic final state of Iprocesses, which can be simulated using the QCDINS 90 program, can be exploited to improve the signal to noise ratio 91 . Besides the current jet, a large number of particles of all kinematically allowed flavours is produced at high ET in a narrow band of two rapidity units. Since the Instanton decays isotropically, a large sphericity of the particles in the /-rest system is expected. The HI collaboration has recently performed92 the first dedicated search for QCD /-induced processes using six hadronic final state /-sensitive observables in the kinematic range x > 10~ 3 , 0.1 < y < 0.6 and 6el > 156°, where 8ei is the polar angle of the scattered electron*. As an example the sphericity distribution is shown in Fig. 21a for the inclusive DIS sample. Before cuts to enhance the /-fraction, the data are well described by pQCD models. The expected in'For an /-analysis based on existing d a t a see
93
.
Tancredi Carli
(a)
Small-X QCD Effects in Particle Collisions at High Energies
sph(b)
worked out. The results are in qualitative agreement with the data. However, no clear and unmistakable evidence for the need for small-x effects beyond the standard resummation of leading logarithms using collinear factorisation has been reported so far. Nevertheless there are strong indications that small-x effects play already at the present energies a certain role and that they describe high energy collisions in a more coherent way. First encouraging results using angular ordering as a key unifying principle have been obtained. This allows more precise QCD predictions for future colliders to be made.
's P h
Figure 21. Sphericity for normal and /-DIS without (a) and with (b) cuts to enhance the /-signal.
stanton sample is about 2-3 orders of magnitude smaller and the events are expected to be more spherical. After cuts the background is suppressed by about a factor of 1000. 549 events are selected in the data, while only 363^26 a n d 435+22 events are expected by two different pQCD models. The size of the excess is, however, about the same as the difference in the pQCD background models. The sphericity distribution of these events is shown in Fig.21b. In four out of the six /-sensitive observables a qualitative similarity between the difference of the data and the pQCD models and the expected Ishape is observed. The two remaining observables do not particularly support the hypothesis that the observed excess can be explained by I-processes as currently implemented in QCDINS. However, recently it has been pointed out that the shape of these two particular observables is affected by large theoretical uncertainties due to missing cuts in the experimental analysis 94 . The data limit the allowed /-cross section to about 100 pb. A steep rise of the I-cross section towards large instanton sizes, as would be obtained from a naive extrapolation of /-perturbation theory, is excluded by the data. The absence of such a steep rise is in agreement with lattice simulations of zero flavours 87,88 . Conclusions The strong cross section increase expected in LO BFKL for various processes has not been observed. Thanks to a huge theoretical effort significant progress has been recently made. The BFKL NLO corrections have been calculated and additional resummations have been
The increased precision of the HERA measurements reveals more and more the intriguing connection between soft and hard physics. In the understanding of soft phenomena the correct description of diffraction plays a key role. Here, the deep connection to small-x parton dynamics becomes clearer and clearer and more is to be learned in the near future. The final aim is to get better insights to the confinement of quark and gluons in hadrons. The pioneering experimental and phenomenolgical work to discover QCD instanton-induced processes might add important complementary information in our understanding of non-perturbative phenomena. It seems possible to establish such an important non-perturbative effect at HERA, although no clear experimental evidence has been found so far.
Acknowledgements It is a pleasure to thank my colleagues from the HI and ZEUS collaborations for providing me with the latest data and J. Bartels, V. Chiochia, C. Golec-Biernat, G. Iaccobucci, H. Jung, A. Martin, R. Nisius, G. Salam, F. Schrempp, R. Thorne and J. Whitmore for invaluable help in preparing this talk or for commenting on the manuscript.
288
Tancredi Carli
Small-X Q C D Effects in Particle Collisions at High Energies
Questions: G. Altarelli, CERN: The beautiful HERA d a t a on small-x structure functions pose a clear problem: W h y do the N L O Q C D evolution equations work so well in spite of the fact t h a t t h e B F K L corrections could be large. You have mentioned t h e Salam, Ciafaloni, Colferai proposed solution t o this problem, but nobody has so far shown t h a t their theory fits the d a t a well. Myself, Ball and Forte we have developed an alternative approach, less predictive, b u t more model independent (in our opinion) which we have proven t o fit the d a t a (we can accomm o d a t e b u t not predict the smallness of t h e B F K L corrections). Until t h e understanding of totally inclusive structure functions is not more satisfactory, t h e theoretical foundations of many B F K L signals in non inclusive distributions is quite shaky. Answer: I agree t h a t the F2 d a t a can b e interpreted in t h e theoretically cleanest way, since t h e uncertainties are usually much smaller t h a n for less inclusive observables. I have pointed out t h a t many open questions remain in t h e understanding of F2 and I have stressed t h e importance of even more precise d a t a . Since i<2 is a very inclusive quantity, precision is t h e key issue. However, less inclusive observables allow to look at new effects in a more direct way and therefore might be m o r e promising. At t h e end of the day, it will be i m p o r t a n t to have a consistent theory of strong interactions t o describe inclusive a n d less inclusive measurements in many different processes. P. Nason,
INFN
Milano:
I have a remark with regard t o the C C F M Monte Carlo predictions. M o n t e Carlo programs are practical implementation of theoretical ideas and calculations, and at the end they should match precise analytical calculations. For example, a t t e m p t s to explain t h e beauty cross section by small-x resummations, once 0{a2s) and 0 ( Q s ) corrections
289
are correctly implemented, failed (until now) to explain the data. T h u s , the inaccuracy of t h e Monte Carlo ( t h a t certainly does not implement the 0{a\) correctly) should b e addressed before claims are m a d e of solving phenomenological problems. Answer: T h e C A S C A D E M C is an implementation of t h e C C F M equation. It seems t o b e adequate, since in all proposed C C F M solutions t h e correct t r e a t m e n t of the kinematics t u r n e d out t o be i m p o r t a n t . Although it is based on L O , p a r t of t h e higher orders are resummed. In particular when kx factorisation is used, it is difficult t o say if, e.g. a 0(a2s) calculation based on t h e collinear factorisation contains more or less higher order contributions. In this sense there is no inaccuracy, b u t it is a different approximation. K. Ellis,
Fermilab:
You showed calculations d u e t o J u n g a n d Salam which lead t o a larger b e a u t y quark cross section at the T E V A T R O N . It is imp o r t a n t to establish w h a t feature of t h e calculations give rise t o t h e increase. Does t h e unintegrated gluon distribution used in t h e calculations give (after integration over kT) a gluon distribution in accord with t h e gluon distribution measured elsewhere at H E R A ? Answer: T h e gluon density is not a physical observable. Therefore t h e gluon as extracted from N L O D G L A P fits and from t h e C C F M scheme do not have t o agree and in fact t h e y do not. The unintegrated gluon is higher 5 1 . However, it is only i m p o r t a n t t h a t b o t h describe the cross section measurements and in fact t h e y both do so. References 1. E.A. Kuraev, L.N. Lipatov, V.S. Fadin, Sov. Phys. J E T P 44 (1976) 443 and Sov. Phys. JETP 45 (1977) 199; I.I. Balitsky, L.N. Lipatov, Sov. J. Nucl. Phys. 28 (1978) 822. 2. V.S. Fadin, L.N. Lipatov, Phys. Lett. B 429 (1998) 127 ; see also: G. Camici, M.
Tancredi Carli
3.
4. 5.
6.
7.
8. 9. 10.
11.
12.
13. 14.
15.
16. 17.
Small-X Q C D Effects in Particle Collisions at High Energies
Ciafaloni, Phys. Lett B 412 (1997) 396 (erratum ibid. B 417 (1997) 390 ; G. Camici, M. Ciafaloni, Phys. Lett. B 430 (1998) 349. S.J. Brodsky et al., J E T P Lett. 70 (1999); J. Bliimlein, A. Vogt, Phys. Rev. D 57 (1998) 1; ibid. D 58 (1998) 014020; C. Schmidt, Phys. Rev. D 60 (1999) 074003; J.R. Forshaw, D.A. Ross, A. Sabio Vera, Phys. Lett. B 455 (1999) 273; J. Kwiecinski, A.D. Martin, P. Sutton, Z. Phys. C 71 (1996) 585. J. Kwiecinski, A.D. Martin, A. Stasto, Phys. Rev. D 56 (1997) 3991. G. Salam, in: Cracow School of Theo. Phys. (1999) hep-ph/9910492; C.R. Schmidt, in: 5th Int. Sym. on Rad. Corr., Carmel (USA), hep-ph/0106181. M. Ciafaloni, D. Colferai, Phys. Lett. B 452 (1999) 372; M. Ciafaloni, D. Colferai, G. Salam, Phys. Rev. D 60 (1999) 1140036; G. Salam, JHEP 07 (1998) 19. V.N. Gribov, L.N. Lipatov, Sov. J. Nucl. Phys. 15 (1972) 438; G. Altarelli, G. Parisi, Nucl. Phys. B 126 (1977) 298; Yu. L. Dokshitzer, Sov. Phys. J E T P 46 (1977) 641. A. Martin, Lect. XXI Int. Meet. Fund. Phys., Madrid (1993) DTP/93/66. A. De Rujulaet al., Phys. Rev. D 10 (1974) 1649. S. Catani, M. Ciafaloni, F. Hautmann, Nucl. Phys. B 366 (1991) 135; J.C. Collins, R.K. Ellis, Nucl. Phys. B 360 (1991) 3; E.M. Levin et al., Sov. J. Nucl. Phys. 54 (1991) 867. M. Ciafaloni, Nucl. Phys. B 296 (1988) 49; S. Catani, F. Fiorani, G. Marchesini, Phys. Lett. B 234 (1990) 339 and Nucl. Phys. B 336 (1990) 18; G. Marchesini, Nucl. Phys. B 445 (1995) 49. J. Bartels, S. Gieseke, C.F. Qiao, Phys. Rev. D 63 (2001) 056014 and hepph/0107152; V.S. Fadin, D. Yu. Ivanov, M. I. Kotsky, hep-ph/0106099. M.A. Kimber, J. Kwiecinski, A.D. Martin, Phys. Lett. B 508 (2001) 58. G. Marchesini, B. Webber, Nucl. Phys. B 349 (1991) 617 and Nucl. Phys. B 386 (1992) 215. G. Bottazzi, G. Marchesini, G. Salam, M. Scorletti, Nucl. Phys. B 505 (1997) 366 and JHEP 9812 (1998) Oil. H. Jung, hep-ph/0109102, to be publ. Comp. Phys. Com. H. Jung, G. Salam, Eur. Phys. J. C 19
(2001) 351. 18. B.Andersson et al., Nucl. Phys. B 467 (1996) 443; Z. Phys. C 71 (1996) 613; Nucl. Phys. B 467 (1996) 443; H. Kharrazhia, L. Lonnblad, JHEP 03 (1998) 6. 19. A.H. Mueller, H. Navelet, Nucl. Phys. B 282 (1987) 727. 20. DO coll., Phys. Rev. Lett. 84 (2000) 5722. 21. L.H. Orr, W. J. Stirling, Phys. Lett. B 429 (1998) 127. 22. J.R. Andersen et al., JHEP 02 (2001) 007. 23. S. Frixione, G. Ridolfi, Nucl. Phys. B 507 (1997) 315; Kramer, Klasen, Phys. Lett. B 366 (1996) 385; HI coll., Eur. Phys. J. C 13 (2000) 415; T. Carli, hep-ph/9906541. 24. J. Bartels, A. de Roeck, H. Lotter, Phys. Lett. B 389 (1996) 742; J. Bartels, C. Ewerz, R. Staritzbichler, Phys. Lett. B 492 (2000) 56. 25. S.J. Brodsky et a l , J E T P Lett. 70 (1999) 155; and V. Kim private comm. 26. L3 coll., Phys. Lett. B 453 (1999) 333. 27. L3 coll., L3 note 2680, LP01. 28. M. Cacciari et al., JHEP 0102 (2001) 029. 29. OPAL coll., hep-ex/0110006 subm. to Eur. Phys. J. C. 30. J. Kwiecinski, L. Motyka, Phys. Lett. B 462 (1999) 203. 31. HI coll., Nucl. Phys. B 407 (1993) 515 and B 439 (1995) 471; Nucl. Phys. B 470 (1996) 3; Eur. Phys. J. C 13 (2000) 609. ZEUS coll., Phys. Lett. B 316 (1993) 412; Z. Phys. C 65 (1995) 379; and C 69 (1996) 607; 32. HI coll., Eur. Phys. J. C 19 (2001) 269; and C 21 (2001) 33; ZEUS coll., Eur. Phys. J. C 21 (2001) 443. 33. M. Botje, Eur. Phys. J. C 10 (2000) 285; V. Barone, C. Pascaud, F. Zomer, hepph/0004268; ZEUS coll., contr. Pl-628 to EPS01. 34. A.D. Martin et al., Eur. Phys. J. C 4 (1998) 463 and C 14 (2000) 13. 35. CTEQ coll., Eur. Phys. J. C 12 (2000) 375. 36. HI coll, Phys. Lett. B 520 (2001) 183. 37. R. Thorne, Phys. Lett. B 474 (2000) 372 and Phys. Rev. D 64 (2001) 074005. 38. G. Altarelli, R.D. Ball, S. Forte, Nucl. Phys. B 599 (2001) 383. 39. A.D. Martin et a l , hep-ph/0110215. 40. DO coll, Phys. Rev. Lett. 86 (2001) 1707. 41. CDF coll, Phys. Rev. D 64 (2001) 032001. 42. R. Thorne, talk given at the Weimar QCD network meeting, 2001. 43. HI coll, hep-ex/0108039.
290
Tancredi Carli
Small-X Q C D Effects in Particle Collisions at High Energies
44. B.W. Harris, J. Smith, Nucl. Phys. B 452 (1995) 109, Phys. Lett. B 353 (1995) 535, Phys. Rev. D 57 (1998) 2806. 45. C. Peterson et al., Phys. Rev. D 27 (1983) 105. 46. ZEUS coll., Eur. Phys. J. C 12 (2000) 35. 47. E. Norrbin, T. Sjostrand, Eur. Phys. J. C 17 (2000) 137. 48. HI collab, contr: 807, LP01 49. HI coll., Phys. Lett. B 467 (1999) 156; erratum ibid B 518 (2001) 331. 50. ZEUS coll., Eur. Phys. J. C 18 (2001) 625. 51. H. Jung, hep-ph/0109146. 52. L3 coll., Phys. Lett. B 503 (2001) 10; OPAL note PN455. 53. CDF coll., Phys. Rev. D 55 (1997) 2546; DO coll., Phys. Lett. B 487 (2000) 264; and Phys. Rev. Lett. 85 (2000) 5068. 54. M. L. Mangano, P. Nason, G. Ridolfi, Nucl. Phys. B 373 (1992) 295. 55. S. Frixione, M.L. Mangano, Nucl. Phys. B 483 (1997) 321. 56. H. Jung, hep-ph/0110034 57. P. Hagler et al., Phys. Rev. D 62 (2000) 071502 58. A.H. Mueller, Nucl. Phys. B (Proc. Suppl.) 18 C (1990) 125; J. Phys. G 17 (1991) 1443; J. Bartels, A. de Roeck, M. Loewe, Z. Phys. C 54 (1992) 635. 59. ZEUS collab, Phys. Lett. B 474 (2000) 1 and Eur. Phys. J. C 6 (1999) 239; HI coll., Nucl. Phys. B 538 (1999) 3. 60. J. Bartels et al., Phys. Lett. B 384 (1996) 300. 61. J. Kwiecinski, A. Martin, J. Outhwaite, Eur. Phys. J. C 9 (1999) 611. 62. H. Jung, L. Jonsson, H. Kiister, Eur. Phys. J C 9 (1999) 383. 63. G. Kramer, B. Potter, Phys. Lett. B 453 (1999) 295. 64. T. Schoerner, DIS 2000. 65. M. Kuhlen, Phys. Lett. B 382 (1996) 441. 66. HI coll., Phys. Lett. B 462 (1999) 440. 67. ZEUS coll, Phys. Lett. B 315 (1993) 481 and B 332 (1994) 228; Z. Phys. C 68 (1995) 569; Eur. Phys. J. C 1 (1998) 81 and C 6 (1999) 43; HI coll, Nucl. Phys. B 429 (1994) 477; Phys. Lett. B 348 (1995) 681; Nucl. Phys. B 472 (1996) 3; Z. Phys. C 69 (1995) 27 and C 75 (1997) 607 and C 76 (1997) 613. 68. K. Goulianos, hep-ex/0011060, J. Bartels and H. Kowalski, hep-ph/0010345. 69. HI coll, contr: 200, LP01
291
70. ZEUS coll, Phys. Lett. B 315 (1993) 481. 71. M. Wusthoff, A.D. Martin, J. Phys. G 25 (1999) R309, M.F. McDermott, hepph/0008260; A. Hebecker, Acta Phys. Polon. B 30 (199) 3777 and Phys. Rep. 331 (2000) 1. 72. F.E. Low, Phys. Rev. D 12 (1975) 163; S. Nussinov, Phys. Rev. 34 (1976) 1286; J. Gunion, D.E. Soper, Phys. Rev. D 15 (1977) 2617; E.M. Levin, M.G. Ryskin, Sov. J. Nucl. Phys. 34 (1981) 619. 73. A. Donnachie, P.V. Landshoff, Phys. Lett. B 296 (1992) 227. 74. ZEUS coll, Phys. Lett. B 487 (2000) 1 and EPS01. 75. ZEUS coll, Phys. Rev. D 53 (2000) 53. 76. HI coll, Z. Phys. C 69 (1995) 27; ZEUS coll, Z. Phys. C 63 (1994) 391 and contr: 1046, ICHEP 2000. 77. N. Nikolaev, B.G. Zakharov, Z. Phys. C 49 (1990) 607 and Z. Phys. C 53 (1992) 331; A.H. Mueller, Nucl. Phys. B 415 (1994) 373 and Nucl. Phys. B 437 (1995) 107; 78. A. Bialas, H. Navelet, R. Peschanski, Nucl. Phys. B 593 (2001) 438. 79. K. Golec-Biernat, M. Wusthoff, Phys. Rev. D 59 (1999) 014017. 80. D. Schildknecht et a l , Phys. Lett. B 499 (2001) 116; G. Cvetic et a l , Eur. Phys. J. C 13 (2000) 301 and C 20 (2001) 77. 81. K. Golec-Biernat, M. Wusthoff, Phys. Rev. D 60 (1999) 114023. 82. K. Golec-Biernat, hep-ph/0109010. 83. G. Iaccobucci, these proceedings. 84. A. Belavin et a l , Phys. Lett. B 59 (1975) 85; G. t'Hooft, Phys. Rev. D 14 (1976) 3432 and Phys. Rev. Lett. 37 (1976) 8. 85. S. Moch, A. Ringwald, F. Schrempp, Nucl. Phys. B 507 (1997) 134. 86. A. Ringwald,F. Schrempp,hep-ph/9411217. 87. A. Ringwald, F. Schrempp, Phys. Lett. B 459 (1999) 249. 88. A. Ringwald, F. Schrempp, Phys. Lett. B 438 (1998) 217. 89. A. Ringwald,F. Schrempp,hep-ph/9909338, hep-ph/0006215. 90. A. Ringwald, F. Schrempp, Comp. Phys. Commun. 132 (2000) 267. 91. T. Carli et a l , hep-ph/9906441. 92. HI coll, contr. paper to ICHEP00. 93. T. Carli, M. Kuhlen, Nucl. Phys. B 511 (1998) 85. 94. A. Ringwald, F. Schrempp, Phys. Lett. B 503 (2001) 331.
DIFFRACTIVE PHENOMENA GIUSEPPE IACOBUCCI INFN sezione di Bologna, Via Irnerio 46, 1-40126 Bologna, Italy E-mail: [email protected] The most recent theoretical and experimental results in the field of diffractive scattering are reviewed. A parallel between the two current theoretical approaches to diffraction, the DIS picture in the Breit frame and the dipole picture in the target frame, is given, accompanied by a description of t h e models to which the data are compared. A recent calculation of the rescattering corrections, which hints at t h e universality of the diffractive parton distribution functions, is presented. The concept of generalized parton distributions is discussed together with the first measurement of the processes which might give access to them. Particular emphasis is given to the HERA data, to motivate why hard diffraction in deep inelastic scattering is viewed as an unrivalled instrument to shed light on the still obscure aspects of hadronic interactions.
1
Introduction
Hadronic diffractive scattering was one of the most popular fields of study in highenergy physics thirty years ago. The reason is probably that Regge theory, at that time the leading theory of hadronic interactions, was able to describe diffractive processes in even more detail than more inclusive processes, such as the total cross section atot- The advent of quantum chromodynamics (QCD), the quantum field theory of strong interactions, marked a new epoch, since the perturbative QCD (pQCD) treatment reaped a harvest of calculations and predictions in hadronic hard scattering that raised the strong interactions to a level of understanding comparable to that reached by the other interactions that form the Standard Model of particle physics. However, in high-energy scattering processes QCD is applicable only when perturbative methods can be used, i.e. in the presence of a hard scale. This situation corresponds to small distance processes, or, equivalently, large momenta involved (p^, Q2,...). As a consequence, we are unable to use QCD to compute the bulk of hadronic interactions, i.e. the soft -or large distance- total, elastic and diffractive cross sections. What happens is that at large distances the QCD coupling as becomes
large and the phenomenon of confinement of hadrons changes radically the colour radiation pattern, making the calculations unaccessible. Traditionally, confinement is studied by the investigation of the binding forces between quarks, described in terms of interquark potentials, which allow to calculate static properties of hadrons, such as the masses. In high-energy hadronic scattering, there is a special class of events, that we call hard diffraction, in which a hard scale is present and, at the same time, an initial state hadron may emerge intact in the final state. For these events, the strong confinement forces prevail over the strong forces which tend to break up the hadrons. By studying this class of events, we hope to learn about the fundamental properties of the binding forces within hadrons. In the following, mostly HERA data will be discussed, since the recent Tevatron data were already presented 1 at the LeptonPhoton conference two years ago. In the coming Tevatron Run II, both the DO and CDF detectors will be instrumented with forward proton spectrometers, which will enhance their sensitivity to diffractive processes.
292
Giuseppe Iacobucci
b
b Elastic
b
b Single Dissociation (SD)
Diffractive Phenomena
b
Y Double Dissociation (DD)
Figure 1. Diagrams for the elastic (left), single dissociation (centre) and double dissociation (right) reactions.
theory of scattering in the complex angular momentum plane, in which hadronic scattering is described by the exchange of collective states, called trajectories, which are made by families of particles whose spins are measured to be in linear relation with their squared masses at small values of |t|. This property allows one to parameterise the trajectories as dj(t) = ttj(0) + a'j • t, where j can be a pion, a pomeron (IP) or a reggeon (IR). As an example, the cross section for the elastic process ab —> ab can be writj
1.1
Definition of diffractive scattering
^From the experimental point of view, diffractive scattering can be defined as the sample of events (~ 30% of the total cross section) in which: i) the beam particles either remain intact (elastic) or dissociate into one or two hadronic systems (X, Y in Fig. 1) of mass M\ Y much smaller than the centre-ofmass energy s; ii) there is a i-channel coloursinglet exchange; Hi) the emerging systems hadronise independently, producing a large rapidity gap (LRG) in the distribution of the final-state particles if the centre of mass energy s is large enough (for single dissociation y « \ • ln-~j-). The experimental observations in diffractive hadronic scattering embrace a weak energy dependence of the cross section (o oc s 0 ' 16 ), very small scattering angles (parameterised by an exponential dependence of t, the square of the four-momentum exchanged, e~b^'^) and i-slopes, b, which are measured to depend on ln(s) (often called shrinkage, since it is manifest as a shrinkage of the forward (t = 0) elastic peak with increasing s). 2
at
ten, for small |i|, in Regge theory as -^iff =
The hadronic language: the Regge theory and the parameters ctp(0) and a P
where the ("residue") functions (3{t) represent the couplings, b(s) = ba + bb + 2a'j • ln(s) and ba and bb originate from the form factors of the hadrons a and b. The formula for —£jL- describes the s and t dependence noted in Sect. 1.1 The IP trajectory" was postulated with an intercept ap(0) larger than 1 to fit the hadronic total cross sections which increase at high energy. The simultaneous use of the IP and IR trajectories fitted the s dependence of the total cross section in pp,np,Kp and 7P scattering using the simple form atot = . s a P (0)-i + y • j 0 1 1 ' 0 ) - 1 , where X and x Y are constants. The values cvp(0) = 1.08 and a'jp = 0.25 obtained by the fits of Donnachie and Landshoff 3 , are often referred to as the soft P . The fact that the high-energy behaviour of all the measured hadronic total cross sections could be described by the same a^> (0) is a great success for Regge phenomenology and shows that these two parameters are not just incidental parameters obtained by a phenomenological fit, but they have a deeper meaning. Indeed, they must be fundamental, since they represent unia
The experimental observations mentioned above are successfully described within the framework of the Regge theory. This is a 293
T h e IP trajectory carries quantum numbers C = P = + 1 . When it was introduced, it was the only one not associated with any real particle. Since then, the effort to find particles associated to the P trajectory, the so called glueballs, has been continuous. Today's situation is reviewed in ref. 2 .
Dim-active Phenomena
Giuseppe Iacobucci
attempts to go beyond pQCD. 3
B
The partonic language: hard diffraction and QCD
So far, we discussed soft-hadronic interactions, which are governed by the hadronic degrees of freedom. However, to understand the dynamics, we need to describe hadronic pheFigure 2. Cartoon of hadronic scattering in the transverse (left) and longitudinal (right) plane. nomena in terms of hadron sub-components and quantum-field theories, i.e. in terms of partons and QCD. Since we are able to apply perturbative methods to QCD only if a hard versal (i.e. independent of the initial state scale is present, the theory is currently limhadrons) features of the strong forces that ited to the calculation of hard interactions. govern the binding of hadrons 4 . The intercept As we will see in this Section, there are two Oijp{0) = 1+e governs the energy dependence approaches to diffraction in the presence of of the total {atot oc s e ), elastic and diffractive a hard scale, which have their interpretation (aei, adiffr oc s2e) cross sections. Therefore, in different reference frames. But, before disin a geometrical interpretation, it can be re- cussing the theory of hard diffraction, let us lated to the transverse extension of the scat- review the advantages that HERA offers to tering system (R sca tt in Fig. 2 left), i.e. of the this field. colour-radiation cloud, which increases with energy. The slope a'F on the other hand de3.1 Diffractive scattering at HERA termines the dependence of the cross section on the impact parameter B (Fig. 2 right), The HERA collider at DESY, born to study (B2) = 2b(s) = 2[ba + bb + 2ajp • ln(s)} as de- the proton structure functions and to search scribed in 4 . As such, a'-p reflects the strength for exotic processes, acquired a central role in of the binding forces and characterizes the the attempt to understand diffractive interacconfinement forces in QCD. It is important to tions. There are several advantages in studystress here that only diffractive interactions ing diffractive hard scattering at HERA. give access ajp, since its measurement reDeep-inelastic scattering (DIS) is much simquires semi-inclusive diffractive processes in pler than hadron-hadron collisions, since only order to measure t. one hadron, i.e. one large (~ 1 fm) nonThe calculation of ap(0) and a'w from first principles is of primary importance. Many efforts have been going on in recent years, based on novel physical concepts and mathematical methods. As an example, Kharzeev et al. 5 introduced a new type of instanton-induced interaction (instanton ladder) which is proposed to be responsible for the structure of the soft IP. The work by Witten 6 , in which confinement and mass gap (but not asymptotic freedom and mass spectra) are obtained in the framework of string theory, shows how diverse and basic are the
perturbative object, is present in the initial state. The huge range in resolution power, 0 < Q2 < 105 GeV 2 (Q2 is the negative squared four momentum of the exchanged virtual photon, 7*), which corresponds to probing distances of 10~ 3 < Ar < 1 fm, allows the investigation of both the short and long distance regions. The small-a; values reachable at HERA, where x is the Bjorken DIS scaling variable, correspond to a region of high parton densities; thus information on the saturation (and possibly confinement) of partons in the proton might be accessed. The
294
Diffractive Phenomena
Giuseppe Iacobucci asymmetric beam energies (Ee = 27.5 GeV and Ep = 820 or 920 GeV) offer an excellent experimental acceptance for the 7diffractively-dissociated system, thus opening up the photon hemisphere. Finally, about 10% of the DIS events at small-x at HERA are diffractive, providing large samples of events to study. It is important to mention that the universality of ap(0) and a'w experimentally holds as long as we consider the scattering between hadrons. At HERA, where a virtual photon emitted by the beam lepton scatters off a proton, the measured IP trajectory 6 is found to depend on the photon virtuality 7 or on the diffractive final state 8 ' 9 . This result is expected 4 to provide information, otherwise inaccessible, on the dynamics of strong interactions. 3.2
The diffractive structure
functions
The cross section for the diffractive process ep —> eXp in DIS can be written: d4
Q2
Figure 3. Schematic view of diffractive deep inelastic ep scattering.
be identified with the fraction of the IP momentum carried by the quark which couples n^2
j^{l
__
+
3.3
(l-yf)F^\^Q\xw,t),
where a is the electromagnetic coupling constant, y the inelasticity and the contributions of the longitudinal proton structure function and of Z° exchange have been neglected. The diffractive structure function F2 depends on four variables. As can be seen in Fig. 3, in first approximation, Q2 and j3 describe the photon vertex while xF and t describe the proton vertex. In a reference frame in which the proton is fast, Breit or BjorkenDIS frames (DIS picture), (3 = M s + Q 2 c a n ''Even if it is still possible to use t h e IP language in diffractive hard scattering, there are models which do not make use of the concept of IP. In the following, I will continue to use the term "IP", but the reader should remember that this will not be the soft P we discussed in Section 2.
• f-^2
to the 7* and xw = W%+Q2 with the fraction of the proton momentum carried by the IP. In the previous formula, W is the jp centre of mass energy. Integration over t gives F2D{3\p,Q2,xF).
d/3dQ2dxFdt ~~ 2
e'
Models for hard diffraction
The era of hard diffraction started in 1987, when the UA8 collaboration at the SPSC measured diffractive jet production in pp scattering 10 . This process was predicted by Ingelman and Schlein11 a few years earlier, in the framework of a model in which the concept of the soft IP was applied to hard diffractive scattering. The Ingelman-Schlein model was based on several assumptions. It was assumed that the soft IP has a partonic structure like a real hadron, that Regge factorisation holds, i.e. that the diffractive structure function can be factorised into F2 '((3,Q2,xp,t) = &v/P(xr,t) • F2D(2)(/3,Q2), and that the IP flux is the one given by Regge theory, * F / P ( * P ) t ) = (l/a: I ,) 2 Q ' p W- 1 . In recent years there has been a lot of progress in the theory of diffractive DIS. Hard
295
Diffractive Phenomena
Giuseppe Iacobucci
a)
time r w 1/x. At the small-ir values available at HERA, this lifetime corresponds to a large distance, up to 1000 fm. Thus, from the point of view of the proton, the qq system is frozen and the interaction happens between a colour dipole and the proton. As a consequence, these models are named dipole models. The diffractive cross section in the target frame can be written:
b)
Figure 4. Comparison between the DIS (a) and the dipole (b) pictures.
a = / d2r dz- \ip(r, z, Q2)\2 • cr2dipole(x, r)
QCD factorisation: d CTdiffr
_
d(3dQ2dxFdt 2^ i
dxahard(x,Q,x)-^——— x
p
was proven 12 for large enough Q2. Here Qhard is the partonic hard cross section. The non-perturbative diffractive parton distributions 13 (DPD's) ^ " j * ' , ^ , t ) are conditional probabilities of finding, in a fast proton, a parton i with longitudinal momentum fraction x', while at the same time the beam proton is scattered with t and (1 — x F ) . DPD's were also found to obey the usual DGLAP evolution equations 12 . These results allow the assertion that, like inclusive DIS, diffractive DIS is firmly rooted in QCD. In a frame where the proton is fast, diffractive DIS can be described as follows (see Fig. 4a). A parton is emitted by the fast proton and then evolves into a parton cascade which eventually produces a qq pair that interacts with the 7*. The parton emission in this frame is ordered in time from the proton to the 7* side. The presence of a hard scale solves only part of the problem by making the upper part of the diagram in Fig. 4a calculable in pQCD, while the lower, soft part of the interaction, parameterized by the DPD's, occurs over a large space-time and a perturbative treatment is not possible. The physical picture of diffractive DIS is most easily seen in models built in the proton rest frame (Fig. 4b). In this frame, the 7* fluctuates into a qq (qqg,...) system of life-
where ifi is the 7* —> qq wave function, z is the fraction of the 7* momentum carried by one of the quarks and r is the dipole size, i.e. the transverse separation of the qq system. The non-perturbative structure is contained in the dipole cross section, 0~dipOie, which is modelled at the lowest order in pQCD by a two-gluon exchange. The time ordering of the parton emissions in the target frame is reversed with respect to the DIS frame: in the target frame, the 7* fluctuates into a qq colour dipole which develops a parton cascade and finally interacts with the proton. It should be noted that, despite the apparent differences between the two approaches to DIS, the physics must be the same. A theoretical effort14 is indeed going on, to establish a correspondence between NLO and large r 2 in the two approaches. 4
Structure functions and jet measurements in diffractive DIS
Three different methods are used to identify diffractive events at HERA: i) the scattered proton is measured in spectrometers positioned along the proton beamline, such as the ZEUS LPS 1 5 and the HI FPS 1 6 ; ii) a LRG in the final state is required in the direction of the outgoing proton. This is achieved 17 by requiring no energy deposits above a certain threshold (e.g. 400 MeV) at pseudorapidities smaller than a value r]max, thus imposing no-hadronic activity around the scattered proton; Hi) the diffractive sample is sepa-
296
Diffractive Phenomena
Giuseppe Iacobucci
Figure 5. xw F2 ' vs. xw at fixed values of /3 and Q2. The lines show the results of the fit described in the text (full lines: IP + IR, dotted lines: P only). Open symbols indicate the points excluded from the fit.
Figure 6. xFF" at fixed xp = 0.03 as a function of p for various values of Q2. T h e lines show t h e prediction of the saturation model without 2 0 (dashed lines) and with 2 1 (full lines) QCD DGLAP evolution.
rated from the non-diffractive events by using the fact that the non-diffractive sample has an exponentially falling dependence on M\, while the diffractive part has an approximate \jM\ dependence 18 .
intercept is measured to be 0^(0) = 1.173 ± 0.018(stat.)±0.0n(syst.)t0o°otl(model). The ratio adiffr/ctot is relatively flat as a function of W. The data are well described by a fit based on the DGLAP evolution of the fi and Q2 dependence and Regge factorisation, with a Regge motivated {\/xp)2a^^~l dependence. In Fig. 6, the HI data are compared with two versions of the "saturation" model by Golec-Biernat and Wiisthoff20'21. In this model, the unitarity of adipoie at small x, that is the fact that the cross sections should not diverge at asymptotic energies as it happens in the QCD description based on linear evolution equations, is imposed. Unitarity is built by postulating the phenomenological form
4-1
F® measurements
A new, high-precision measurement 19 of the diffractive structure function F2 was performed by the HI Collaboration in the kinematic range 6.5 < Q2 < 120 GeV 2 , 0.01 < /? < 0.9, 10~ 4 < xw < 0.05 and |t| < 1 GeV 2 . The event selection requires a LRG in the final state, thus selecting ep —> eXY events, where Y is either a proton or a lowmass proton-excitation system. The xv dependence of the data is well described by Regge phenomenology (see Fig. 5) if a leading (P) and a secondary (IR) trajectory exchanges are assumed. The effective pomeron
297
Vdipole =
exp{4R0\x)i)],
where .Ro(x) = ^ • {~)^ can be interpreted as the saturation radius, Q0 = 1 GeV, and 00, £0 and A are free parameters of the
Giuseppe Iacobucci
Diffractive Phenomena
model. At small r, the dipole cross section exhibits colour transparency {adipole ~ r 2 ) , which is a purely pQCD phenomenon, while saturation ((Jdipole — Co) occurs at large r. The transition between the two regimes is governed by the saturation radius Ro(x). The saturation model contains a higher-twist contribution at large /?, which allows comparisons to be made throughout the full measured kinematic region. The values of the three parameters ao, %o and A obtained by a fit to inclusive DIS data with x < 0.01, were used to predict F®. The result, shown in Fig. 6, gives a good description of the data except at small (3 and Q2. The model in which QCD DGLAP evolution is added 21 (full lines in Fig. 6) underestimates the measured F2 at high (3 and Q2. The HI data were also compared with the "semi-classical" model by Buchmuller et al. 22 . In this model, the proton is seen as a superposition of soft colour fields parameterised according to a simple nonperturbative model that averages over all field configurations. In the target frame, the qq or qqg fluctuations of the 7*, modelled as colour dipoles, traverse the proton colour field. Diffractive (non-diffractive) interactions occur if both colour dipole and target emerge in a colour singlet (octet) state c . The model, which contains only four parameters obtained by a combined fit to the F2 and F2 data, reproduces the general features of the data 1 9 (not shown) but lies above the data when /? and Q2 are both small. The process ep —> eXp has been studied 23 by the ZEUS Collaboration selecting diffractive events by the requirement of a scattered proton track, carrying a fraction of the initial proton momentum XL > 0.95, in the ZEUS leading proton spectrometer (LPS). The detection of the final state proton in the LPS (though substantially reduced the c
This model is particularly interesting since it made the prediction (Jdiffr/^tot ~ independent of W, which is found in the d a t a 1 8 ' 1 9 .
ZEUS > O
Q/=5.3 GeV H 0.1S Q 2 =5.3 GeV : P= 0.073 P=0.!7
Q ' s S J GeV B= 0.027
Q 2 =5 3 GeV : P=0.43
0.1
-V Q2=10 GeV !
U.Ji
P= 0.027
N •
0.1 0.05
Q2=10 GeV2 |J= 0.073
^4i
0.15 0.1
Q 2 =10GeV z P= 0.17
T
u.li 0.1 0.05
0.05
QJ=10 GeV2 P=<143
% J
ZEUS(prel.)S>7
'
•
•
Q =31 G e V
Q 2 =31 GeV 2
P= 0.17
13=0.43
O ZEUS 94 t=-0.17 GeV 2
„„
Figure 7. ZEUS LPS measurement of i p f 2 (solid points) as a function of i p for the j3, Q2 and t values indicated in the plot. Solid lines show the result of the fit described in 2 3 . Open points show the results obtained in the previous ZEUS LPS measurement 2 4 .
event sample because of the small LPS acceptance) allows a direct measurement of t. It also provides the cleanest selection of diffractive events, independent of the hadronic final state and free of the proton-dissociation background events, ep —> eXY. The diffractive structure functions F2 and F2 were measured in the kinematic range 4 < Q2 < 100 GeV 2 , 0.01 < P < 0.6, 10" 4 < xp < 0.04 and 0.075 < \t\ < 0.035 GeV 2 . Figure 7 shows the measured xFF2 (/3, Q2,xp,t) as a function of xF for different values of j3 and Q2 and for average t = -0.17 GeV 2 . The xF dependence of the F2 obtained with the LPS can be fitted using a flux factor (l/xw)2apW-1 (solid lines in Fig. 7), therefore showing consistency with Regge factorisation. The value of the pomeron intercept obtained by this fit is a,p(0) = 1.13 ± 0.03{stat.)+00°0l(syst.).
298
Giuseppe Iacobucci
Diffractive Phenomena
H1 Diffractive Dijets it N
1
r-,
0
n a. «
• H1 Data res. IP (dir.+res.y*) — H1 fit 2 H1 fit 3 H res.y* only
600
N •o
Figure 8. The quark and gluon distributions extracted at various values of Q2 for two different parameterisations of the parton densities.
4-2
0.2
0.4 z
(jets) IP
Figure 9. The diffractive dijet cross section as a function of 2jp. The data are compared to the results obtained by the R A P G A P Monte Carlo (MC) using the "flat gluon" (solid line) and the "peaked gluon" (dotted line) from the HI QCD fit 25 . The corresponding gluon distributions are shown on the top plot.
Extraction of DPD's from inclusive diffraction
HI extracted the DPD's from inclusive diffractive data 25 . They used a QCDmotivated model in which parton distributions, which evolve according to the NLO DGLAP evolution equations, are assigned to the leading (IP) and subleading (IR) exchanges utilized to parameterise the data. Under such a hypothesis, the data require approximately 90% and 80% of the momentum of the pomeron to be carried by gluons at Q2 = 4.5 GeV2 and Q2 = 75 GeV 2 , respectively (see Fig. 8). The inclusive measurements are not particularly sensitive to the shape of the gluon distribution at large ZIP, the momentum fraction of partons in the pomeron d , and both the "flat gluon" (full lines in Fig. 8) and the "peaked gluon" (dashed lines in Fig. 8) fits give a good x 2 -
^Notice that zp = /3 if the parton in the IP is a quark.
299
4-3
Diffractive jet production
Diffractive dijet production shows higher sensitivity to the gluon density in the IP than the inclusive measurements. The dijet cross sections have been measured 26 by HI in the kinematic range 4 < Q2 < 80 GeV 2 , 90 < W < 260 GeV, 23 < Mx < 40 GeV and xw < 0.05 for jets of pr > 4 GeV reconstructed using the cone algorithm (R = 1) in the 7*p reference frame. The HI cross sections, compared in Fig. 9 to the RAPGAP 2 7 MC, which is an implementation of the Ingelman-Schlein model, favour the flat-gluon DPD's. The dijet cross sections in bins of Q2 + p\ and xp show26 that the DGLAP evolution holds and that the data are consistent with Regge factorisation, respectively, as assumed in the RAPGAP MC. ZEUS measured 28 diffractive three-jet
Giuseppe Iacobucci
Diffractive Phenomena ZEUS
.
RAPGAP-CDM
m ZEUS (prel.) 9 8 - 0 0
-•-• RAPGAP-PS ---- SATRAP-CDM
*
* * I
1
1
:i
•,Pr
I . I
- 4 - 3 - 2 - 1 0
I I .
1
2
3
V'iet Figure 10. The diffractive cross section for three jet events as a function of the pseudorapidity in the 7* IP frame of each jet, r]*-t.
cross sections in the kinematic range 5 < Q2 < 100 GeV 2 , 200 < W < 250 GeV and 23 < Mx < 40 GeV. The jets were reconstructed using the kx algorithm in the 7*IP reference frame. The result, shown in Fig. 10, is broadly consistent with models in which the hadronic final-state is dominated by a qqg system with the gluon preferentially emitted in the pomeron direction. Such configurations are predicted both by RAPGAP and by the SATRAP 29 MC, which is based on the saturation model. The two MC models describe the data equally well, except for a (s=s 20%) normalisation factor, which can probably be ascribed to higher order corrections that are only included approximately by parton showers.
5
Universality of the D P D ' s ?
The CDF Collaboration measured the diffractive structure functions from dijet events, Fjj(0), in pp collisions at the Tevatron. The results 30 , shown in Fig. 11, are a factor of ten smaller than the predictions for pp interactions obtained using the DPD's measured at HERA (two upper curves in
0.04
0.06
O.OB
0.1
0.2
0.4
0.6
Figure 11. The CDF measurement of FP(/3) (black circles) compared with predictions 3 1 obtained for two sets of HERA DPD's (I and II). T h e upper two curves correspond to the neglect of rescattering corrections, whereas the lower four curves show the effect of including these corrections using two models (A and B) for the diffractive eigenstates.
Fig. 11). Breakdown of vertex factorisation between ep and pp interactions was advocated to explain this result. The concept of LRG survival probability, which accounts for the possibility of secondary emissions which might fill with particles the LRG in the final state of diffractive events, was recently revived. This concept follows and complements the line of studies on rescattering corrections in hadronic interactions (see references in 3 1 ) . Recently, Kaidalovet al. 31 made a parameter-free computation of the LRG survival probability using ISR and Tevatron soft scattering data. The F^{f3) they obtained using the LRG survival probability they computed, together with the HERA DPD's, is in surprising agreement with the CDF data (four bottom curves in Fig. 11). The uncertainty in the calculation is dominated by the uncertainty in the IP structure functions. This result supports the universality of DPD's. 300
Giuseppe Iacobucci
Diffractive Phenomena
able to resolve the gluons in the proton, and thus pQCD is applicable. In this case, the cross section is expected to behave in a different way than in soft diffraction. Indeed, pQCD calculations 33 for longitudinal photons predict: i) a fast rise with energy, <JL OC Figure 12. Diagrams for elastic VM scattering at [l/Q6].a?,(Qlff).[xg(x,Qllf)\2 ex W 0 - 8 , HERA, ep —• eVp: a) soft VM production, b) hard 2 since xg(x,Q ff) is measured at HERA to VM production. be « x~0-2 and x « 1/W2 at small x; ii) a tendency to approach the universality of the ^-dependence, namely da/dt cc e -629 '*', with 6 Exclusive production of vector b2g ~ 4 G e V - 2 , almost independent of W mesons at H E R A (i.e. a'w —> 0 => small shrinkage); Hi) an The exclusive (or elastic) production of vec- approximate restoration of flavour indepentor mesons (VM) at HERA (ep - • eVp, dence, i.e. the 7* couples directly to the conwhere V = p0,w,<^), J/ip,ip' or T) is a very stituent quarks and the p° : w : d> '• J/i> raclean experimental process. As it is mea- tios are expected to converge to the modified sured in a wide kinematic range, 0 < Q2 < SU(4) ratios 9 : 1 • 0.8 : 2-1.2 : 8-3.5 when 100 GeV 2 , 20 < W < 290 GeV, 0 < \t\ < the hard scale Q\*. is large enough that the 20 GeV , it constitutes an important process VM wave functions converge to an asymp33 to study the dynamics of strong interactions totic form . It is important to verify if these predicand allows simultaneous control of the possi2 ble hard scales, Q , t or the squared VM mass tions are supported by the data. It is also interesting to investigate at which scale the 2 xg(x,Qlff) should be evaluated, i.e. which The elastic photoproduction (Q « 0) of 32 or which combination of Q2, t and MyM enlight VM {p°,u),
301
Giuseppe Iacobucci
Diffractive Phenomena
J .4
ZEUS
• ZEUS 96-97 (prelim.): JA|/ -> n+u~
J2
S 1.3
A ZEUS 99-00 (prelim.): JA|/ -> e V
Q2[GeV2] I 0. 10
8 (±stat.) 0.16±0.06 0.12±0.03
0.47 -* T T •»
• ZEUS 94-95+H1 94+Omega 82: p° 10
2.5 3.5 10
10
6.0 8-3
0.46±0.10
13.0
0.88+0.28 27.0
• • •
10
ZEUS 94 ZEUS 95 ZEUS (Pre!.) 96-97 p
z
t (GeV )
_i_
0
MO)
<[GeV]-2
p°
1.096 ±0.021
0.125 ±0.038
4>
1.081 ±0.010
0.158 ±0.028
J/i>
1.198 ±0.012
0.114 ±0.025
1.14 ±0.03
0 04+00 -0185 u.u4_
1.08
0.25
p°(DIS) DL soft
responsible for the production of the different VM's can be extracted. The results, shown in Fig. 13 and Table 1, show that, when extracted this way, the measured P trajectory is not universal. In particular, in the case of the J/if; both aF (0) and a'p support the pQCD predictions i) and ii) of Sect. 6. The ZEUS measurement 7 of the ep —> ep°p deep-inelastic cross sections as a function of W in bins of Q2 from Q2 « 0 to Q2 = 27 GeV 2 are shown in Fig. 14. A fit to aep^epop with a Ws dependence shows that, within the Q2 range measured, 5 varies from 5 = 0.16 ± 0.06 typical of soft scattering to 5 = 0.88 ± 0.22, close to the value found in
50
75
100 125 150 175 200
225
W [GeV]
Figure 13. Pomeron trajectories extracted from elastic photoproduction of p° and J/ip mesons. The dashed line marked DL shows t h e soft P trajectory 3 .
Table 1. Pomeron trajectories: t h e first three entries refer to photoproduction and t h e fourth to DIS. For comparison, the DL soft pomeron 3 is also listed.
25
Figure 14. Elastic p° cross sections vs. W for several values of Q2. The results of the fits in the various Q2 bins with a W5 dependence are shown.
the case of J/f photoproduction. This transition from the soft to the hard regime proves that also large values of Q2 provide a hard scale to apply pQCD to elastic VM production at HERA. The result of the extraction of the pomeron trajectory from these data is also shown in Table 1. Though statistically limited, there is a hint that the pomeron trajectory extracted from p° in DIS is closer to the one from J/ip in photoproduction than to the soft DL one. An early prediction of pQCD is a different Q2 dependence for the longitudinal (aL) and transverse (aT) cross sections. This prediction 35 was verified by plotting the ratio R = crL/aT as a function of Q2; the result 7 (not shown) is that R is found to increase with Q2 as expected in pQCD. Another interesting quantity to study is the ratio of VM production cross sections. Fig. 15 shows that the o^jap and oj/^/ap ratios for elastic scattering at HERA are measured to increase as a function of Q2. In the case of
302
Giuseppe Iacobucci
Diffractive Phenomena
O.0.5 D
Proton dissoc. vi . -t Elastic vs. Q
^0.4 _• ZEUS 96-97|(p -el.) • HI ZEUS 95
0.3 0.2
0.1
• • •-S10' -* : *
O ZEUS 96-97 (prel.) A ZEUS 94 (2/9)*1.2
j*«¥
?f""" ^""""2/9 f
** •
?10' 10
215
10 10 10
-2
>
-g
t
••
Q2 + M2=9.6 GeV2 !
8
1
-3 (71 •
i
10
+ t
T
.M
•
Q2+M3= 12.7 GeV2
•?
10 2
Proton dissoc. vs. -t • ZEUS 96-97 (prel.) • ZEUS 95 Elastic vs. Q 2 D HI O ZEUS 96-00 (prel.) A ZEUS 94
W(GeV)
;
- » J/ii*9/8
8/9
8
hf
: ZEUS prelim.
2
-t or Q 2 (GeV2)
-1
•
' I
10 2
0
> 1 _
o ZEUS pre lim. p»9/2 J/VW)*9/8 J/>(ee)*9/8 *** **
W (GeV)
ZEUS prelim. .210 i*
j/f*9/a
t
+
•l(j •
Q2+M2 =
'
25.6 GeV2.
.
15 20, 25 , -t or Q 2 (GeV2)
10
W (GeV)
Figure 16. Comparison of scaled elastic VM cross sections at fixed Q 2 + MVM values. The cross sections are weighted as indicated in the figure.
Figure 15. Ratio of
case of J/tp and p° the ratio is still rising at the largest Q2 measured, in agreement with pQCD predictions 33 . The ZEUS preliminary ratios for the proton dissociative cross sections ep —> eVY as a function of |£|, are also shown in Fig. 15. Remarkably, the data show that the ratios also rise with increasing |i|, which indicates that large values of |i| also constitute a hard scale, like Q2 and the VM mass. The faster rise with t than with Q2 of both ratios suggests that Q2 and t might not be equivalent scales, in the sense that the cross sections do not depend on them in the same way.
tions lie one on top of the other when plotted vs. Q2 + MVM, the scaled Jftp cross sections are measured to be larger. The conclusion is that the behaviour advocated in 3 6 works for light VM production - when the VM masses are close to each other - but not for J/ip production. 7 1.1
Selection of recent developments Deeply virtual Compton scattering and generalised parton distributions
The deeply virtual Compton scattering (DVCS) is the exclusive production of a real photon in DIS, ep —> eyp. This reaction, It was proposed 36 that the elastic VM shown in Fig. 17, is similar to the elascross sections might show a universal (i.e. independent of VM) behaviour vs. the variable tic VM production, with the difference beQ2 + MVM after scaling the cross sections ing that a real photon appears in the final state instead of a VM. Therefore the DVCS by the SU(4) factors 9 : 1 : 2 : 8 . The new is theoretically simpler, since no VM wave and more precise ZEUS data 3 7 (Fig. 16) show that, while the scaled p°,u) and
303
Giuseppe Iacobucci
Diffractive Phenomena
Figure 17. Left: generic diagram for DVCS. Right: one of the leading diagrams for DVCS in QCD.
volved. The DVCS process is considered particularly interesting since it gives access to the real part of the scattering amplitude and to the generalised parton distributions 38 (GPD's). The GPD's are fundamental quantities for exclusive processes in QCD since they unify the concepts of parton distributions and of hadronic form factors. Indeed, the blob in Fig. 17-left can be resolved at the lowest order in QCD into a two-parton exchange (e.g. Fig. 17-right) in which, to allow for t = (p — p')2 ^ 0, the fractional transverse and longitudinal momenta of the two exchanged partons must be different6, kn 7^ kt2 and x\ ^ X2- The usual parton distributions, for which X\ = x2 = x, are obtained from the squared wave functions for all partonic configurations containing a parton with the specified longitudinal momentum x, and therefore represent the probability to find such a parton. In contrast, the GPD's represent the interference of different wave functions, and thus correlate different parton configurations in the hadron at the quantum-mechanical level-^. Therefore, in addition to the usual longitudinal momentum x, the GPD's account for parton kr and two-particle correlations in the proton. The DVCS process was searched for by HI and ZEUS 40 . An excess of photons over 39
e
T h e reader should notice that t h e condition t = (p — p ' ) 2 :/ 0 is in general true in diffractive scattering, and therefore GPD's should be used. However, most of the data shown so far are at small \t\, where the GPD's can be successfully approximated by the usual parton distributions. •^For this reason the GPD's are also called skewed or non-diagonal or off-forward parton distributions.
10"1''
0
'•
5
10
2
Q
•
15
2
20
[ GeV ]
Figure 18. T h e DVCS cross section vs. Q2 compared to QCD-based calculations 4 1 , 4 2 .
the expectations of the QED-Compton background process was observed and the cross section for the DVCS process was measured as a function of W and Q2. The results (see Fig. 18) are in agreement with the QCDbased predictions 41,42 . 7.2
Generalised parton distributions from inclusive diffraction at large (3
Hebecker and Teubner suggested 43 that the generalised gluon distribution can be extracted from inclusive diffractive electroproduction at large Q2 and /3 —> 1. They demonstrated that, within certain restrictions in the kinematic domain, the process is, in principle, perturbatively calculable and highly sensitive to effects due to the non-diagonal parton distributions (skewing effects). A leading order numerical analysis, which includes corrections for the skewdness of the parton distributions and for the real part of the amplitude, and an estimate of the NLO effects, is consistent with the F^ data (see Fig. 19). The results show the strong sensitivity of F2D to skewing effects, which amount to approximately a factor of two. Reversing the argument, they assert that precise data at higher Q2 and full NLO calculations should allow
304
Giuseppe Iacobucci 0.03
s
|
.
1
.
1
.
Diffractive Phenomena .
1
1
1
—
2 "
T
0.02
:
0.01
-
..">, = »
I1
m =0JGeV """-.. ___^ mq = 0.6 GeV — ^
J
m = 0.3 GeV, no skewing
0
I
0.6
,
,
1
0.7
.
.
,
1
,
0.8
.
.
1
0.9
,
,
-i_U
1
Figure 19. F° at Q 2 = 60 GeV 2 and xw = 0.0042 for three different choices of the light quark mass as indicated in the plot. The ZEUS d a t a 1 8 (squares) are also shown. The dash-dotted line is the prediction if the effects from skewing are neglected.
the extraction of GPD's with high accuracy.
diffractive events. This is an experimentallyclean QCD test with purely electromagnetic final states, except for the proton. Since the C-parity of the exchange fixes the number of photons in the final state, pomeronmediated diffractive processes at HERA such as 7p —> up and 7p —> UTV°X - have an even number of photons in the final state, while odderon-mediated diffractive processes - such as 7p - • TT0X, fp -> / 2 (1270)X and 7P —> a2(1320)X - would manifest themselves by the presence of an odd number of photons in the final state. The result 47 is that, while signals are found for the pomeronmediated processes and the measured cross sections are in agreement with previous measurements in other decay channels, no signal is found in any of the three odderon-mediated processes mentioned above.
7.3 Search for the odderon In the framework of the Regge theory, it is possible to introduce a new trajectory, the C = P = - 1 partner of the pomeron trajectory, which would contribute with different signs to the particle-particle and particle-antiparticle total cross sections 44 . The exchange of this C-odd trajectory would therefore be responsible for any difference at asymptotic energies between these two total cross sections. For this reason, this hypothetical exchange was called odderon trajectory, from "odd-underexchange" . No experimental sign of odderon exchange has been found in hadronic scattering. QCD predicts the existence of the odderon, which can be represented at the lowest order by the exchange of three gluons, whereas the pomeron corresponds to the exchange of two gluons. Both perturbative QCD predictions 45 for the process -yp —> r\cp and non-perturbative QCD predictions 46 (based on the stochastic vacuum model) for the processes 7p —> ir°X and 7p —> /2(1270)X at HERA are available. HI made a search for odderon exchange by studying multi-photon final states in 305
8
Conclusions
It is not an easy task to draw conclusions on such a complicated topic such as diffractive scattering. For sure, the multitude of harddiffraction studies at hadron colliders and at HERA and the huge theoretical effort to describe these phenomena in the framework of perturbative QCD, contributed to bridge between the hadronic -large distance- degrees of freedom typical of Regge theory and the partonic degrees of freedom which unveil the dynamics of strong interactions. An important piece is still missing, which should allow the description of large-distance processes within the framework of quantum-field theory. This is the field in which the study of diffractive phenomena is expected to provide useful data. Again, the problem turns into the understanding of the dynamics of colour radiation at large-distances, which is a long standing problem in QCD, that eventually coincides with the understanding of confinement of hadrons, one of the few remaining puzzles of the Standard Model of particle physics.
Giuseppe Iacobucci
Diffractive Phenomena
Acknowledgments I thank J. Bartels, T. Carli and J. Whitmore for their comments on an earlier version of this manuscript. I profited by the discussions with J. Bartels, W. Buchmuller, M. Diehl, K. Golec-Biernat, G.P. Vacca and by the forbearance of the ZEUS and HI colleagues. I wish to express my gratitude to the DESY directorate for partial support and for making DESY a challenging and sympathetic research environment.
References 1. H. Abramowicz, Int. J. Mod. Phys. A 15S1, 495 (2000), hep-ph/0001054. 2. F. Close, these proceedings, hepph/0110081. 3. A. Donnachie and P.V. Landshoff, Nucl Phys. B 244, 322 (1984). 4. J. Bartels and H. Kowalski, Eur. Phys. J. C 19, 693 (2001), hep-ph/0010345. 5. D.E. Kharzeev et al., Nucl. Phys. A 690, 621 (2001), hep-ph/0007182. 6. E. Witten, Adv. Theor. Math. Phys. 2, bf 505 (1998), hep-th/9803131. 7. ZEUS Collab., paper 954 submitted to EPS01, Budapest, Hungary, July 2001. 8. ZEUS Collab. J. Breitweg et al., Eur. Phys. J. C 14, 213 (2000), hepex/9910038. 9. ZEUS Collab., paper 548 submitted to EPS01, Budapest, Hungary, July 2001. 10. UA8 Collab., R. Bonino et al., Phys. Lett. B 211, 239 (1988). 11. G. Ingelman and P.E. Schlein, Phys. Lett. B 152, 256 (1985). 12. J.C. Collins, Phys. Rev. D 57, 3051 (1998), hep-ph/9709499. 13. A. Berera and D.E. Soper, Phys. Rev. D 50, 4328 (1994), hep-ph/9403276. 14. J. Collins, hep-ph/0106126 and ref. therein. 15. ZEUS Collab, M. Derrick et al, Z. Phys. C 73, 253 (1997), hep-ex/9609003. 306
16. P. Van Esch et al, Nucl. Instrum. Meth. A 386, 310 (1997), hep-ex/0001046. 17. ZEUS Collab., M. Derrick et al, Phys. Lett. B 315, 481 (1993). 18. ZEUS Collab., J.Breitweg et al, Eur. Phys. J. C 6, 43 (1999), hepex/9807010. 19. HI Collab., paper 808 submitted to EPS01, Budapest, Hungary, July 2001. 20. K. Golec-Biernat and M. Wiisthoff, Phys. Rev. D 60, 114023 (1999), hepph/9903358. 21. K. Golec-Biernat and M. Wiisthoff, Eur. Phys. J. C 20, 313 (2001), hepph/0102093. 22. W.Buchmuller et al, Nucl. Phys. B 487, 283 (1997), hep-ph/9607290. 23. ZEUS Collab., paper 566 submitted to EPS01, Budapest, Hungary, July 2001. 24. ZEUS Collab., J. Breitweg et al, Eur. Phys. J. C 1, 81 (1998), hepex/9709021. 25. HI Collab., C. Adloff et al, Z. Phys. C 76, 613 (1997), hep-ex/9708016. 26. HI Collab., C Adloff et al, Eur. Phys. J. C 20, 29 (2001), hep-ex/0012051. 27. H. Jung, Comp. Phys. Coram. 86, 147 (1995). 28. ZEUS Collab., S. Chekanov et al, Phys. Lett. B 516, 273 (2001), hepex/0107004. 29. H. Kowalski, DESY 99-141 (1999). 30. CDF Collab., T. Affolder et al, Phys. Rev. Lett. 84, 5043 (2000). 31. A.B. Kaidalov et al, Eur. Phys. J. C 21, 521 (2001), hep-ph/0105145, and ref. therein. 32. J.A. Crittenden, DESY-97-068, hepex/9704009. 33. L. Frankfurt et al, Phys. Rev. D 54, 3194 (1996), hep-ph/9509311. 34. M.G. Ryskin et al, Z. Phys. C 76, 231 (1997), hep-ph/9511228. 35. A.D. Martin et al, Phys. Rev. D 55, 4329 (1997), hep-ph/9609448. 36. HI Collab., C. Adloff et al, Phys. Lett.
Diffractive Phenomena
Giuseppe Iacobucci B 483, 360 (2000), hep-ex/0005010. 37. ZEUS Collab., presented by B. Mellado at EPS01, Budapest, Hungary, 2001. 38. M. Diehl, SLAC-PUB-8670, hep-ph/0010200 and ref. therein. 39. HI Collab., C. Adloff et al., Phys. Lett. B 517, 47 (2001), hep-ex/0107005. 40. ZEUS Collab., paper 564 submitted to EPS01, Budapest, Hungary, July 2001. 41. Frankfurt et al., Phys. Rev. D 58 114001 (1998), hep-ph/9710356. 42. A. Donnachie et al., Phys. Lett. B 502, 74 (2001), hep-ph/0010227. 43. A. Hebecker and T. Teubner, Phys. Lett. B 498, 16 (2001), hep-ph/0010273. 44. L. Lukaszuk and B. Nicolescu, Lett. Nuov. Cim. 8, 405 (1973). 45. J. Bartels et al, Eur. Phys. J. C 20, 323 (2001), hep-ph/0102221. 46. E.R. Berger et al, Eur. Phys. J. C 14, 673 (2000), hep-ph/0001270. 47. HI Collab., paper 795 submitted to EPS01, Budapest, Hungary, 2001. Discussion B. Ward, MPI Munich and Univ. of Tennessee: You showed that the model of GolecBiernat and Wusthoff fits the data better without DGLAP evolution, but you did not say what conclusion you draw from this. What is your conclusion? Answer: In the original version of the model, the dipole cross section, which contains the dynamics, was postulated without any assumption on the evolution, and the three free parameters of the model were determined by a fit to inclusive DIS data. Therefore, the agreement of the model with diffractive data, obtained using those parameters, can be regarded as a prediction. The fact that the model modified to include DGLAP evolution gives a worse description of the diffractive data if the same parameters are used, might indicate either that those parameters are no more adequate or that terms beyond the DGLAP equation are needed in the evolution.
307
POLARIZED STRUCTURE FUNCTIONS AND SPIN PHYSICS UTA STOSSLEIN Nuclear Physics Laboratory, University of Colorado at Boulder, Campus Box 390, Boulder, CO 80309-0390, USA E-mail: [email protected] Recent progress in the field of spin physics of high energy particle interactions is reviewed with particular emphasis on the spin structure functions as measured in polarized deep inelastic lepton-nucleon scattering (DIS). New measurements are presented to obtain more direct information on t h e composition of the nucleon angular momentum, with results from semi-inclusive DIS accessing flavourseparated parton distribution functions (PDF) and with first d a t a from hard exclusive reactions which may be interpreted in terms of recently developed generalizations of parton distribution functions (GPD). Finally, experimental prospects are outlined which will lead to a further development of the virtues of QCD phenomenology of the spin structure of the nucleon.
1
Introduction
The understanding of strong interactions including spin as an additional degree of freedom is an intensively discussed question since Quantum Chromodynamics (QCD) became the gauge field theory of the strong interaction establishing the intuitive quark model as the valid concept for the nucleon substructure. The quark-parton-model (QPM) could successfully explain the positive cross section asymmetries observed in deep inelastic polarized electron-proton experiments performed early at SLAC 1<2. The modern age in QCD spin physics began when at CERN a high energy muon beam experiment accessed spin phenomena in an extended kinematic range of the four-momentum transfer squared Q2 and Bjorken-x. The well-known result was the discovery, made in 1987 by the EMC experiment 3 , that only a small fraction, | A E = |(0.12 ± 0.17), of the proton's spin is due to the spin of quarks, contrary to expectations of the naive QPM (AE = 1) or the relativistic QPM (AE = 0.58). Perturbative QCD (pQCD) in next-to-leading order (NLO) was able to attribute the small value of AE to the axial anomaly in the polarized
photon-gluon-scattering cross section, which depends on the factorization and renormalization scheme. Meanwhile a wealth of experimental data using deep inelastic scattering of polarized lepton beams off polarized targets has been taken at SLAC 4.5.6>7.8, CERN 9 and DESY 1 0 - n which confirms AE to be small with typical values of about 0.2-0.4. The old question thus remains unanswered yet: Where is the remainder of the nucleon spin? Is it measurable and calculable? How important are non-perturbative effects of QCD which are immediately related to low energy physics and confinement? Which role are contributions from gluons or sea quarks playing as well as the orbital angular momentum of quarks and gluons? Are there new observables which could help to answer some of these questions? In this report the recent progress in QCD spin physics is summarized, highlighting new precise data for the spin structure functions <7i and g^ from SLAC, Hermes and JLAB, updated estimates of polarized quark and gluon polarizations from NLO pQCD evolution, and more directly from interpreting semi-inclusive Hermes data in LO pQCD. First data from JLAB and Hermes on hard
308
Uta Stosslein
Polarized Structure Functions and Spin Physics
exclusive processes are presented here, which potentially represent a unique experimental input to be used in conjunction with further polarized DIS data to identify the quark orbital angular momentum contribution to the nucleon spin. New single-spin azimuthal asymmetry measurements from Hermes are presented. These suggest the yet unknown leading twist transversity distribution functions are accessible using transversely polarized targets at Hermes and protons at RHIC in the near future. Spin physics in polarized pp-collisions at RHIC opens new ways to determine the gluon polarization and also flavour separated quark spin distributions, complementary to data expected to come from the COMPASS experiment at CERN and from Hermes at DESY.
2
Experiments and Kinematics
The high energy facilities and experiments investigating the nucleon spin structure using polarized charged lepton beams and polarized targets are summarized in Tab. 1, where typical beam and target parameters are listed. The values achieved reflect the enormous development in target and beam technology over the last three decades. Besides the high values for the beam and target polarizations, of about 0.5 to 0.9, the factor / enters additionally as a dilution of polarization dependent quantities; it denotes the fraction of polarizable target material. For typical solid state target materials, as used at SLAC and CERN, / is small and varies from about 0.13 for butanol to 0.5 for lithium deuteride and is about 0.55 for a 3 He gas target (E154). The Hermes experiment has an internal target with almost pure gases where / is close to unity. The polarization as well as the / values, in conjunction with beam intensity and target thickness determine the statistical precision, which is largest for the E154/E155 experiments at the high-intensity
309
48 GeV SLAC electron beam and lower for SMC. The high beam energy of the CERN muon beam provided access to low Bjorkenx (x < 0.01) and to larger values of Q2 {Q2 > 10 GeV 2 ). The kinematic coverage of the fixed target experiments is essentially determined by the incoming beam energy E defining the squared centre-of-mass energy s = 2ME which limits the maximum Q2 = 4EE' sin 2 9/2 to Q2ma^ = s. The scaling variables Bjorken-x and inelasticity y are given by x = Q2/2Mv and y = v/E, where M is the nucleon mass and v = E — E' is the energy transferred by the virtual photon to the target nucleon. The energy E' and the polar angle 6 of the scattered charged beam lepton determine the DIS kinematics. To cover also the higher Q2 values, the E155/E155X experiments were performed with three independent magnetic spectrometers at central angles of 2.75°, 5.5°, and 10.5°. The SMC and Hermes spectrometers have a large acceptance in the forward direction which allows for semi-inclusive measurements. The experiments complement each other in their sensitivity to possible systematic uncertainties associated in particular with the beam and target polarization; these are typically controlled at the level of 2 to 5%. For instance, different attempts were made to minimize instrumental asymmetries: SMC used two target cells with opposite polarization simultaneously, while the polarization of the Hermes gas target, which can be inverted within milliseconds, was flipped in cycles. At SLAC the helicity for each beam pulse was randomly selected. Whereas SLAC experiments and SMC determined the polarization of the target material Pf by nuclear magnetic resonance measurements, Hermes is using a Breit-Rabi-Polarimeter (for p,d). Also the beam polarimetry is rather different. The beam polarization PB was determined using M0ller scattering from polarized atomic electrons at SMC and SLAC experiments, but
Uta Stosslein
Lab SLAC
Polarized Structure Functions and Spin Physics
Experiment E80 1 E130 2 E1424 E143 5
Year 75 80 92 93
E154 6 E1558
95 97
48 GeV e~ 48 GeV e "
0.83 0.81
99
29/32 GeV e "
0.83
85 92 93 94/95 96 95 96/97 98 99/00 >01 >01
200 GeV 11+ 100 GeV M + 190 GeV n+
0.79 0.81 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.80
E155X CERN
DESY
DESY CERN BNL
EMC SMC
12
3 9
H E R M E S io.ii.i3
HERMES COMPASS RHIC 1 7
14 15 lb
-
>01
Beam 10-16 GeV 16-23 GeV 19-26 GeV 10-29 GeV
PB
ee" e~ e-
28 GeV e+ 28 GeV 28 GeV 28 GeV 160 GeV
ee+ e± fj,+
200 GeV p
0.85 0.81 0.39 0.85
0.70
Target H-butanol H-butanol 3 He NH3 ND3 3 He NH3 LiD NH3 LiD NH3 D-butanol H-butanol D-butanol NH3 a He H D D H NH3 LiD 200 GeV p
PT 0.50 0.58 0.35 0.70 0.25 0.38 0.80 0.22 0.70 0.22 0.78 0.40 0.86 0.50 0.89 0.46 0.88 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.90 0.50 0.70
/ 0.13 0.15 0.35 0.15 0.24 0.55 0.15 0.36 0.16 0.36 0.16 0.19 0.12 0.20 0.16 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.16 0.50 1.0
Table 1. High energy spin physics experiments.
at Hermes utilizing the spin dependence of Compton backscattering of circularly polarized photons off polarized electrons. In 2001, with COMPASS at the CERN high-intensity muon beam line M2 and Hermes Run II at DESY, two powerful fixed target experiments are operational. The recent commissioning of the polarized proton rings at RHIC is an important milestone in experimental spin physics. Two large collider detectors, PHENIX 18 and STAR 19 , along with several smaller experiments, will participate in the RHIC spin programme.
sults from angular momentum conservation, i.e. virtual photons can only be absorbed by a quark if their spins are oriented antiparallel. In the naive QPM helicity-averaged and helicity-dependent quark momentum distribution functions are introduced q{x)=q+(x)
+ q-(x),
Aq(x) = q+(x)-q-(x),
Asymmetries and Structure Functions g\ and gi
Measurements of polarized nucleon structure functions in inclusive DIS have been traditionally a prime focus of spin physics experiments. Using longitudinally polarized charged lepton beams and polarized targets the helicity-dependent quark distributions can be probed. This sensitivity re-
(2)
which are directly related to the spinaveraged structure function F\ and the spindependent structure function g\ F1{x) = \Y,e2qq{x),
3
(1)
(3)
Q
9i{x) = \Yje2q^q{x).
(4)
Here the sums extend over both quark and anti-quark flavors weighted by the electrical charge eq squared. The notations g+( _ ) refer to parallel (antiparallel) orientation of the quark and nucleon spins. The second leading twist spin structure function 52 measurable 310
Uta Stosslein
Polarized Structure Functions and Spin Physics
in DIS is expected to be zero in the naive QPM. The experimentally asymmetries accessible with a longitudinally polarized charged lepton beam are defined as a -,AA
H\
a^
- a*~ :> (5)
a^ where a^ (a^) is the cross section for the lepton and nucleon spins aligned parallel (anti-parallel), while a^~* (u^ - *) is the cross section for nucleons transversely polarized w.r.t. the beam spin orientation. These cross section asymmetries are related to two virtual photon asymmetries, A\ and A2, through
using a transversely polarized target are sensitive to (71 + g2The extraction of the proton structure function g\ from a longitudinally polarized hydrogen target is straightforward. Extraction of the neutron structure function g" from longitudinally polarized 2 H or 3 He targets, however, requires additional nuclear corrections to be applied. The polarization of the 3 He nucleus is mainly due to the neutron. Corrections due to the nuclear wave function of the polarized 3 He nucleus have to be applied using g\ data to evaluate the proton contributions, i.e., 2
An = D{A! + nA2) ,A±=d(A2-
The factors D and d denote the virtual photon polarization where D ss y. They are explicitly given by D = [1 — (1 - y)e]/(l + eR), which depends on the ratio of longitudinal to transverse virtual-photon absorption cross sections R = CTL/CT, a n d by d = Dy/2e/(l + e). The quantity e = [4(1 - y)f2y2]/[2y2 + 4(1 - y) + -y2y2] describes the flux ratio of longitudinal to transverse photons. The kinematic factors are defined as 77 = €72//[1 - e(l - y)], 7 = 2Mx/y/Q2 with r, ~ 7 2!>M! 0, and C = V (1 + e/2e). The virtual photon asymmetries are bound by \A2 \ < yjR{\ + A{)l2 20 and \A\\ < 1. They can be described in terms of the spin-dependent structure functions 91 ~ 7 92 F1 9\ +92 A2 = 7 Ai
(7) (8)
where Fi = F2(l + 7 2 )/2x(l + R) can be determined from measurements of R and of the well-known unpolarized structure function F2. From Eq. 7 one can deduce that use of longitudinally polarized target predominantly determines g\, while DIS experiments a Here t h e factor 1 / P B ^ T / which accounts for dilution and for beam and target polarizations, see Sec. 2, is set to unity for the sake of simplicity.
311
9Kx,Q
)
= -(9lne~2pPgpi),
(9)
Pn
where pn = (0.86 ±0.02) and pp = (-0.028 ± 0.004) are taken from a number of calculations 21>22. Additional corrections due to the neutron binding energy and Fermi motion were shown to be small 23 . For the polarized deuteron, the large contribution due to the polarized proton must be subtracted. In addition the D-state component in the deuteron wave function will slightly reduce the deuteron spin structure function due to the opposite alignment of the p-n spin system in this orbital state. This leads to 9RiMZ
2gf(x,Q2) (1 - 1.5WD)
where WQ = 0.05±0.01 2 4 is the D-state probability of the deuteron. Furthermore, a possible contribution may occur from the still unknown tensor-polarized structure function 6f, a new leading twist function that occurs in case of scattering electrons off a spin1 target 25 . In the QPM, 61 measures the difference in the quark momentum distributions of a helicity 1 and 0 target, i.e. 61 = i ( 2 g ? - g j - g { ) . Eereq™ (qj1) is the probability to find a quark with momentum fraction x and spin up (down) in a hadron or nucleus with helicity m. In all analysis so far bf = 0 is assumed, but first data to constrain bf are expected from Hermes 26 .
Uta Stosslein
Polarized Structure Functions and Spin Physics
proton
0.06 0.04
• • • O
SMC HERMES HERMES prel. HERMES prel. rev.
0.02
* T
E155 E143
Xg1
« E155X » E143 AVERAGE 29 GeV x E155 AVERAGE 39 GeV
•iM!
0
uL deuteron
0.04
Vakomstgy* UASH
xq2wu solid Stratmann: dot-dash Sonq: dot
0.02
* J
Jj
I , , wt
l_l_U
neutron ( He)
0.02 0 -0.02 -0.04 0.0001
E154 E142
0.001
0.01
0.1
1
0.02
0.05
0.10
0.20
0.50
1.00
Figure 1. Compilation of recent data on the spin structure functions xgi(x, Q2) (left) and xgi(x, Q2) 1 2 (right) including new data from HERA (Hermes preliminary) and SLAC (E155X). All data are given at their quoted mean Q2 values. The values for xgi are compared with the g^w term (solid line), see text, and several bag model calculations 1 2 .
The recent world data on the spin structure functions xgi(x,Q2) and xg2(x,Q2) for the proton, deuteron and neutron are presented at their measured (Q2) values in Fig. 1. Also shown are the final highprecision data from E155, and new preliminary data from Hermes in the kinematic range 0.002 < x < 0.85 and 0.1 GeV 2 < Q2 < 20 GeV 2 , where the data at small Bjorken-x < 0.01 belong to low photon virtualities of Q2 < 1.2 GeV 2 . These Hermes data confirm the SMC small-z and Q2 > 1 GeV2 data for A\' for the first time. Even lower x values down to x = 6•10~ 5 but at extremely low Q2 = 0.01 GeV 2 were reached by SMC with a dedicated low-x trigger 27 . According to Fig. 1 the spin structure functions gi and 52 are best known for the proton. The precision and kinematic coverage of the
312
the 52 data. This holds even with the factor of three improved measurements of the dedicated E155X runs as compared to previous 52 data from SMC 28 or from SLAC collaborations E142 4 , E143 29 , E154 3 0 and E155 3 1 . A comparison of xg\ and xgi values leads to the striking observation that at high x ~ 0.4 the values of g\ are positive and of gi are negative, but different from zero for both the proton and the deuteron. For 52, with so far limited accuracy, this is in contrasts to the parton model expectation of 52 = 0. There exists no simple partonic picture for g
Polarized Structure Functions and Spin Physics
Uta Stosslein
—
term was calculated using empirical fits 8 to gi data. The present status of d2 measurements and model calculations is shown in Fig. 2. Further details about the complex nature of g2 and d2 may be found e.g. in Ref. 33 .
-
Proton
x
zm ~-
0.00
* -0.02 —
'? *
QCD Sum Rules Bog Model
':
o»™i
DATA-
Lattice
-;
-0.04
-0.06 0.02
—
0.00 — - y
•0.02
Neutron 0-
-X
X•• O • - o -
-
):
f":
4
Q C D Analyses and Gluon Polarization AG
-
QCD predicts the Q2 dependence of unpolarPREDICTIONS ond DATA ized and polarized structure functions measured in DIS. Before discussing the theoretiFigure 2. Calculations of t h e twist-3 matrix element d.2 of the proton and the neutron. The dashed lines cal framework and pQCD analyses of g\, it is indicate the present uncertainty in the data. Also worthwhile to look at the experimental stashown are bag model, chiral quark model, Q C D sum tus of measuring the Q2 dependence of spin rule and recent QCD lattice calculations 1 2 . structure functions. A compilation 8 of recent DIS data of quark-gluon correlations in the nucleon. the structure function ratio g\/Fi is shown In fact, omitting quark mass terms, g2 in Fig. 3. In any given x bin, there is no can be described by a twist-two contribu- experimental evidence of a strong Q2 depention, the so-called g™w Wandzura-Wilczek- dence of gi/F\. A phenomenological fit to term 32 calculable from gi, and a pure twistrecent data with Q2 > 1 GeV 2 and an en3 term denoted here with g~2 reflecting the ergy of the hadronic final state W > 2 GeV, parametrizes a possible Q2 dependence by 8 interaction-dependent part, •
-0.04
92{x, Q 2 ) = 5 ^ W + 92(x, Q2), g2 (x,Q2) = -g1(x,Q2) +
(11)
NW
*l9i{y,Q2) dy. (12) V J X The recent data from the g2 experiment E155X (right panel of Fig. 1) are in good agreement with the Wandzura-Wilczek approximation, gYW ot —5i> which supports the observation discussed above. Consequently, any possible twist-3 term must be small. This is supported by new estimates 12 of the twist-3 matrix element d2,
+
I
| L = x °- 7 0 0 (0.817+ 1.014x - 1.489x2) *(1+Qj) 3i_
= x-o.335/_aoi3
X(l
Q2
(14) _ o.330x + 0.761x2) (15)
The coefficients c p = -0.04 ± 0.06 and cn = 0.13 ± 0.45 describing the Q2 dependence found to be small and consistent with zero. The transition from DIS to the low Q2 regime, Q2 < 1 GeV 2 , and to the resonance . / x2[g2{x,tQ 2 ) - 5 2 w w ( * , Q 2 ) ] d x , region W < 2 GeV is investigated at TJd2{Q2) Jo NAF with beam energies of 0.8-5.7 GeV. Us(13) ing polarized electrons (PB ~ 70%) scattered off polarized solid state targets significant, obtained at an average Q2 of 3 GeV2 with an improved precision for the proton and the complementary measurements of g\ and g2 for 0.02 < Q2 < 1.2 GeV 2 are anticipated: neutron, dP = 0.0032 ± 0.0016 and d% = first preliminary results for the asymmetry 0.0083±0.0048, respectively. Here, the g^w-
313
Polarized Structure Functions and Spin Physics
Uta Stosslein
Q 2 UGeV/c) 3 ]
Q^
Figure 3. The Q2 dependence of g\/F\, note gi/Fi ss A\, of the proton (left) and neutron (right) for Q2 > 1 GeV 2 data. Also shown are the phenomenological fits (dashed line) and results from the E155 pQCD fit in NLO (dotted line) 8 .
A\ + T]A2 are of remarkable statistical precision. The asymmetries show strong Q2 dependences for a 3 He target 34 as well as for proton (NH 3 ) and deuteron (ND3) targets 3 5 . This behavior reflects the rapidly changing helicity structure of some resonances with the scale probed. Accurate measurements will allow stringent tests of nucleon structure models and may shed new light to the important question at which distance scale pQCD corrections will break down and physics of confinement may dominate.
g\ resembles the known pattern of scaling violation in the unpolarized structure function F$. The Q2 evolution equations, given in the DGLAP formalism, allow the unpolarized gluon distribution and the strong coupling constant as to be determined 36 . Since gluons are vector particles they are expected to contribute to the spin of the nucleon as well, asymptotically about 50% of the protons spin. In NLO pQCD, the spin structure function £1 is given by
While those tasks are still theoretically challenging, pQCD delivers a good description of the gi data with Q2 > 1 GeV 2 . This is illustrated for the proton case in Fig. 4. The observed pattern of scaling violations of
ffl
P(")
AC NS
+
N3 A
-)-Aq3
+ ACS <8> AE + 2NfACG
314
\Aqs ® AG } ,(16)
Polarized Structure Functions and Spin Physics
Uta Stosslein
.X,
4
u +^
and AG yields to renormalization and factorization scheme dependent results in NLO pQCD. Frequently used schemes are the MS, Adler-Bardeen (AB) or JET schemes, see e.g. Ref. 39 . In the AB and J E T schemes, AE is conserved and defined to be a scaleindependent quantity, which is related to the MS result by
simple fit
x=0.0063 —
NLO QCD fit
CM
o x=0.0141
a?
O)
•
HERMES
•
SMC
•if
EMC
x=0.0245
T r : r x=o. 0346
T
2.5
f
i
h I
lJ&k-+--fL
1.5
i- i
AE(Q :
x=0.0490
-N f
x=0.0775
x=0.346 «l
1
0.5
x=0.490 V
E143
•
E1S5
x=0.735 J_
10
10
2TT
AG(Q2).(17)
The polarized gluon distribution is the same in all these schemes, AG(Q2)^g = A G ( Q 2 ) A B ( J E T ) • Observed differences of AG values obtained might still point to systematic differences in the applied theoretical descriptions, which includes e.g. the treatment of quark masses and flavours, the use of the strong coupling constant as and the use of non-DIS data for further constraints, respectively.
x=0.122
F»«S a1/*1 --•?•
"*MS ~~ A ^ A B ( J E T ) 2\
Q 2 (GeV2)
Several groups have been performing spin-dependent NLO pQCD fits. The one Figure 4. Q dependence of g\{x,Q ) for Q > performed by the SMC collaboration was 1 GeV 2 . The g\ values are calculated using recent data on ratio g\/Ff and the function F^ determined the first to carefully treat statistical, systemby F 2 P 3 7 and R 3 8 . To evaluate t h e Q2 behavior, the atic and theoretical uncertainties 4 0 . A new data has been shifted to common x values using Ff attempt to propagate the statistical errors and g\/F^ parameterizations. Also shown are the fit according to Eq. 14 and a NLO p Q C D fit 4 1 . through the evolution procedure was done in Ref. 41 and is presented in Fig. 5 together with other recent NLO fit results 4 2 ' 4 3 . The where A C , ^ are the spin-dependent Wilson precise inclusive proton data predominantly coefficients and
2
2
Apparently, inclusive data allow linear combinations of polarized PDFs (Aq -f Aq) and the gluon polarization AG, as an 0(as) correction, to be accessed by solving the DGLAP evolution equations. The mixing of the evolution of the quark singlet contribution AE
315
Spin-dependent pQCD analyses begin to become sensitive to the value of as as well. A recent determination of as yields as(Ml) = 0.114±0.005(stat) tHo<;( s c a l e s ) 41 which is consistent with the value obtained by SMC, a s (M 2 ) = 0.121 ±
Uta Stosslein
Polarized Structure Functions and Spin Physics 0.5 0.4
-
0.15
x A u „ ( x ) --NLO
0.1 0.05
J^M
03 -
—BB
0.2 -
...AAC
. xAdv(x) --NLO
-
0
GRSV
jffl
-0.05
1
o.i
-0.2 _
o
~2/
^ " ^ ^ ^ ^ H ^
-0.1 -0.15 _
BB „
GRSV
...AAC
-0.25 I
i
X 0.03 1.75 1.5
0.02
L xAG(x) - N L O
0.01 1
1.25 £• 1 L 0.75 j0.5 I 0-25
. i xAq(x) - N L O
BB
0
GRSV -0.01
/
...AAC
. GRSV
:
-0.04
-0.5
—'
_ _ AAC
-0.03
-0.25 \r
s7"
"-^v?^-
-0.02
•zzz**^
0
BB
'
I
i
10
Figure 5. Polarized parton distribution functions xAdy, xAuy, xAG and xAq from updated NLO pQCD (MS) fits at Q2 = 4 GeV 2 using SU(3)f assumptions. Labels are according to the results from Ref. 4 1 (BB), Ref. 4 2 (GRSV), and Ref. 4 3 (AAC). The shaded bands 4 1 represent the propagated statistical errors only.
0.002(stat) ±0.006(systandthy) 40 . Present pQCD analyses use information from neutron and hyperon /3-decays to constrain the first moments of the non-singlet distributions (A53, Aq$), a3 = Aq3 = F + D = 1.267 ± 0.0035 (18) a 8 = Aq8 = 3 F - D = 0.585 ± 0.025.(19) Assuming SU(3)y flavour symmetry the first moment of g\ is given by Ti(Q 2 ) = Cs(Q2)a0(Q2)
+CNS(Q2)
+ -(3F-D)
,(20)
where | ga/9v\ is the axial coupling constant and ao(Q2) is the axial charge. An update of the E154 44 NLO pQCD fit in the WS scheme was performed by the E l 55 collaboration 8 using published data. It further confirms the quark singlet contribution AE to be small, AS = 0.23 ± 0.04(stat)±0.06(syst) at Q2 =
5 GeV 2 , well below the Ellis-Jaffe prediction 45 of 0.58. The value for r ? - T? = 0.176 ± 0.003 ± 0.007 is found to be in agreement with the Bjorken sum rule prediction of 0.182 ± 0.005. For the first moment of the gluon distribution a value of AG = 1.6 ± 0.8(stat)±l.l(syst) is obtained, reflecting the fact, that the uncertainty on AG from scaling violations is still too large to significantly constrain the gluon contribution to the nucleon spin. The value of a$ depends on the assumption of SU(3)/ flavour symmetry among hyperons, which is known to be inexact. Indications of a breakdown of SU(3) flavor symmetry, as observed in the hyperon j3 decay, and its impact on the polarized PDFs were discussed recently using the J E T scheme 4 6 . While the influence on the singlet and nonstrange quark polarizations was found to be small, the strange sea quark and gluon polarizations change significantly when SU(3)/
316
Uta Stosslein „ § <
Polarized Structure Functions and Spin Physics
1 p
, _ ™ _ , - - - OSA(LO) . ••• GSB(LO)
B8
— 0g
asc(LO) GRSV(LO) std. and val.
0.4
^,
0.2 -
o -' -0.2
cess was calculated to be positive whereas the asymmetries of all other subprocesses were assumed to be zero. The extracted value of (AG/G) = 0.41 ± 0.18 (stat)±0.03 (syst) is compared in Fig. 6 to several phenomenological LO pQCD fits where the hard scale of this process is given rather by (pf,) = 2.1 GeV 2 and not by {Q2} of 0.06 GeV 2 . The positive sign of (AG/G) at (XG) = 0.17 can only be altered by a large negative spin asymmetry from some neglected process, other than PGF.
^
'""'»T
-,""--~-^
\
-
-0.4
Figure 6. Hermes result 4 7 for AG/G extracted from high PT unlike sign hadron pair production. The result is compared to LO pQCD fits t o a subset of the world's data on g-y. curves are from Refs. 4 8 , 4 9 evaluated at Q2 = 2 GeV 2 . The error bar on A G / G represents statistical and experimental systematic uncertainties only; no theoretical uncertainty is included.
A similar A G / G analysis is being performed by Hermes based on the high statistics deuteron data of the run periods 19982000 51 . The interpretation of such data is still limited to LO pQCD, since NLO simulation programs are not yet available. 5
symmetry breaking effects are considered 46 : e.g. As + As varies from -0.02 to -0.15 and AC? from 0.13 to 0.84. The observed strong dependence of gluon and strange quark polarizations on the SU(3)/ symmetry assumptions calls for more direct probes for a determination of those quantities. A first attempt to determine AG/G from the photon-gluon fusion process (PGF) was presented by Hermes 47 . Using a polarized hydrogen target and selecting events with two hadrons with opposite charge and high transverse momentum pr, the double-spin asymmetry and its dependence on p1^ and p%? was measured. For hyhi pairs with p^.1 > 1.5 GeV and p^ 2 > 1.0 GeV the asymmetry is A\\ = -0.28±0.12(stat)±0.02 (syst). Theresuit has been interpreted considering contributions from deep inelastic scattering, vector meson dominance and the two direct leading order QCD processes: PGF and QCD Compton scattering. Using the PYTHIA 50 program the relative cross section contributions were determined and the negative asymmetry explained by a positive gluon polarization. The asymmetry of the QCD Compton pro-
317
Quark Polarizations from Semi-Inclusive Measurements
Information on the flavor separated polarized valence and sea quark contributions can possibly be obtained via semi-inclusive scattering, where one or more hadrons h in coincidence with the scattered charged lepton are detected. According to the favored fragmentation process, the charge of the hadron and its valence quark composition provide sensitivity to the flavor of the struck quark as is transparent within the QPM. Hence the double-spin asymmetries for hadrons, A\, can be factored into separate z and x dependent terms, ^I(*.Q2)
_xL
*-§!(*> 2)= dz
£ ? elA^
( 2i )
Q2) •D* (*• ^
2
/ * L dzZge qq(x,Q*)-D*(z,Q*) where the fragmentation function is the probability that the hadron nated from the struck quark flavor z = Eh/v is the hadron momentum in the lab frame.
' D^(z,Q2) h origiq. Here fraction
Polarized Structure Functions and Spin Physics
Uta Stosslein (a) 0.8
0.6
(b) " A? (p)
A, (P) •
HERMES
•
i
E143
n SMC
0.3
0
-0.1
• HERMES prelim. (spring '99 data) . E143
n SMC
*
&
0.1
M
HERMES
M* 3
A, ("He) •
HERMES
A
E154
iA ( He)
(c)
(b)
A?- (p) •
!i
P* 0.2
•
HERMES
0.4
(a)
(c)
+
Ah"
1,d
1,d
. HERMES prelim, (spring '99 data)
j
iU"
M
4 i-i—
r*H
3
A|>- ( He) 0.02
0.1
0.02
0.1
0.02
0.1
|
M\&
-0.2 -0.3
Figure 7. Inclusive (a) and semi-inclusive asymmetries for positively (b) and negatively (c) charged hadrons on the proton and 3 He targets (left) 5 3 and on the deuterium target (right) 5 4 . T h e bands represent the systematic uncertainties of the HERMES data.
Results for semi-inclusive double-spin asymmetries measured with the large forward spectrometers of the SMC 52 and the Hermes 53 ' 54 collaborations are shown in Fig. 7 including new preliminary data on the deuterium target. The inclusive data from Hermes in Fig. 7a are compared to SLAC (E143, El 54) data. The results agree well which reflects the understanding of the experimental uncertainties. All data points at a given x have some mean Q2 which differs for the HERMES, SLAC and the SMC experiments. The comparison of the semi-inclusive data, Figs. 7b and c, thus points to a rather weak Q2 dependence. To maximize the sensitivity to the struck current quark, typically kinematic cuts of W2 > 10 GeV 2 and z > 0.2 are imposed on the data in order to suppress effects from target fragmentation. According to Eq. 21, the double-spin asymmetries are sensitive to the quark polarizations weighted with unpolarized fragmentation functions. Following the Hermes analysis 53 , a flavor tagging probability may be determined by simulation using the LUND
string fragmentation model 55 . This allows in LO pQCD the polarized quark distributions to be extracted, see Fig. 8, using the measured asymmetries from the various targets. The present asymmetry set is most sensitive to the light valence quark polarizations (Auv, Adv) because of u(d)-quark dominance: the production of /i* is dominated by scattering off u(d) quarks from a proton(neutron) target. In particular, the impact of new Hermes deuterium data on the precision of Adv is clearly seen in Fig. 8. However, the sensitivity to the sea polarizations (Au, Ad) is low, less than 10% at x < 0.2. Hence the sea polarization is assumed to be flavor independent in present analyses. Fig. 8, as well as Fig.5, represent the first moments at a fixed Q2 which determine the flavor separated quark contributions to the nucleon spin: a positive (parallel to the nucleon spin) up quark and a negative (antiparallel to the nucleon spin) down quark polarization are found. The polarization of the flavor undifferentiated sea is found to be com-
318
Polarized Structure Functions and Spin Physics
Uta Stosslein
• o
<
HERMES prelim. ('95 - spring '99) SMC ,.--'"
0.2
^P -0.4
< 0.1 X
0.05 0 -0.05
Figure 8. Parton spin distributions at Q2 = 2.5 GeV 2 for the valence quarks xAuv(x), xAdv(x) and t h e sea quarks xAu(x) as a function of x from SMC 5 2 (data evolved to 2.5 GeV 2 ) and from Hermes with systematic uncertainty bands (preliminary) 5 4 . The measurements are within the positivity limits given by the unpolarized quark distributions (dashed-dotted line) and are compared to parameterizations of t h e polarized quark distributions (solid line) 4 8 .
patible with zero (see Fig.8). It is favored to be negative in spin-dependent NLO pQCD analyses (see Fig.5). Theoretical conjecture (e.g. from the chiral Quark-Soliton-Model 56 ) and recent attempts towards a global analysis including semi-inclusive data (e.g. from Ref. 5 7 ) indicate a possible flavor asymmetry in the nucleon's light sea, Au — Ad ^ 0, as in the unpolarized case. Current and future dedicated spin experiments are expected to vastly broaden the information necessary for a complete flavor separation. Further improvement in the knowledge of the sea polarizations will be soon available from the full high statistics set of Hermes deuterium data employing the pion and kaon identification capability of a RICH detector installed in 1998.
319
6
Exclusive Spin Physics
Based on impressive theoretical efforts in the last decade, for the first time a new window on the quark-gluon spin-structure of the nucleon was opened with a description of hard exclusive processes as deeply virtual Compton Scattering (DVCS) and meson production in QCD. For a recent review see e.g. Ref. 58 . The framework of DIS is here extendend to the non-forward region of the virtual Compton process. In the Bjorken limit the process may be viewed as factorizing in two steps: a hard interaction of the virtual photon with the nucleon, calculable in pQCD, and a soft interaction of the struck quark with other partons containing new non-perturbative information about the nucleon. The non-perturbative functions are the so-called generalized parton distribution functions. GPDs (usually denoted with
Polarized Structure Functions and Spin Physics
Uta Stosslein
*0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
ty,deg
Figure 9. Single-spin asymmetry associated with DVCS as a function of <j> from the Hermes 6 4 (left) and from the CLAS 6 5 (right) experiments. The curves represent model caluclations. The shaded area (right) represents the uncertainties of the best phenomenological
H,E,H,E) represent probability amplitudes to knock out a parton from a nucleon and to put it back with a different longitudinal fraction of the momentum transfer £ (skewness parameter). GPDs depend also on Q2 and the squared momentum transfer to the nucleon t. These complex functions of multiple variables unify known concepts of hadronic physics, e.g. by linking ordinary parton distribution functions and nucleon form factors. In the context of spin physics, the attractive fact is that the total angular momentum Jq and JQ carried by a quark flavor and by a gluon, respectively, are given by the second moment of the sum of their unpolarized GPDs (Hi, Ei) in the limit t = 0 59 . The total angular momenta of partons are still unkown and related by angular momentum conservation to the spin of the nucleon projected along an axis. The latter could be written also as a sum of contributions from quark (AE) and gluon (AG) spin and orbital angular momentum of quarks (Lq) and of gluons
(Lg)
59 60
-
- = Jq + Jg = - A E + Lg + AG + Lg. (22) To understand the composition of the nucleon spin finally, each contribution has to be identified. The usefulness of such angular momentum sum rule in the sense of a gauge invariant definition and measurability of each of the terms are yet under discussion 61 , especially with respect to the gluon. The DVCS channel is viewed to be a particular clean hadronic reaction that gives access to the GPDs 62 . In the case of hard leptoproduction of mesons, however, the theoretical description involves with the meson distribution amplitudes another unknown nonperturbative input, which may complicate the identification of the GPDs. So far, the experimental data and GPD models focus on the proton but GPDs for the deuteron were also introduced recently, see e.g. Ref 63 . First experimental results on lepton beam helicity dependent asymmetries associated with DVCS were obtained from Hermes and confirmed by the CLAS col-
320
Polarized Structure Functions and Spin Physics
Uta Stosslein
7
ep-»e'iX
i
. K°
o
a 7t"
1
<
•
i
K+
-
\ •**
LT
- ^
1
I-"">"7 ~
HERMES PRELIMINARY
i
T
u n c o r r e c t e d for a c c e p t a n c e and smearinc " . ! . , . t , , , 1 . . , 1 . . , 1. . 1 . .
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
3
.
i ,
0.8
. . i , ,
i
.
, .
0.9
- 2 - 1 0 1 <> | [rad]
Figure 10. Hermes results on azimuthal sin
laboration, see Fig. 9. This single-spin asymmetry is sensitive to the interference term formed from the imaginary part of the DVCS amplitude and the background QED Compton (Bethe-Heitler) amplitude, da+- — da-^ oc Im(T DV cs)TBH- In a LO leading twist description, this leads to a sin> dependence in the related asymmetry, A(<(>) = asign(e) sin>. Here, sign(e) represents the sign of the beam charge and 4> is the angle between the 7 and e scattering planes. The integrated beamspin asymmetry obtained from positron scattering off a hydrogen target at Hermes is a = -0.23 ± 0.04(stat) ± 0.03(syst), while electron scattering at CLAS yields a = 0.202 ± 0.021 (stat) ± 0.009(syst). Both results are in fair agreement with a simple simp dependence and a change in the sign is seen with the beam charge used. The restricted kinematic range do not allow to study dependencies on the relevant kinematic variables so far. It is for Hermes, (Q2) = 2.6 GeV 2 , (Bjorken-z) = 0.11, and (-i) = 0.27 GeV 2 , while for CLAS it is 1 GeV2 < Q2 < 1.75 GeV 2 , 0.13 < Bjorken-x < 0.35, and 0.1 GeV 2 < -t < 0.3 GeV 2 . Both ex-
321
periments will continue such measurements and more precise data are expected to become available. It will then particularly be interesting to test the significance of higher sin <j> moments which are sensitive to quarkgluon correlations as described by twist-three GPDs. Since only a quadratic combination of GPDs appears in the unpolarized cross section, polarization is needed in order to disentangle the various distributions by accessing additional observables. For example, it has been predicted 66 that for the exclusive production of 7r+ mesons from a transversely polarized target by longitudinally virtual photons, the interference between the pseudoscalar (E) and pseudovector {H with H —> Aq in forward limit at t = 0) amplitudes leads to a large asymmetry in the distribution of the angle <j>. Here
Uta Stosslein
Polarized Structure Functions and Spin Physics
ing the left and right panels of Fig. 10 it is clearly seen, that for -K+ production at high z (> 0.9) the sm(j> moment of the asymmetry is observed 67 to become suddenly negative, in agreement with a different (but related) analysis of exclusive 7r+ data 6S . A fit to the exclusive data, A{4>) = ^ U L ' s m 0> delivers the sin cf> moment of the target-spin related asymmetry to be A^l^ = -0.18±0.05(stat)±0.02(syst) integrated over the kinematic range, i.e. {Q2) = 2.2 GeV 2 , (Bjorken-z) = 0.15, and (-t) = 0.4 GeV 2 . In the case of electroproduction from a target polarized longitudinally with respect to the lepton beam momentum, a small (at Hermes about 20%) transverse component (<Sj_) of the target polarization with respect to the direction of the virtual photon is present along with the dominating longitudinal component (S\\). According to Ref. 6 9 , TIUL o c c u r s m the polarized cross section as of the reaction
7
Transversity a n d P r o s p e c t s of Current Experiments
Regarding new experiments one of the most interesting questions is to determine the still unknown third type of twist-two quark distribution function 5q, called transversity, first mentioned in Ref. 71 . In order to probe the transverse spin polarization of the nucleon, a helicity (identical to chirality at leading twist) flip of the struck quark must have occured. In hard processes this is only possible with non-zero quark masses, thus suppressing this function in inclusive deep inelastic scattering. However, in semi-inclusive processes it is possible to combine two chiral odd parts, one describing the quark content of the target (Sq) and another one describing the quark fragmentation into hadrons. Considerable effort has gone into understanding, modelling and proposed measures of Sq, for a review see e.g. Ref. 72 .
There are important differences to be noted between the helicity and the transversity distributions which give further insight
322
Uta Stosslein
Polarized Structure Functions and Spin Physics
•
it
0.05
\
m
<
3
\
n 0.05
0.1
\
0.15
Figure 11. Analyzing power in the sin<£ moment for Hermes data on semi-inclusive charged 7 5 (systematic uncertainty: lower band) and neutral 7 6 (systematic uncertainty: upper band) pion production on a longitudinally polarized hydrogen target.
The recent observation of non-zero single-spin azimuthal asymmetries for neutral and positively charged pions by the Hermes collaboration generated much interest, since it can be interpreted as evidence for a nonzero chirality-flipping fragmentation function that couples to the quark transversity distributions. The results 7 5 , 7 6 are presented in Fig.ll, see also the left panel of Fig. 10 and z < 0.7. The data were taken with a longitudinally polarized target which makes the interpretation of the Hermes results difficult due to possible additional twist-three contributions. The study of transversity distributions and chiral-odd fragmentation functions, at least for the up-quark with good precision, is a primary goal of the Hermes Run II 14 using a transversely polarized hydrogen target. Transversity is also an important part of ongoing and forthcoming experiments, see Ref. 7 7 for an overview of the experimental state of the field. At BNL-RHIC interesting processes involving transversity in pp collisions are Drell-Yan lepton pair production with two protons transversely polarized or alternatively, chiral-odd two-pion interference
323
fragmentation in large pr pion pair production using one proton transversely polarized. The COMPASS 78 experiment at CERN has a transversity programme similiar to that of Hermes covering a different kinematic region. The primary goal of the COMPASS muon programme is the measurement of the gluon polarization AG/G with ~ 0.1 accuracy via open charm production and hadron pair production at large pr for 0.04 < XQ < 0.3 about. Using both colliding proton beams longitudinally polarized, prompt photon production will be employed at RHIC to measure the helicity-dependent gluon density AG, at 0.02 < XQ < 0.3 79 . A compilation of simulated statistical accuracies for AG/G may be found e.g. in Ref. 80 . It is important that various channels for extracting AG in eN- and pp-scattering are required to minimize the (so far strong) model-dependencies. Alternatively to the Hermes programme to measure the flavor separated quark distributions, the production of weak W^ bosons in high energy polarized pp collisions at RHIC provides sensitivity to the quark and antiquark spin distributions 8 1 . The maximal parity violation in the interaction and the dependence of the production on the weak charge of the quarks may be used to select the specific flavor and charge of the quarks.
8
Concluding Remarks
Spin physics remains an exciting, rapidly developing field of research and contributes remarkably to the QCD picture of the structure of the nucleon. Recent precise spin structure function data from DESY and SLAC together with previous data improve the knowledge about the contribution of valence quarks to the nucleon spin within the framework of NLO pQCD and allow the fundamental Bjorken sum rule to be tested. Newest semi-inclusive double-spin asymmetry data from Hermes deliver additional sensitivity re-
Uta Stosslein quired for a complete flavor separation of polarized parton distributions, so far in LO pQCD. The contribution of gluons to the nucleon spin is not yet well known. It is suggested to be positive from LO/NLO pQCD fits based on inclusive DIS data and from a LO pQCD interpretation of Hermes high pr hadron pair production data. A recent interesting development in QCD spin physics was triggered by the Hermes measurement of single-spin azimuthal asymmetries in semiinclusive pion electroproduction off a longitudinally polarized target. This observation suggests a non-zero chiral-odd fragmentation function which allows one to access the so far unknown quark transversity distribution in semi-inclusive scattering from transversely polarized targets. For the first time, a window may be opened to access angular momenta of partons using the framework of generalized parton distribution functions based on new data on spin-dependent, hard exclusive processes, released by the Hermes and CLAS collaborations. Further experimental studies of the connection of semi-inclusive with exclusive reactions, and of high energy with low energy spin physics are being performed at JLAB and at DESY.
Polarized Structure Functions and Spin Physics Many thanks to Juliet Lee-Franzini and her wonderful team for organizing such an inspiring conference. References 1. E80 Collaboration, M. J. Alguard et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. 37, 1261 (1976),Phys. Rev. Lett. 4 1 , 70 (1976). 2. E130 Collaboration, G. Baum et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. 51, 1135 (1983); Phys. Rev. Lett. 45, 2000 (1980). 3. European Muon Collaboration, J. Ashman et al., Phys. Lett. B 206, 364 (1988); Nucl. Phys. B 328, 1 (1989). 4. E142 Collaboration, P. L. Anthony et al., Phys. Rev. D 54, 6620 (1996). 5. E143 collaboration, K. Abe et al., Phys. Rev. D 58, 112003 (1998). 6. E154 Collaboration, K. Abe et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. 79, 26 (1997). 7. E155 Collaboration, P. L. Anthony et al., Phys. Lett. B 463, 339 (1999). 8. E155 Collaboration, P.L. Anthony et al., Phys. Lett. B 493, 19 (2000). 9. Spin Muon Collaboration, B. Adeva et al., Phys. Rev. D 58, 112001 (1998). 10. HERMES Collaboration, K. Ackerstaff et al., Phys. Lett. B 404, 383 (1997). 11. HERMES Collaboration, A. Airapetian et al., Phys. Lett. B 442, 484 (1998). 12. S. Rock for the E155X Collaboration, see in Ref. 77 . 13. P. Lenisa for the Hermes Collaboration, see in Ref. 85 . 14. M. G. Vincter for the Hermes Collaboration, see in Ref. 77 . 15. COMPASS, A Proposal for a COmmon Muon and Proton Apparatus for Structure and Spectroscopy, CERN/SPSLC 96-14, SPSLC/P27, 1 March 1996. 16. E. M. Kabuss for the COMPASS Collaboration, see in Ref. 8 6 . 17. Polarized Proton Collider at RHIC, http://www.agsrhichome.bnl.gov/ /RHIC/Spin.
More precise data are expected to soon become available on the gluon spin, on the flavor separated quark and anti-quark helicities and on transversity properties from the high luminosity experiments at CERN, DESY, JLAB and RHIC-Spin, and also from an upcoming SLAC experiment 8 2 . The perspectives also of future polarized leptonnucleon fixed-target 8 0 , 8 3 and collider 8 4 experiments are being discussed intensively. The goal remains to be the development of a complete, firm theoretically picture of the momentum and spin structure of hadrons.
Acknowledgment I would like to thank D. Ryckbosch and E. Kinney for carefully reading this manuscript. 324
Uta Stosslein
Polarized Structure Functions and Spin Physics
18. PHENIX Collaboration, Y. Akiba et al., Nucl. Phys. A 638, 565 (1998). 19. STAR Collaboration, K. H. Ackermann et al., Nucl. Phys. A 661, 681 (1999). 20. J. Softer, and O. V. Teryaev, Phys. Lett. B 490, 106 (2000). 21. J. L. Friar et al., Phys. Rev. C 42, 2310 (1990). 22. C. Ciofi degli Atti et al., Phys. Rev. C 48, 968 (1993). 23. R. Blankleider and R. M. Woloshyn, Phys. Rev. C 29, 538 (1984). R. W. Schulze and P. U. Sauer, Phys. Rev. C 48, 38 (1993). 24. M. Lacombe et al., Phys. Lett. B 101, 139 (1981). 25. P. Hoodbhoy, R. L. Jaffe and A. Manohar, Nucl. Phys. B 312, 571 (1989). K. Bora, and R. L. Jaffe, arXiv: hepph/9711323 (1997). 26. U. Stosslein for the Hermes Collaboration, see in Ref. 85 . 27. Spin Muon Collaboration, B. Adeva et al., Phys. Rev. D 60, 072004 (1999). 28. Spin Muon Collaboration, D. Adams et al., Phys. Lett. B 336, 125 (1994). 29. E143 Collaboration, K. Abe et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. 76, 587 (1996). 30. E154 Collaboration, K. Abe et al., Phys. Lett. B 404, 377 (1997). 31. E155 Collaboration, P.L. Anthony et al., Phys. Lett. B 458, 530 (1999). 32. W. Wandzura, and F. Wilczek, Phys. Lett. B 172, 195 (1977). 33. B. W. Filippone and X. Ji, arXiv: hepph/0101224. 34. Y. R. Roblin for the GDH Collaboration, see in Ref. 86 . 35. G. Dodge for the CLAS Collaboration, to appear in Ref. 8 r . 36. HI Collaboration, C. Adloff et al., Eur. Phys. J. C 21, 33 (2001). 37. H. Abramowicz and A. Levy, arXiv: hep-ph/9712415 (1997). 38. L. W.Withlowetal.,P%s. Lett. B 250,
325
193 (1990). 39. E. Leader, A.V. Sidorov, D. Stamenov, Phys. Lett. B 445, 232 (1998). 40. Spin Muon Collaboration, B. Adeva et al., Phys. Rev. D 58, 112002 (1998). 41. J. Bliimlein and H. Bottcher, to appear in Ref. 8 7 . 42. M. Gliick et al., arXiv: hep-ph/0011215 (2000). 43. Asymmetry Analysis Collaboration, Y. Goto et al., Phys. Rev. D 62, 034017 (2000), arXiv: hep-ph/0001046 (2000). 44. El54 Collaboration, K. Abe et al., Phys. Lett. B 405, 180 (1997). 45. J. Ellis and R. Jaffe, Phys. Rev. D 9, 1444 (1974); 1016691974 (E.). 46. E. Leader, A.V. Sidorov, D. Stamenov, arXiv: hep-ph/0106214 (2001). 47. Hermes Collaboration, A. Airapetian et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. 84, 2584 (2000). 48. T. Gehrmann, W. J. Stirling, Phys. Rev. D 53, 6100 (1996). 49. M. Gliick et al., Phys. Rev. D 53, 4775 (1996). 50. T. Sjostrand, Comp. Phys. Coram. 82, 74 (1994). PYTHIA version 5.724. 51. E. C. Aschenauer for the Hermes Collaboration, to appear in Ref. 8 7 . 52. Spin Muon Collaboration, B. Adeva et al., Phys. Lett. B 420, 180 (1998). 53. Hermes Collaboration, K. Ackerstaff et al., Phys. Lett. B 464, 123 (1999). 54. T. Lindemann for the Hermes Collaboration, see in Ref. 85 . 55. G. Ingelman, A. Edin, J. Rathsman, DESY Report 96-057 (1996). 56. K. Goeke et al., arXiv: hep-ph/0001272 (2000). 57. M. Stratmann and W. Vogelsang, arXiv: hep-ph/0107064 (2001). 58. K. Goeke, M. V. Polyakov, M. Vanderhagen, Prog. Part. Nucl. Phys. 47, 401 (2001). 59. X. Ji, Phys. Rev. Lett. 78, 610 (1997), arXiv: hep-ph/9603249 (1996). 60. R. L. Jaffe and A. Manohar, Nucl. Phys.
Uta Stosslein
Polarized Structure Functions and Spin Physics 82. E161 Collaboration, Measurement of the Polarized Gluon Distribution Using Open Charm Production,
B 337, 509 (1990). 61. R. L. Jaffe, arXiv: hep-ph/0102281 (2001). 62. A. V. Belitsky, D. Miiller, arXiv: hepph/0111037(2001). 63. E. R. Berger et al., arXiv: hepph/0106192(2001). 64. Hermes Collaboration, A. Airapetian et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. 87, 182001 (2001). 65. CLAS Collaboration, S. Stepanyan et a l , Phys. Rev. Lett. 87, 182002 (2001). 66. L. L. Frankfurt et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. 84, 2589 (2000). 67. H. Avakian for the Hermes Collaboration, see in Ref. 86 . 68. Hermes Collaboration, A. Airapetian et al., arXiv: hep-ex/011202, submitted to Phys. Lett. B. 69. M. V. Polyakov, M. Vanderhaeghen, see in Ref. 8 6 . 70. A. V. Belitsky, D. Miiller, Phys. Lett. B 513, 349 (2001). 71. J. P. Ralston, D. E. Soper, Nucl. Phys. B 152, 109 (1979). 72. V. Barone, A. Drago, P. G. Ratcliffe, arXiv: hep-ph/0104283 (2001). 73. R. L. Jaffe, X. Ji, Phys. Rev. Lett. 67, 552 (1991); Nucl. Phys. B 375, 527 (1992). 74. L. Gamberg, G. R. Goldstein, arXiv: hep-ph/0107176 (2001). 75. Hermes Collaboration, A. Airapetian et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. 84, 4047 (2000). 76. Hermes Collaboration, A. Airapetian et al., Phys. Rev. D 64, 097101 (2001). 77. Proceedings of the Topical Workshop on Transverse Spin Physics July 2001, Zeuthen Germany,
http://www.slac.Stanford.edu/ /exp/el61
83. D. Ryckbosch, to appear in Ref. 87 . 84. Proceedings of the 2th Workshop on Physics with a Polarized-Electron LightIon Collider, September 2000, MIT Cambridge, MA USA, Melville New York 2001, AIP conference proceedings Vol. 588. 85. Proceedings of the 14th International Spin Physics Symposium (SPIN2000), October 2000, Osaka Japan, Melville New York 2001, AIP conference proceedings Vol. 570. 86. Proceedings of the 8th International Workshop on Deep-Inelastic Scattering, April 2000, Liverpool UK, World Scientific 2000. 87. Proceedings of the 9th International Workshop on Deep Inelastic Scattering, April 2001, Bologna Italy, 2001.
http://www-zeuthen.desy.de/spinOl.
78. F.-H. Heinsius for the COMPASS Collaboration, to appear in Ref. 87 . 79. L. Bland, see in Ref. 77 . 80. W.-D. Nowak, arXiv: hep-ph/0111218 (2001). 81. S. E. Vigdor for the STAR Collaboration, see in Ref. 8 5 .
326
LIGHT H A D R O N S P E C T R O S C O P Y FRANK E. CLOSE Dept of Theoretical Physics Univ of Oxford, 0X1 3NP, England e-mail: [email protected] Rapporteur talk at the Lepton-Photon Conference, Rome, July 2001: reviewing the evidence and strategies for understanding scalar mesons, glueballs and hybrids, the gluonic Pomeron and the interplay of heavy flavours and light hadron dynamics. Dedicated to the memory of Nathan Isgur, long-time collaborator and friend, whose original ideas in hadron spectroscopy formed t h e basis for much of the talk.
1
The Spectroscopy of Gluonic Excitations
What is the nature of confinement, in particular the role of gluonic degrees of freedom in the strong interaction limit of QCD? After decades of searches, a new generation of precision data has transformed this field in the last five years. In this talk I shall propose a potential solution to the problem of how glue is manifested and develop an experimental strategy to test it. The strategy involves a variety of complementary experiments, ranging from 77 to electromagnetic production at Jefferson Lab and other moderate energy dedicated machines, such as DA$NE, to high energy innovative experiments at RHIC, Fermilab and possibly even the LHC,which should enable it to be refuted, refined or even substantially confirmed. The scope of my talk will be to discuss what theory expects, what the experimental situation is and what the new challenges for experiment are in light of these. Our main intuition on the strong interaction limit of QCD derives from Lattice QCD which implies a linear potential for qq systems 1 . This is well established for heavy flavours, where data confirm it. However, we are given a gift of Nature in that as one comes from heavy to light flavours, the linear potential continues phenomenologically to un-
327
derpin the data: the S-P-D gaps are similar for bb, cc, and even ud as can be verified by looking in the PDG tables 2 ' 3 . Even though we have no fundamental understanding of why this is, we can nonetheless accept the gift and be confident that we can assign light flavoured mesons of given Jpcto the required "slot" in the spectrum 4 . I shall not review here the current status of qq spectroscopy as I am not interested in stamp collecting; all I wish to note at this point is that the resulting pattern leads one to expect that the lightest JPG 3Po QQ nonet should occur in the region above 1 GeV - of which more in a moment. Not everything is independent of flavour. The 3Si —1 So mass gap grows as the flavours get lighter, a phenomenon that is understood, at least qualitatively, from the chromomagnetic effects of gluon exchange 2,3 . Apart from this hint, gluonic effects have been all but absent - until now. As the Coulomb potential of electrostatics implies that the electric fields tend to fill all three dimensions of space, so the linear potential implies that the analogous chromoelectric fields are highly collimated. This gave rise to the models where confinement arises from flux tubes 5 ' 6 . There are now hints from the lattice 8 that such flux tubes indeed form, at least between static massive quarks. It is then almost model independent 9 that
Light Hadron Spectroscopy
Prank E. Close excitations of the flux tubes, analogous to phonons, will occur. The resulting new families are known as "hybrids" 6 ' 10 . I shall discuss the evidence in section 1.1 Lattice QCD predictions for the mass of the lightest (scalar) glueball are now mature. In the quenched ,approximation the mass is - 1.6GeV 11,12,13,14,15 . Flux tube models imply that if there is a qq nonet nearby, with the same Jpc as the glueball, then G — qq mixing will dominate the decay 16 . This is found more generally 17 and recent studies on coarse-grained lattices appear to confirm that there is indeed significant mixing between G and qq together with associated mass shifts, at least for the scalar sector 18 . Precision data on scalar meson production and decay are consistent with this and the challenge now centres on clarifying the details and extent of such mixing. As there have been several developments here recently, I shall devote much of my talk to the question of scalar mesons, following the discussion of hybrids.
1.1
Hybrid Mesons
Qualitatively the energy for their excitation will be of order -§ where R is the length scale between the quark coloured sources. This leads inexorably to the typical mass scale for light flavoured hybrids at or just below 2GeV, with hybrid charmonium at ~ 4 GeV. Hybrid Dg and Bg heavy flavours will also exist but are beyond the scope of this talk. Hybrid states allow the existence of JPC correlations, such as 0"1 ,1 l~,2H that are forbidden for conventional mesons. The fluxtube model predicts that the lightest exotic hybrid, JPC = 1~+, lies just below 2GeV 19,7 ; this is in accord with the heuristic argument above and, perhaps more significantly, with
lattice QCD 2 0 ' 2 1 , 2 2 for which 1 hss has mass 2.0 ± 0.2 GeV (and so the nn would be expected some 200 to 300 MeV lower). There should also be states that are gluonic excitations of the 7r, p, 0 " + , 1 23>10. During the last two years evidence for exotic 1 _ + has emerged from more than one experiment and in various channels. Two experiments 24,25 have evidence for 7Ti(1600) = 1 _ + in the P°TV~ channel in the reaction TT~N —> (7r+7r~7r_)iV. At Serpukhov a 40 GeV/c ir~ beam shows this resonant 7Ti(1600) also in nrj' and 7r6i(1235), and at BNL the irrj' channel is also observed. At BNL the channel TT/I(1285) showed resonant l _ + but nearer to 1800 MeV in mass 10 . Resonant 1 ^ also shows up in two experiments in the irn channel 26,27 but around 1400 MeV. It is the proliferation of evidence that leads to the consensus that a resonant exotic state has been found. One possibility is that the hybrid state is, in line with the lattice, ~ 1.6 - 1.8GeV in mass and the T T / I ( 1 2 8 5 ) channel, which opens up in S-wave at 1420 MeV with 1 h quantum numbers, is playing some role in disturbing the phase shifts in the various channels. These are details to be settled; the consensus is that an exotic 1 h resonance is being manifested in different decay modes. The question now is whether it is a true hybrid or more mundane, such as qqqq or a molecular state of two mesons. To anwer this question requires evidence in other channels - that is how we have historically determined the constituent nature of the "traditional" mesons (after all, you could ask of any meson, "how can I tell if it is qq or a molecular combination of other mesons?"). The answers come when it is seen to be produced in a variety of processes, with common s-
328
Prank E. Close
Light Hadron Spectroscopy
channel properties, and when the pattern of decays reveals its flavour content, in particular that it is not dominant in a single channel, as would be expected for a molecule. I shall return to this question later. There are also tantalizing hints of 7rs,0 •" at 1.8 GeV and pg, 1 in the 1.45 - 1.7 GeV states. The former is seen prominently in unusual channels like 7r/o(98O);7r/o(15OO);.K7
329
state; to or ir exchange at low energies can be an entree into the hybrid sector. Thus photo and electroproduction at Jefferson Lab, in their 6 GeV programme and especially at a 12 GeV upgrade, will be exciting 6 ' 10 ' 2 .
1.2
Glueballs
The third, and most well advertised, aspect of glue is the prediction that there exist glueballs (or in flux tube language, glue loops) 3 2 . The lattice has matured and converged on the following. The lightest glueball, in the quenched approximation, is predicted to be 0 + + with a mass in the 1.4 - 1.7 GeV region; the next lightest being 2 + + , 0 ~ + at around 2 GeV 1,11 ' 12,13 ' 14 . There has been considerable progress in this area, especially as concerns the scalar glueball. A problem is that the maturity of the qq spectrum, as already mentioned, tells us that we anticipate the 0++,qq nonet to occur in the 1.3 to 1.7 GeV region. Any such states will have widths and so will mix with a scalar glueball in the same mass range. It turns out that such mixing will lead to three physical isoscalar states with rather characteristic flavour content 13 ' 33 . Specifically; two will have the nn and ss in phase ("singlet tendency"), their mixings with the glueball having opposite relative phases; the third state will have the nn and ss out of phase ("octet tendency") with the glueball tending to decouple in the limit of infinite mixing. There are now clear sightings of prominent scalar resonances /o(1500) and /o(1710) and, probably also, /o(1370). (Confirming the resonant status of the latter is one of the critical pieces needed to clinch the proof - see ref.34 and later). The production and decays of these states is in remarkable agreement with this flavour scenario 33 . Were this the whole story on the scalar
Light Hadron Spectroscopy
Prank E. Close sector there would be no doubt that the glueball has revealed itself. However, there are features of the scalars in the region from two pion threshold up to 0 ( l ) G e V that have clouded the issue. There has been considerable recent progress here that enable a consistent picture to be proposed. I will now set the scene for this and return later to the experimental challenges.
2
Scalar Mesons: Above and Below 1 G e V
To understand the message of the J = 0 + + data one must distinguish the regions above and below 1 GeV, typified by the KK threshold. The qq 3Po nonet is expected in the 1.3 1.7 GeV mass region. There is empirically a nonet (at least) and we shall return to this later. If that was the whole story then the scalar spectroscopy would be understood. But there are also the /o(980) and oo(980) mesons, and possibly a K and a below 1 GeV. (While the a is claimed in recent data, there are conflicting conclusions about the K35; a theoretical critique is in ref. 36 ). Various attempts have been made to describe them as a qq nonet shifted to low mass by some mechanism. While one cannot formally disprove such a picture, it ignores a fundamental aspect of QCD that appears to be realized in the data. As pointed out by Jaffe37 long ago, there is a strong QCD attraction among qq and qq in S-wave, 0 + + , whereby a low lying nonet of scalars may be expected. As far as the quantum numbers are concerned these states will be like two 0 h qq mesons in S-wave. In the latter spirit, Isgur and Weinstein 38 had noticed that they could motivate an attraction among such mesons, to the extent that the /o(980) and ao(980) could be interpreted as
KK molecules. The relationship between these is being debated 39,40,41,42,43 ^ a n c j j s n a n contribute to it here, but while the details may be argued about, there is a rather compelling message of the data as follows. Below 1 GeV the phenomena point clearly towards an Swave attraction among two quarks and two antiquarks (either as (qq)3(qq)3, or (qqYiqq)1 where superscripts denote their colour state), while above 1 GeV it is the P-wave qq that is manifested. There is a critical distinction between them: the "ideal" flavour pattern of a qq nonet on the one hand, and of a qqqq or meson-meson, nonet on the other, are radically different; in effect they are flavoured inversions of one another. Thus whereas the former has a single ss heaviest, with strange in the middle and and 1=0; 1=1 set lightest ("
330
Prank E. Close
Light Hadron Spectroscopy
gion. A major question is whether the effects of the glueball are localised in this region above 1 GeV, as discussed by ref46,33 or spread over a wide range, perhaps down to the nn threshold 47 . This is the phenomenology frontier. There are also two particular experimental issues that need to be settled: (i) confirm the existence of ao(1400) and determine its mass (ii) is the /o(1370) truly resonant or is it a t—channel exchange phenomenon associated with pp34. As concerns the region below lGeV, the debate centres on whether the phenomena are truly resonant or driven by attractive t-channel exchanges, and if the former, whether they are molecules or qqqq. These are, in my opinion, secondary issues; each points to the strong attraction of QCD in the scalar S-wave nonet channels. The difference between molecules and compact qqqq will be revealed in the tendency for the former to decay into a single dominant channel - the molecular constituents - while the latter will feed a range of channels driven by the flavour spin clebsch gordans. This is a general means to decide whether an exotic 1 h is a hybrid or a molecule, for example, and for the light scalars has its analogue in the production characteristics. The picture that is now emerging from both phenomenology 48 ' 49 ' 50 and theory 51 is that both components are present. As concerns the theory 51 , think for example of the two component picture as two channels. One, the quarkish channel (QQ) is somehow associated with the (qq)3q~q3 coupling of a two quark-two antiquark system, and is where the attraction comes from. The other, the meson-meson channel (MM) could be completely passive (eg, no potential at all). There is some off diagonal potential which flips that system from the QQ channel to MM. The
331
way the object appears to experiment depends on the strength of the attraction in the QQ channel and the strength of the offdiagonal potential. The nearness of the /o and ao to KK threshold suggests that the QQ component cannot be too dominant, but the fact that there is an attraction at all means that the QQ component cannot be negligible. So in this line of argument, ao and /o must be four-quark states and KK molecules at the same time. If one adopts this as a reference hypothesis, many data begin to make sense. I shall discuss this in section 4; first I shall concentrate on the glueball search, to decide if a scalar glueball is manifested above lGeV.
3
Glueball production dynamics
The folklore has been that to enhance glueball signals one should concentrate on production mechanisms where quarks are disfavoured: thus tp —> 7G 5 2 , pp —• 7r + G in annihilation at rest 52 ' 53 , and central production in diffractive (gluonic pomeron) processes, PP ~^ pGp54'53. Contrasting this, 77 production should favour flavoured states such as qq. Thus observing a state in the first three, which is absent in the latter, would be prima facie evidence. Such ideas are simplistic. There has been progress in quantifying them and in the associated phenomenology. The central production has matured significantly in the last three years and inspires new experiments at RHIC, Fermilab and possibly even the LHC. Thus I shall concentrate on this, but first show how these complementary processes collectively are now painting a clearer picture. First on the theoretical front, each of these has threats and opportunities. (i)In ip —> 7G the gluons are timelike and so it
Light Hadron Spectroscopy
Prank E. Close is reasonable to suppose that glueball will be favoured over qq production. Quantification of this has been discussed in ref.55 with some tantalising implications: (a) the /o(1500) and /o(1710) are produced with strengths consistent with them being G-qq mixtures, though there are some inconsistencies between data sets that need to be settled experimentally; (b) the £(2200) is produced with a strength consistent with that for a glueball, with two provisos: - that it has spin 2 (which is probably the case), and that it really exists (which is debatable, see section 5).
CN
q O 2000 v)
0.5
J
s.
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
M O S S (7T+7T~7T+7T~) G e V
> o
[
I«
o O
/ 2000
-^
b)
Y
Vs
-
Ui
\
rJ
a)
\
/
^
\v
/ 0.5
1
^ 1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
Mass (7T+7T~7T+7V~) GeV
(ii) In pp the q and q can rearrange themselves to produce mesons without need for annihilation. So although a light glueball may be produced, it will be in competition with conventional mesons and any mixed state will be produced significantly by its qq components.
o d
I /»
500 -
0.5
(iii) In central production the gluons are spacelike and so must rescatter in order to produce either a glueball or qq. Thus here again one expects competition. However, a kinematic filter has been discovered56, which appears able to suppress established qq states, when the qq are in P and higher waves.
I A ~^ V^^\
1
\
1.5 2
\
2.5
3
3.5
Mass (7T+7T~7T+7T~) GeV
Figure 1. pp —» pp + (27r+27r°). As dPx decreases from (a) > 0.5GeV to (b) 0.2 < dPT < 0.5 GeV and (c) < 0.2 GeV the 3 Pi(ijg)/ ( 1285) in (a) disappears while the /o(1500) and /2(1930) glueball candidates become prominent.
Its essence was that the pattern of resonances produced in the central region of double tagged pp —> pMp depends on the vector difference of the transverse momentum recoil of the final state protons (even at fixed four momentum transfers). When this quantity (dPr = \kn — &T2|) is large, (> O(AQCD)), qq states are prominent whereas at small dPx all well established qq are observed to be suppressed while the surviving resonances include the enigmatic /o(1500),/ 0 (1710)and/o(980).
ball made of vector gluons and t h e /o(980) as any of glueball, or S-wave qqqq or KK state). Models are needed to see if such a pattern is natural. As the states that survive this cut appear to have an affinity for Swave, this may be evidence for qqqq or qqqq (as for example the /o(980)) or for gg content (as perhaps in the case of /o(1500; 1710) and /2(1930)). It would be interesting to study the production of known qq states in e+e~ —> e+Me~~ to see how they respond to this kinematic filter, and gain possible insights into its dynamics.
The data are consistent with the hypothesis that as dPr —» 0 all bound states with internal L > 0 (e.g. 3Po,2 qq) are suppressed while S-waves survive (e.g. 0 + + or 2 + + glue-
Following this discovery there has been an intensive experimental programme in the last three years by the WA102 collaboration at CERN, which has produced a large and 332
Frank E. Close
Light Hadron Spectroscopy
detailed set of data on both the dPr 5 6 and the azimuthal angle, <j>, dependence of meson production (where
0.3
~/\
0.25
c)
0.2
0.15 0.1
0.05
-J
\ 0.1
(p Deg
0.2
0.3
0.4
GeV"
Figure 2. The predicted >' distributions for Jpc = 0~+ mesons a) naive distribution and b) taking into account the experimental kinematics, c) The 4> a n d d) the \t\ distributions for t h e rj' for the d a t a (dots) and the model predictions from the Monte Carlo (histogram).
Landshoff type form factor 62 can be used as model of the proton- Pform factor {GpE{t)). F(ti,t2,M2) is the P - P-rj' form factor, parametrised as exp~bT^tl+t^ where the sole parameter bx = 0.5 GeV~2 in order to describe the t dependence. Fig.(2) compare the final theoretical form for the cp distribution and the t dependence with the data for the
Parity requires the vector pomeron to be transversely polarized, which gives rise to the t\t2 factors in the cross section. For 0 *" states with M » lGeV, as expected for the lattice glueball or radial excitations of qq, this dynamical tit2 factor will suppress the region where kinematics would favour the production. It would be interesting if glueball proxF2{tut2,M2) duction dynamics involved a singular ( t i ^ ) - 1 where
db^ l i 2 G - 2 ( i l ) G - 2 ( i 2 ) S i n 2 ^
333
Prank E. Close
Light Hadron Spectroscopy
pect such a fortunate accident, so observation of high mass 0 h states is expected to be favourable only at higher energies, such as at RHIC, Fermilab or LHC. JPC = 1++ Refs. 60 > 61 ' 63 predicted that axial mesons are produced polarised, dominantly in helicity one, from one Pomeron that is polarized transversely and one longitudinally. This is verified by data 64 . Such spin dependence leads to a cross section structure
-
c)
0.25
i—J.
0.2
0.15 0.1
0.05
50
da dtidt2
cp
100
Deg
[(v/tT-V^)2 + 4V^sin 2 (0/2)] xa2(t1,t2)
which implies a dominant sin2(^>/2) behaviour that tends to isotropy when suitable cuts on ti are made. This is qualitatively realized.
Figure 3. a) T h e 4> ar>d b) the \t\ distributions for the / i (1285) for the data (dots) and t h e Monte Carlo (histogram), c) and d) t h e
< n(1285) > = 0.13 ± 0.03; < n(1420) > = 0.05 ± 0.01. These are typical of the < n > for states with nn content, supporting the Fig. (3) show the output of the model conclusion 65 that these mesons are partners predictions from the Galuga Monte Carlo su- in a nonet, each with non-negligible nfi conperimposed on the
larised. Helicity 2 is suppressed by Bose symmetry 60 and has been found to be negligible experimentally 67 . The structure of the cross section is then predicted to be dominantly in helicity-one. The helicity zero distribution is as for the 0 h case,
/ i ( 1 2 8 5 ) ~ \nn) - 0.5|ss) /i(1420) ~ \ss)
da dt\dt2d(f>
+0.5\nn)
(nn = {uu + dd)/y/2). DELPHI 66 have measured the production rate < n > of these states per hadronic Z decay and find
*i*2 sin 2 (
and hence suppressed for M > IGeV as was the case for the 0 _ + . The dominant helicity 334
Prank E. Close
0)
"llilnn
0.1 GeV
Light Hadron Spectroscopy
f^Sn ^ r n
o O D
In Iln
u
10 '
it 0.1
if
Deg
In contrast to the 0 v case, where parity forbade the LL amplitude, in the 0 + + case both TT and LL can occur. Hence there are two independent form factors 5 5 A T T ( * i , i 2 , M 2 ) and ALL(tut2,M2). For 0 + + and the helicity zero amplitude of 2 + + (which experimentally is found to dominate 6 8 ) the angular dependence of scalar meson production has the form 6 1
b)
Itl
0.2
0.3
u 0.4
GeV!
Figure 4. a) The <$> and b) the \t\ distributions for the ij2(1645) for the data (dots) and the Monte Carlo (histogram).
aT/aL cos((/>)]2
which successfully predicts that there should be significant changes in the > distributions as t varies 5 7 . one: is as the 1 + + case except for the important and significant change from sin2((/>'/2) to cos2\cj)'i'2).
The overall
=
0++ a n d 2++
Here we find that the production topologies do depend on the internal dynamics of the produced meson and as such may enable a distinction between qq and exotic, glueball, states.
335
H e a v y Flavours a n d Light Scalars
The working hypothesis is that the qq nonet, mixed with a glueball, is realised above 1 GeV
Light Hadron Spectroscopy
Prank E. Close
0.3
0.25
-
f
0.2
0.15 0.1
\^r #v-p
°(i37)A
a j f
0.25
k a j _ f0(i500)
clear scalar, and this state could be sought in D3 —> ixKK with enough statistics (in E687 72 the K*K band contaminates the 1710 region of the Dalitz plot). The momentum transfer in Ds —> 7r/o(1710) is small enough that a non-relativistic calculation of the transition amplitude (cs^ So)\ir(k)\ss(3 Po)) may be reliable. In particular this could distinguish between the /o(1710) as a radially excited state, for which there is significant suppression, and a pure ss(l3Po) for which the rate would maximise. Quantifying this rate could be a challenge for high statistics data e.g. with FOCUS. The major signal in the E687 data is the 5; the /o(980) is just below threshold and it is not discussed whether any of the signal at threshold is due to this state. However, in the E791 data 7 3 on Ds —> TTTTK the /o(980) is very prominent, together with the /o(1370) and a possible (though unclaimed) hint of a shoulder that could signal the /o(1500). Dunwoodie's analysis of i\) —• JTTTT shows structure around 1400 MeV and with better statistics from BES and Cornell this should be verified and attempts to resolve it into /o(1370) and / 0 (1500) made. The strength of/o(1710) in these data should also be determined.
b)
0.2
0.15 0.1
0.05
0.05 50
100
f 3 (1270)
0.3
150
50
C
\
0.3
'L
100
i, f 2 (l950)
150
d)
0.25
0.25 0.2
0.2
0.15
0.15
0.1
0.1
0.O5
0.05
0
50
100
0
150
ip
50
100
150
Deg
Figure 5. The
and we now need to determine the flavour content of these states. In addition we need to confirm the picture of the / 0 (980) and light scalars below 1 GeV. Novel probes are provided by the decays of heavy flavoured states. They can provide important information about the enigmatic 0 - + and 0 + + light flavoured states in particular. The nature of the rj — rj' system remains an important open question with an impact on heavy flavour decays. The D and B meson decays into final states containing rj or T?' continue to challenge theoretical predictions. Further experiments can test the nature of these 0 *" states, e.g. D+ versus Ds —> j]{vl)e+v and B° versus Bs —>
ij) —> 77T7T compared with Ds —> ITITIT, and ip —> -yKK compared with Ds —> irKK provide complementary entrees into the light flavoured 0 + + mesons. Comparison with Dd -> 7r.fi:* (1430) then enables us to "weigh" the flavour content of the nonets. In ip ~* -yKK Dunwoodie 70 finds the / 0 (1710) as
One clear message from the E791 data is that /o(980) has strong affinity for ss in its production; it decays into TTTT as the KK channel is closed. This brings us naturally to new information, presented to this conference, which may at last help to solve the conundrum of the nature of the /o(980). We argued earlier that the /o(980) and ao(980) have strong affinity for a fourquark composition, the question at issue being whether they are compact qqqq or meson molecules. The emerging picture from phenomenology 48 ' 49,50 and theory 5 1 is that both components are present.
336
There is a large amount of data on the
Light Hadron Spectroscopy
Prank E. Close production of the Jo (980) which require in some cases a strong affinity for ss (e.g. the Ds decays already ), or for nn (the production in hadronic Z decays has all the characteristics associated with well established nn states 66,71 ) and also data that require both components to be present (ip —» ufo versus if) —» 0/o) • There are new data that touch on the relationship between these states.
0.25
a)
Hr
^\
0.2
0.15
^
v
^>-=H
0.1
0.05
0.35
c)
0.3
0.25
First I summarise arguments that the /o and ao are mixed. Then I shall review ideas on
4-1
/o do mixing in central production
Fig 6c) and d) show the xp distributions for the ag(980) and a£(1320) formed in pp -> ppao,2- The distribution for the 02(1320) is similar to that observed for the a^(1320) whereas that for the a()(980) is significantly different and peaks at xp = 0. Indeed this is the only state with 1=1 that is observed to have a XF distribution peaked at zero 74 , and moreover the distribution for the ag(980) looks similar to the central production of states that are accessible to P P fusion, in particular P P—> / 0 (980). In the process pp —> p(nn0)p, P P fusion will feed only 1 = 0 channels, such as the /o(980) and / 2 (1270); one would not expect this to affect ao,2 production unless isospin is broken. The a o (980)/a 2 (1320) ratio in the WA102 data is relatively large and the xp distribution of the ao(980) production is, within the errors, identical to that of the /o(980)
337
0.2
0.15 0.1
0.05
-t-
~~*~
Figure 6. The
t
distributions a) for the reaction b) for t h e /o(980) compared to distributions c) for the reaction d) for t h e /o(980) compared to
(see fig. 6d) and the
Frank E. Close
Light Hadron Spectroscopy
Other lines of study are now warranted. Experimentally to confirm these ideas requires measuring the production of the r]ir channel at a much higher energy, for example, at LHC, Fermilab or RHIC where any residual Reggeon exchanges such as pco would be effectively zero and hence any ao(980) production must come from isospin breaking effects. On the theory side, detailed predictions are needed in specific models in order to resolve precisely how the KK threshold relates to the / 0 (980)/a 0 (980) states. Other "pure" flavour channels should now be explored. Examples are Ds decays where the weak decay leads to a pure 1=1 light hadron final state. Thus 7T/O(980) will be (and is 7 3 ) prominent, while the mixing results suggest that irao should also be present at 8 ± 3 % intensity. Studies with high statistics data sets now emerging from E791, Focus and BaBar are called for, and also studies of J/ip decays at Beijing, in particular to the "forbidden" final states uao and (f>ao where ref48 predicts branching ratios of O(10 - 5 ).
dicted b.r.(
b.r.{
where F2(R) = 1 in point-like effective field theory computations, such as refs. 76 ' 78 . (The range of predicted magnitudes for the branching ratios reflects the sensitivity to assumed parameters, such as masses and couplings that vary slightly among these references). By contrast, if the /o(980) and a 0 (980) 4.2
Prank E. Close
Light Hadron Spectroscopy
same and S o 7 6 , 7 5 ' 7 8
r(» ^ /07) T(0 - » a 0 7 )
There is some uncertainty about the former, which needs to be experimentally studied further. In particular, an analysis of Fermilab E791 7 3 data, which studies the /o(980) produced in Ds decays, even suggests that
(2)
2
9 n L
There are reasons to be suspicious of the predictions in both eqs. (1) and (2). I frame these remarks in the context of the KK molecule, but they apply more generally. If in the KK molecule one has
|/o) = cos6\K+K-)
+ sin9\K°K°)
(3)
and \a°0) = sin6\K+K-)
- cos9\K°K°)
(4)
then the branching ratios <j> —> 7/0(700) found in ref.75 can be summarised as follows
as
b.r.{4> -> 7/0 : 7ao) = (4 ± 1) x 10~ 4 x(cos29 : sin29)
X(
Q.^GeV2
)
F
W
-^~ 0.02 ± 0.04 ± 0.03 (GeV) 2 , hence consistent with zero! However,it should be noted that only the TTTT decay mode of the /o(980) has been studied in this experiment and hence the coupling to K+K~ is only measured indirectly. With such uncertainties in the value of this coupling strength, predictions of absolute rates for
As shown in ref.75, the analytical results of point-like effective field theory calculations (e.g. refs. 76,78 ) can be recovered as R —> 0, for which F2(R) —+ 1. In contrast to the compact hadronic four quark state, the KK molecule is spatially extended with r.m.s. R ~ l / y m ^ e , where e is the binding energy and F2(R) < 1, the precise magnitude depending on the KK molecular dynamics. It is clear also that the absolute rate above is driven by (i) the assumed value for = 0.58 GeV 2 , and (ii) the further assumption that the /o and ao are KK states with / = 0,1: hence 9 = 7r/4.
With the basis as defined in eqs. (3) and (4), the ratio of production rates by P P(isoscalar) fusion in central production will be a{PP - a0)/a(PP - /„) = £ f & § Ref.48 found this to be (8 ± 3) x 10" 2 . Hence if we assume that the production phase is the same for the two, then within this approximation the relative rates are predicted to be 4 9 r(<£ - 7/0) cot29 = 3.2 ± 0.8 T(4> -> 7a 0 )
(5)
9sK + 4 /~
339
This is far from the naive expectation of unity for ideal isospin states and is a rather direct
Frank E. Close
Light Hadron Spectroscopy
consequence of the isospin mixing obtained in ref. 48 . In order to use the data to abstract magnitudes of F2(R), and hence assess how compact the four-quark state is,a definitive accurate value for gl^nl^ will be required. If for orientation we adhere to the value used elsewhere, g2tKK/k-K ~ 0.6 GeV 2 , and impose the preferred 9, then the results of ref. 75 are revised to
lfo) + b-r.(4>
7a0)<(4±l)(10-
4
) (6)
and
b.r.{
6 . r . ( 0 ^ 7 / o ) = (2.4±O.l)lO- 4 b.r.(4>-> ja0) = (0.6±0.05)10" 4
(10) (11)
which imply F2(R) ~ 0.7 ± 0.2, supporting the qualitative picture of a compact qqqq structure that spends a sizeable part of its lifetime in a two meson state, such as KK. An important feature of this also is that there is a significant isospin mixing at work, driven by the K+K~-K°K° mass difference. A subtle and unexplained violation of isospin has already been noted in the ratio 4> —> K+K~ /K°K°81, whose origin may also touch on these issues.
(7)
6.r.(
5
T h e
£( 2 - 2 )
There is a tantalizing signal that has been claimed 82 as evidence for a tensor glueball. I have severe doubts about this state, but first let me present the "case for the prosecution". It is narrow (~ 20MeV) and seen in a glueball favoured production channel: ip —> j£ where £ —> K+K~;
K°K0,TT+IT~
,pp, according to
82
It is therefore most interesting that data presented here find 50
r(0 -+ 7/o)
cot26 = 4.1 ± 0 . 4
(9)
consistent with the predicted ratio in eq. (6). The individual rates may therefore be used as a measure of F2(R). Branching ratios for which F2(R) « 1 would imply that the K+K~0++ interaction is spatially extended, R > 0{KQ1CD). Conversely, for F2(R) - • 1, the system would be spatially compact, as in qqqq. The data from KLOE are 50 340
BES . In each channel the effect is ~ 4
Light Hadron Spectroscopy
Prank E. Close plies a large intrinsic production: br.(ip —> 7£) > 1 0 - 3 . Such a magnitude would be in line with expectations for a tensor glueball if Ttot ~ 20MeV55, but at the price of having detected only a limited fraction of the decay channels. A further piece of evidence has been presented to this conference from L3. They find no signal in 77 and place an upper limit: T(£ - • -ry)b.r.(£ -> KSKS) < lAeV86. So, we appear to have a large production in the glueball friendly ip decay and a strong suppression in the "anti-glueball" 77 channel, which leads some to assert that the 2 + + glueball is the £. The problem, in my opinion, is that the claims for glueball are based on what is not being seen! Furthermore, there is no convincing signal for £ in any other experiment. There is another possible interpretation of the LEAR and L3 non-observations: the £ does not exist! If it does exist, another solution is that the KK decay is dominant (as in the Mark 3 data) and that, in aprticualr, pp is suppressed. The LEAR limit would then be less restrictive, and allow br.(tp —> 7^) ~ 10~ 4 . The true £ could then be a broader state ( as seen elsewhere, for example WA102 87 , DM2 84 and 88 ) and with br.(ip —> 7^) ~ 10~ 4 be compatible with a qq state 5 5 . If this state has a significant ss content, an excited tensor with width ~ lOOMeV, then it is probably compatible with the L3 77 limit. This is clearly a question that needs to be pursued with high priority at an upgraded BES and at a downgraded (in an energy sense!) CESR. High statistics and independent analyses should determine whether this state is real or not. If it is confirmed with the above properties then it will be rather compelling; however, at the present time I am of the opinion that absence of evidence may be evidence of absence. The challenge for the new facilities will be to settle this question.
341
6
Summary and Prospects
Establishing that gluonic degrees of freedom are being excited is now a real possibility and centres on understanding (a) the scalar mesons (b) being able to distinguish between hybrids and molecules or compact four-quark states for exotic Jpc = 1 l". A "pure" molecule would be produced and decay in the mesons that make it; a compact four quark or hybrid would show up in channels driven by the flavour spin clebsches. Furthermore, the latter configurations will be in nonets (any other representation would immediately eliminate hybrid) and the mass dependent pattern will in general be different for qq /hybrid and (qq)3(qq)3- So, unless Nature is malicious, it will be possible to answer this puzzle definitively. The scalars below 1 Gev are too light to enable a simple distinction between loose molecules and compact four-quarks states to be felt in decays (except perhaps for the ao(980) where the KK and r/7r both couple strongly and point to a significant compact four-quark feature). However, the production dynamics and systematics of these states is interesting and full of enigmas, which may be soluble if one adopts the four-quark/molecule picture. Ds decays into 7r/o clearly point to an ss presence in the /o- However, the production in Z decays is rather non-strange-like 71 . ip to uifo and
Prank E. Close
Light Hadron Spectroscopy
the exotic J = 1 _ + now seen in various channels and more than one experiment (ii) with 0~ + and 1 signals in the 1.4 - 1.9GeV region that do not fit well with conventional Whenever S-wave dynamics can play a quarkonia and show features predicted for hyrole it will overide P-waves; so one expects brids (iii) in the form of the scalar glueball KK S-wave production to drive the /o/«o mixed in with quarkonia in the 1.3 - 1.7 Gev whenever allowed. This is indeed what hap- mass range. Theoretical questions about the pens in the
Knowledge on the 77 couplings is lacking and better data would be useful. We know that for the 2 + + 77 reads the compact qq flavours; there is no 2-body S-wave competition in the imaginary part as pp etc are too heavy. I would expect that for the 0 + + the KK will dominate the 77 if there is a KK component in the wavefunction. At the other extreme; were the state a pure compact four quark, then higher intermediate states KK, KK*,KK** etc - would all be present. Achasov76 has discussed these and a precise calculation has many problems, but the RATIOS of 77 to fo/ao would probably be sensitive and more reliable. The theoretical frontier suggests that one can divide the phenomenolgy of scalars into those above and those below 1 GeV. I suspect that much of the confusion will begin to evaporate if one adopts such a strating point. Empirically,signs of gluonic excitation are appearing (i) in the form of hybrids with
Tau-Charm-Factories. At lower energies, VEPP and DA$NE can study the 1.41.7GeV region where light flavour hybrid vectors may occur. High statistics studies of radiative decays of such states into the /o(980); /i(1285); / 2 (1270) could teach us much 90 . HERA can also investigate the production mechanism, Q2 dependence etc of the vectors in hope of distinguishing radial excited quarkonia from hybrids. (ii) Photo and electroproduction of hybrids ~ 2GeV mass can be studied at Jefferson Lab, via 7r and u> exchange. The vector nature of the photon, and its mixed isospin content, can access the exotic quantum numbered "golden" hybrids, such as 1 •". In any event, the properties of the newly-sighted 1 _ + around 1.4 - 1.6Gev should be investigated. The moderate energies available here can actually be an aid. (iii) 77 couplings give rather direct information on the flavour content of C = + states. 342
Frank E. Close
Light Hadron Spectroscopy
Such information on the scalar mesons will be an essential part of interpreting these states. (iv) Heavy flavour decays, in particular Ds and D into IT and associated hadrons can access the scalar states. Precision data are needed to disentangle the contributinos of the various diagrams, whereby the flavour content of the scalars can be inferred. There is also a tantalising degeneracy between the 7r9(1.8) and the D, which may radically affect the Cabibbo suppressed decays of the latter. Hence precision data on such charm decays is warranted. (v) Central production need now to be studied at higher energies, at RHIC, Fermilab and possibly the LHC. The 0 ~ + glueball should be manifested once the t\t2 —> 0 kinematic suppression is overcome. The systematica of scalar and tensor production, with their cf> and dkr dependences, need to be understood. (vi) Tau Charm Factories may at last appear. Obtaining a well defined universally accepted data-set on ip decays is needed; a problem for phenomenology is that data from different experiments do not always agree. Clarifying the status of £(2.2) is needed from independent experiments, such as BES and CESR should provide. Finally, \ decays offer an entree into light flavoured states; the excitement about the scalar glueball mixing with the quarkonia nonet began when the precision data from pp annihilation at LEAR first emerged. Data at rest were beautiful and well analysed. Data in flight however tend to be more problematic, not least as one cannot so easily control knowledge of the incident partial wave. \ decays can access these phenomena, at c m . energies up to 3.5GeV, and from well defined initial Jpc states. In particular, the 1 + + decay into IT + X probes X = 1~ + in S-wave. I hope that this talk has shown some 343
ways in which current and future experiments can impact on the physics of light flavours, and of glue. A TCF promises to be an important feature in this field; hopefully, together with BEPCII, That's Cornell's Future. Acknowledgements This is supported, in part, by the EU Fourth Framework Programme contract Eurodafne, FMRX-CT98-0169.
Light Hadron Spectroscopy
Frank E. Close References 1. G.Bali et al SESAM Collaboration; NucLPhys.ProcSuppl. 63 209 (1997) 2. The Science Driving the 12 GeV Upgrade of CEBAF Jefferson Lab report 2001 (eds L.Cardman, R.Ent, N.Isgur et al), pp.19-22 3. S.Godfrey and N.Isgur, Phys.Rev. D 32 189 (1985) 4. S.Godfrey and J.Napolitano, Rev. Mod. Phys. 71 1411 (1999) 5. Y.Nambu Univ of Chicago report No.7070 (1970) (unpublished); lectures at Copenhagen Summer Symposium (1970) (unpublished) 6. N. Isgur and J. Paton, Phys. Rev. D 31 2910 (1985). 7. N.Isgur, R.Kokoski and J.Paton, Phys. Rev.Lett. 54 869 (1985) 8. G. Bali et al. (SESAM), heplat/0003012; Phys.Rev. D 62 054503 (2000). 9. M. Luscher, Nucl.Phys. B180 317 (1981) 10. F.E.Close and P.R.Page, Nucl.Phys. B 443 233 (1995) 11. G.Bali et al Phys.Lett. B309 378 (1993) 12. J.Sexton et al. (IBM Collaboration) Phys. Rev.Lett. 75 4563 (1995) 13. F.E. Close and M.J. Teper, "On the lightest Scalar Glueball" Rutherford Appleton Laboratory report no. RAL96-040; Oxford University report no. OUTP-96-35P 14. C.J.Morningstar and M.Peardon, Phys.Rev. D 56 4043 (1997) 15. D. Weingarten, Nucl. Phys. Proc. Suppl. 53 (1997) 232; 63 (1998) 194;73 (1999) 249. 16. C. Amsler and F.E. Close Phys. Lett. B 353 (1995) 385. 17. V V Anisovich Physics- Uspekhi 41 419 (1998) 18. C.Mc Neile and C.Michael, 344
hep-lat/0010019 19. T. Barnes, F.E. Close and E.Swanson, Phys.Rev. D 52, 5242 (1995) 20. C. Bernard et al. (MILC Collaboration) Phys.Rev. D 56 7039 (1997) 21. K.Juge, J.Kuti and C.Morningstar, NucLPhys.ProcSuppl. 63 326 (1997) 22. C. Michael, M. Foster and C. McNeile, hep-lat/9909036; P.Lacock,C.Michael, P.Biyle and P.Rowland, Phys.Lett. B 401 308 (1997) 23. T.Barnes and F.E.Close, Phys. Lett. B 116 365 (1982); T.Barnes, F.E.Close and F.de Viron, Nucl.Phys. B 224 241 (1983); M.Chanowitz and S.Sharpe Nucl.Phys. B222 211 (1983) 24. D Weygand (E852 Collaboration): Proc HADRON97, BNL, American Inst of Physics, New York, 1998) p 313. 25. Yu.P.Guoz (VES Collaboration): Proc XXVIICHEP (Dallas 1992),p572 26. D Thompson et al (E852 Collaboration) Phys. Rev. Lett. 79 1630 (1997) 27. A Abele et al (Crystal Barrel Collaboration) Phys. Lett. B 423 175 (1998). 28. T. Barnes, F.E. Close, P. Page and E. Swanson, Phys. Rev. D 55 4157 (1997) 29. A Zaitsev (VES Collaboration) Proc HADRON97, BNL, American Inst of Physics, New York, 1998) p 461; D V Amelin (VES Collaboration); ibid p.770. 30. F.E.Close and H.J.Lipkin, Phys. Lett. B 372 306 (1996) 31. A.Donnachie, hep-ph/0106197; A.Donnachie and Yu.S..Kalashnikova Z.Phys. C 59 621 (1993); Phys.Rev. D 60 323 (1994) 32. H Fritzsch, M.Gell-Mann, H.Leutwyler, Phys.Lett. B 47 365 (1973) 33. F.E.Close and A Kirk Phys.Lett. B 483 345 (2000) 34. E.Klempt, PSI Proceedings,00-01 (2000) 61 35. C.Gobel (E791 Collaboration) hepex/0012009; S.Kopp et al (CLEO Collaboration) Phys.Rev D 63 092001
Frank E. Close
Light Hadron Spectroscopy
(2001) 36. M R Pennington hep-ph/9905241 37. R.L.Jaffe, Phys.Rev. D 15 281 (1977); R.L.Jaffe and F.E.Low, Phys.Rev. D 19 2105 (1979) 38. J. Weinstein and N. Isgur, Phys. Rev. D 27 588 (1983). 39. N.A. Tornqvist, Zeit. Phys. C 68 647 (1995). 40. M. Boglione and M.R.Pennington, Phys. Rev.Lett. 79 1998 (1997) 41. N.N. Achasov and G.N. Shestokov, Phys. Rev. D 56 212 (1997). 42. N.N. Achasov S.A. Devyanin and G.N. Shestokov, Phys. Lett. B 88 367 (1979). 43. O. Krehl, R. Rapp and J. Speth, Phys. Lett. B390 (1997) 23. 44. M. Alford and R.L. Jaffe, hep-lat/0001023 45. E.Aitala et al (E791 Collaboration) Phys.Rev.Lett 86 770 (2001) 46. F.E.Close, Acta Physica Polonica B 3 1 2557 (2000) 47. P. Minkowski and W.Ochs, Eur.Phys. J C9 283 (1999) 48. F.E.Close and A.Kirk, Phys. Lett. B 489 24 (2000) 49. F.E.Close and A.Kirk, hep-ph/0106108, Phys. Lett. B xxx xx (2001) 50. A Aloisio et al (KLOE Collaboration) hep-ex/0107024 presented to this conference 51. R.L.Jaffe (private communication and discussions at this conference) 52. M Chanowitz, Phys. Rev.Lett. 46 981 (1981) 53. F.E. Close, Rep. Prog. Phys. 51 833 (1988). 54. D. Robson, Nucl. Phys. B 130 328 (1977). 55. F.E. Close, G.Farrar and Z.P.Li, Phys. Rev. D 55 (1997) 5749. 56. F.E. Close and A. Kirk, Phys. Lett. B 397 333 (1997). 57. D. Barberis et al., Phys. Lett. B 467 165 (1999).
345
58. D. Barberis et al, arXiv:hep-ex/0001017 To be published in Phys. Lett. 59. D. Barberis et al, Phys. Lett. B 462 (1999) 462. 60. F.E. Close and G.A. Schuler, Phys. Lett. B 458 127 (1999). 61. F.E. Close and G.A. Schuler, Phys. Lett. B 464 279 (1999). 62. A. Donnachie and P.V. Landshoff, Nucl. Phys. B 231 189 (1983). 63. F.E. Close, Phys. Lett. B 419 387 (1998). 64. D. Barberis et al, Phys. Lett. B 440 (1998) 225; P.Chauvat, Phys.Lett. B 148 (1984) 382; P.Schlein, private communication. 65. F.E.Close and A.Kirk, Z.Phys C 76 469 (1997) 66. M. Chapkin et al DELPHI 2001-063 CONF491 this conference. 67. W A 2 - + 68. D. Barberis et al, Phys. Lett. B 453 305 (1999); D. Barberis et al, Phys. Lett. B 453 316 (1999). 69. H J Lipkin, remarks at this conference. 70. W. Dunwoodie, Proceedings of Hadron 97, AIP Conf. Series 432 (1997) 753. 71. G Lafferty, comment at this conference 72. P Frabetti et al (E687 Collaboration) Phys.Lett. B 351 591 (1995) 73. E Aitala et al (E791 Collaboration) Phys.Rev.Lett. 86 765 (2001) 74. A.Kirk, Phys. Lett. B 489 29 (2000) 75. F.E. Close, N. Isgur and S. Kumano, Nucl Phys. B 389 (1993) 513 76. N. Achasov and V. Ivanchenko, Nucl.Phys. B 315 (1989) 465 77. N. Brown and F.E.Close, in The DA&NE Physics Handbook, L. Maiani, G.Pancheri and N.Paver, eds.; INFN Frascati (1995) 78. J.L. Lucio and J.M. Pestieau, Phys. Rev. D 42 3253 (1990) 79. N.N. Achasov and V.V.Gubin, hep-
Frank E. Close
Light Hadron Spectroscopy
ph/0101024 T.Barnes, Phys.Lett. B 165 434 (1985) A.Bramon et al. Phys.Lett. B 486 406 (2000) BES Collaboration, Phys.Rev. Lett. 76 3502 (1996) Mark 3 Collaboration, Phys.Rev.Lett. 56 107 (1986) DM2 Collaboration, Phys. Rev.Lett. 60 2238 (1988) PS185 Collaboration P.Barnes et al. Phys.Lett. B 309 469 (1993) J.Alcaraz (L3 Collaboration), submitted to this conference D.Barberis et al (WA102 Collaboration), Phys.Lett. B 453 462 (1999) S.Godfrey, R.Kokoski and N.Isgur, Phys.Lett. B 141 439 (1984) R Barate et al (ALEPH) Phys.Lett. B 472 189 (2000) F E Close, A.Donnachie and Yu Kalashnikova (in preparation)
346
EW Physics and Beyond
E W Physics and Beyond Session Chair: R. Cashmore Scientific Secretaries: S. Braccini H. Pichl J. Drees J. Ellis
Review of final LEP results Beyond the Standard Model
Session Chair: H. Chen Scientific Secretaries: R. Paramatti A. Denig F. Zwirner J. Miller G. Hanson
The Higgs puzzle: experiment and theory The Muon anomaly: experiment and theory Searches for new particles
348
R E V I E W OF FINAL LEP RESULTS OR
A T R I B U T E TO LEP J. DREES CERN/University Wuppertal E-mail: Jurgen.Drees @cern.ch After a comment on the performance of L E P some highlights of the L E P l and LEP2 physics programmes are reviewed. The talk concentrates on the precision measurements at the Z resonance, two fermion production above the Z, W+W~ production, ZZ production, indirect limits on the Higgs mass, LEP contributions to the exploration of the CKM matrix, and on the L E P measurements of as.
1 1.1
Introduction A comment on the machine and the detectors
LEP delivered the last beam on November 2 n d 2000. By now the storage ring and the detectors are dismantled. What remains is the LEP saga and a rich harvest of physics results. So far more than 1100 scientific papers have been published covering an enormous range of physics. The main topics centre on the study of the properties of the gauge and scalar bosons, on heavy fermions and on searches for the Higgs boson and for new physics. Many analyses are still continuing, 220 papers have been submitted to this symposium by the LEP collaborations. The performance of LEP during the 12 years of operation can best be illustrated by showing in Fig. 1 the integrated luminosity as a function of time for each year. During the phase 1 where LEP operated in the vicinity of the Z resonance luminosities up to 65 pb"1 have been reached. After raising the energy the luminosity increased to more than 200 pb~l per year. The total luminosity delivered per experiment above W+W~ production threshold was about 700 pb-1, while only 500 pb-1 had been hoped for. In the hunt for the Higgs boson higher and higher energies were achieved in 2000 which was a particularly good year for LEP. As shown in Fig. 2 a record beam energy
349
of 104.4 GeV was reached, much more than originally foreseen. In 200 days of running more than 130 pb'1 above 103 GeV were delivered to the experiments, 110 pb~x in the last 110 days mainly at beam energies above 103 GeV. Crucial for the success of LEP2 have been the superconducting cavities. Let me quote here S. Myers 1 : For superconducting cavities the power needed is only proportional to the 4th power of energy. To operate LEP at 103 GeV with copper cavities (where the power would be proportional to E%eam) would have needed 1280 cavities and 160 MW of power! Impossible for many reasons. At the time when plans for superconducting cavities were developed little was known about their performance 2 . The final success was due to a long term development programme, which started already in 1980 together with outside laboratories, pursuing the goal to reach thermal stability for 350 MHz niobium coated copper cavities at reduced costs. In 2000 a total of 272 Nb film and 16 Nb bulk cavities were installed. At 104 GeV beam energy an average accelerating field of 7.5 MV/m at a quality factor of Q > 3 x 109 at 4.5 K was achieved, much better than the design value of 6 MV/m. More than 80% of the superconducting cavities had Q > 2.5 x 109 even at 8 MV/m. Fig. 3 shows a 4 cell cavity with its typical rounded structure.
J. Drees
Review of Final LEP Results or A Tribute to LEP
Integrated luminosities seen by experiments from 1989 to 2000
*• *
«
<$> •*• *
£
^
^
4
k#
<s> &
$• $
& #
&
$•
K« K#
#
$> $.• Q-
number of scheduled days (from start-up)
Figure 1. Integrated luminosity delivered by LEP to each of the four experiments from 1989 to 2000.
Distribution of Delivered Integrated luminosity by Energy total 02/11/00 = 233 pb-1
^
100.99GeV
K M'\.3"i- %<.:..$ r|-.;:fl
^ 101101.49GeV
101.5101.99GeV
102.49GsV
102.99GeV
103.49GsV
103.99GaV
104.49GeV
104.99GsV
Figure 2. Distribution of the integrated luminosity delivered to each of the experiments in 2000 as function of the beam energy.
350
J. Drees
Review of Final LEP Results or A Tribute to LEP
Figure 3. A 4 cell Niobium coated cavity in the clean room.
A word on the four LEP detectors ALEPH, DELPHI, L3, OPAL. All collaborations improved their detectors substantially during the years of data taking, the most important improvements being: 1. The development of silicon micro vertex detectors for high resolution secondary vertex measurements. The installation of these detectors greatly improved the quality of heavy flavour physics. 2. All experiments replaced their first luminosity detectors by new high-precision detectors capable of measuring small angle Bhabha scattering with an accuracy well below 0.1 %. The LEP Collaborations also created a new style of working together, the LEP Working Groups, of which the Electroweak Working Group (EWWG) is best known. These groups have the task to combine the results obtained by the four LEP Collaborations and also by the SLD Collaboration working at the SLAC e+e~ linear collider SLC taking proper account of all systematic correlations between the data. 351
Figure 4. The final hadronic cross-section as measured (solid line) and QED deconvoluted (dotted line).
2 2.1
Precision at the Z Determination Parameters
of the Z Resonance
If one asks the question, what are the most important results from LEP1, the answer has to be: the precision electroweak measurements at the Z resonance. During the data taking periods from 1990 to 1995 the four experiments collected 15.5 million Z decays into quarks plus 1.7 million decays to charged leptons corresponding to an integrated luminosity of 200 pb~l per experiment. Fig. 4 shows the hadronic cross-section measured by the four collaborations as a function of the centre-of-mass energy. Also shown is the cross-section after unfolding all effects due to photon radiation. Radiative corrections are large but very well known. At the peak the QED deconvoluted cross-section is 36% larger and the peak position is shifted by -100 MeV. The figure illustrates the difference between the measurements and the so-called pseudoobservables like mz, Tz, &lad which are averaged by the Electroweak Working Group.
J. Drees
Review of Final LEP Results or A Tribute to L E P The ratios of the Z partial decay widths:
1990-1992
Jtf =
91.190410.0065
-L had
with I =--e,n,r.
(4)
with q == b,c,s.
(5)
1993-1994 91.188210.0033 1
1995
^ -
91.186610.0024 average
qq had
The pole forward-backward asymme-
91.1874+0.0021
tries: o
91.185
A°pfB = -AeAf
91.19 91.195 m z [GeV]
with Af
2gvf9Af
tif+Af'
,fi, W
for f = e,fi, T, b, c, s. Here gvf and g^f denote the effective vector and axial-vector couplings to fermion /. - The r polarisation:
Figure 5. mz combined by E W W G for the different periods of data taking.
The most impressive final result of the Z lineshape studies is the 2 x 10~ 5 accuracy for one of the most fundamental constants of nature, the Z mass:
PT(cos6) =
AT{1 + cos2 9) + 2Aecos9 1 + cos2 9 + 2ATAecos9
(7) Details on the final combination and an extended list of references can be found in 3 . mz = 91.1874 ± 0.0021 GeV. (1) The final measurements of Z line shape and This precision cannot be exceeded by any one of the leptonic forward-backward asymmeof the future machines, not even with a GigaZ tries performed by the four LEP Collabora5,6 7 8 linear collider. Two essential points have to tions are documented in ' ' . The measurements of the r polarisation are obtained by be mentioned: - The beam energy measurement using the the four collaborations by studying five r de9 10 11,12 . technique of resonant spin depolarisation plus cay modes ' ' Before summarizing the final results for careful control of all machine parameters. the effective lepton couplings and the still Still the beam energy contributes 1.7 MeV to the total uncertainty of mz- Fig. 5 shows preliminary results for the quark couplings I the consistency of the energy calibration for would like to mention two measurements of special interest. One of the questions asked the different data taking periods. - The close cooperation with theory groups by the LEPC before recommending approval essential for understanding radiative correc- of the experiments was: What is the expected accuracy for neutrino counting? I will come tions with the necessary accuracy. The full set of nearly uncorrelated back to the answer given in 1982 a t the end pseudo-observables used to describe the pre- of the talk but here is the final measurement. cise electroweak measurements on the Z res- The present best value results from the accurate measurement of rj r a „/r;; divided by onance and combined by EWWG includes: ^wl^u, the latter evaluated from the Stan- The total Z width: dard Model ( Tinv = Tz - Thad - TU{Z -5T), 5T corrects for the r mass effect): Tz = 2.4952 ± 0.0023 GeV. (2) Nu = 2.9841 ± 0.0083.
- The Z peak cross-section: i27r a
had
=
m%
reerhad
r 1
2
(3)
(8)
The value is consistent with 3 but 2 standard deviations below leaving room for a contribu-
z 352
J. Drees
Review of Final LEP Results or A Tribute to LEP
tion of a new object to the invisible width of T?„„ = -2.7+H MeV. The second special quantity is the Veltman p-parameter. Assuming lepton universality p can be determined from the measured leptonic width: p' e # = 1.0050 ± 0.0010.
-0.032
I
'
-0.035 >
Z couplings to charged leptons
— IT eV -0.041
i
i
Preliminary
A
- , i /Znn,
A
-0.038 "
i
\
-^r
"W-
68% CL -0.502
-0.501
-0.5
9AI
By combining the measurements of the partial decay width of the Z boson, which is proportional to the sum of the squares of the vector and axial-vector couplings, with asymmetry measurements the vector and axial-vector couplings can be determined separately. For the three charged leptons the final results are presented in Fig. 6. It has to be noted that many data enter this analysis. LEP contributes the measurements of the three partial widths Fa, the forward-backward asymmetries at the Z (which yield ^4e,^4M,^4T), and the r polarisation (AT,Ae). SLD contributes the asymmetry for left and right handed e~ polarisation (yielding the most precise individual measurement of Ae)13 and the left-right forward-backward asymmetry for the three leptons (Ae, A^, AT)14. Assuming lepton universality the result presented by the solid ellipse in Fig. 6 is found. The comparison with the Standard Model prediction shows the preference of the combined lepton data for a low value of the Higgs mass. 2.3
i
I
V
CD
-0.503
2.2
'
•
(9)
The resulting p^f* value is found to be 5 standard deviations above the tree level of 1 thus proving the presence of genuine electroweak radiative corrections. It should be added that the experimental value agrees with the Standard Model expectation.
'
Z couplings to b and c quarks
Information on the b and c quark couplings is obtained from three types of observables: The ratios R% = Tbl/Thad and R°c = ^cc/^had, which are measured by the LEP
353
Figure 6. The effective vector and axial-vector couplings for leptons. The shaded area shows the prediction of the SM for mt0p = 174.3 ± 5.2 GeV and ran = 300ljgg GeV. The arrows indicate increasing values of mtop or mu.
Collaborations and by SLD, the forwardbackward asymmetries ApB and Ap°B, which are measured at LEP, and the direct measurements of At, Ac by SLD. Though the measurement of Rf, and Rc is conceptually simple, one has to separate an enriched sample of b or c quark events from the bulk of the hadronic events, some problems have been experienced in the past. A measurement of Rt,, for instance, requires extremely high quality of b tagging, one has to know the tagging efficiency and the background with sufficient precision and one must control the correlations between the two event hemispheres. The most precise measurements use double or multi tag methods which allow the simultaneous experimental determination of the tagging efficiency and the b quark rate. Combining the results of the five experiments results
R? = 0.21646 ± 0.00065,
J. Drees
Review of Final LEP Results or A Tribute to LEP
^"•0.16
0.19
92-95
0.14
differential asymmetry (single+double tag)
0.12
1
.
^—*T—~"
'
1
0.1 0.08
0.18-
0.06 0.04
o o
• data
0.02
CC
~
0
0.17
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
m 0.5
DELPHI 0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
cos e
( u.r»t)
0.16 0.214
0.216
0.218
0.22
R£
Figure 7. Confidence level contours in the R®, R® plane obtained from the LEP and SLD data compared to the Standard Model prediction for ratop — 174.3 ± 5.2 GeV.
R° = 0.1719 ±0.0031.
(10)
The most recent i?& work of the collaborations, all using a lifetime tag based on micro vertex detector information plus additional information from high pr leptons and the hadronic structure of the event, can be found in references iMMT.is.i^ An updated comparison with the SM expectation is shown in Fig. 7. Obviously the new Ri, and Rc data agree with the prediction. This is not the case for the b forwardbackward asymmetries. Two new analyses of the pole asymmetry A°pbB by ALEPH 20 and by DELPHI 21 have been submitted to this conference. These measurements are notoriously difficult. One not only has to produce a high purity b quark sample, accurately control the background and understand the hemisphere correlations, one also has to know whether a b quark or an anti-6 was produced in the forward hemisphere. Both collabora-
Figure 8. The differential forward-backward b asymmetry as function of the polar thrust angle. The line is the result of a fit with its statistical error indicated as a band.
tions made optimal use of neural networks. ALEPH used a neural network 6-tag based on lifetime measurement, highpx leptons and event structure and obtains finally a 30% increase in the data sample. The b hemisphere charge is estimated by an optimal merging of the information from the primary and secondary vertex charge, leading kaons and the jet charge. Their final result is:
A°/B =0.1009 ±0.0031.
(11)
DELPHI uses a very high purity b sample (96%), and a neural network tag for the hemisphere charge combining the information from vertex charge, jet charge, and from identified leptons and kaons. Self calibration from double tagging is used to measure the probabilities for b or anti-& tagging. The still preliminary result is: A°/B = 0.0997 ± 0.0042.
(12)
Fig. 8 shows the differential b quark forwardbackward asymmetry from the DELPHI single and double tag data. The analysis includes all data collected from 1992 to 1995. These two measurements improve the accuracy of sin26^ff evaluated from ApB.
354
J. Drees
Review of Final LEP Results or A Tribute to LEP
1)1 1 PHI leptons
^
91
l i n n ]tt J l
DHPH1NN
0.0^58 .: ^.0iM.-5 ::: 0.^023
?t -^
/ 1992 9S
H
LEP 10"
0.09R3 :1:0.0065 ± 0.0033 0.MJ26 :t 5J.0U27 : ; y.0?H2
J
F *W
-0.31
0.1004 ±0.0047 ±0.0014
—5
WI992 9<
Summer JIM'!
0.1041 ± 0.0057 ± 0.0022
~£-~
DELPHI let ch
Preliminary
O.f*097:;. 0.0040 ± .'!.0O23
_-.
^ W 9 ! 9i
1 1 kirtc.m ^
-0.29
_ :-
\ i 1 H I ' p( •
0.0995 ± 0.OO36 ± 0.0021
>
0.0949 :! 0.0101 ± 0.0055
-
-
-0.33
= 0.0990 ±0-0017
3-% [GeVJ
l==| m, = 174.3 ± 5.1 GeV S i l
68.3 95.5 99.5
, = tl.tB7M:f.«.<W0:!
-0.35 -0.54
Figure 9. ApB measurements from the LEP collaborations using high px leptons and various jet-charge techniques.
However, as in the past 22 , there is still a significant deviation of 3.3 a from the sin29eff value determined from the lepton asymmetries. One then has to ask two questions: 1. Are all LEP measurements consistent? This is clearly the case as demonstrated in Fig. 9, where the pole asymmetries as measured by all LEP collaborations using different analysis methods are collected. It should be remarked that the numerical ApB values quoted in Fig. 9 correspond to the measurements at the Z peak only. They do not include measurements above and below the Z peak whose results are included in Eq. (11). Including the off peak data the average LEP value is: A°/B = 0.0990 ± 0.0017.
(13)
The error is dominated by statistics, the statistical error alone being ±0.00156. The dominant contribution to the systematic uncertainty is due to internal effects uncorrelated between the experiments, the correlated systematic uncertainty is only ±0.00039.
355
-0.48
Figure 10. LEP and SLD measurements of gvb versus gAb compared to the Standard Model prediction.
iA" 2. Is the LEP result on Ab 3Ae consistent with the direct measurements of Ab from the polarised b quark forwardbackward asymmetry? The results are Ab{LEPonly) = 0.891 ± 0.022 (last year 0.890±0.024) and Ab(SLD) = 0.921 ± 0.020. Both agree within 1 standard deviation. Using the information from all b quark data, Rb, ApB, and Ab, one can separate the vector and axial-vector couplings gvb, 9Ab or the right and left handed couplings gm,, QLI respectively. They are related by
9m =
(9Ab-gvb)/2,
9Lb = (9Ab +
9vb)/2-
(14)
The results are presented in Figures 10 and 11. Compared to the Standard Model prediction the data show a deviation of about 3 standard deviations. The strong anticorrelation in Fig. 10 is due to the constraint on the sum of the squares from the precise Rb measurement. Fig. 11 shows that the deviation from the SM is mainly for gmAn update of the measurements of
Review of Final LEP Results or A Tribute to LEP
J. Drees
Preliminary 0.23099 ± 0.00053
-0.07
Preliminary
0.23159 ±0.00041 0,23098 ± 0,00026
-0.08 •—
-0.09 oc
c
-0.10H
0.23226 ± 0.00031 *
0.23272 + 0.00079
-*
0.2324 ± 0 . 0 0 1 2 0.23152 + 0.00017
Average
X2/d.o.f.: 12.8/5
-0.1110'
68.3 95.5 99.5 % CL -0.12 -0.45 -0.44 -0.43 -0.42
-0.41
>
-0.40
CD
o
9Lb
X E
Figure 11. LEP and SLD measurements of gm, versus gu, compared to the Standard Model prediction.
SSSH Actff^ 0.02761 ± 0.00036 as? IYV= 91.1875 ±0.0021 GeV E^mj= 174.3 ± 5 . 1 GeV
10 20.23
0.232
0.234
sin 0 eff sin29^F. as determined from lepton and quark data is presented in Fig. 12. While the lepton data prefer a small value of sin2Ql^fl and thereby a small Higgs mass the quark asymmetries tend to larger sin29leeFf and m # values. Evaluating the average from the lepton data alone yields: sin26leeff(leptons)
= 0.23113 ± 0.00021. (15) The corresponding average from the quark asymmetries is: sin2O^fj {quarks) = 0.23230 ± 0.00029. (16) The two values differ by 3.3 standard deviations. Presently this deviation is unexplained. It could either be due to a statistical fluctuation (the error of the most precise quark asymmetry ApB is completely dominated by statistics), or due to unknown sources of systematic errors (this is unlikely due to the small systematic uncertainty correlated between the different measurements of ApB) or due to completely unexpected new physics. However, one has to keep in
Figure 12. The effective electroweak mixing angle sin26^Fr derived from d a t a depending on lepton couplings only (top) and from data depending on lepton and quark couplings (bottom). Also shown is the prediction of the Standard Model as a function of mn • The band indicates the uncertainty of t h e SM prediction due to the uncertainty of our knowledge on (5) AQS'J, mz,
and
mt.
mind that four of the nine ApB measurements shown in Fig. 9 are still preliminary. One should note that only the average of lepton and quark sin2 9^ measurements is consistent with a Higgs mass of 0(100) GeV. 3
Two Fermion Production above the Z
Two fermion production at high energies provides a beautiful laboratory for searching for new physics. Compared to other processes the cross-section for qq production is still high as shown in Fig. 13 prepared by the L3 Collaboration 23 , where the energy dependences of cross-sections for various final states in e+e~ annihilation are collected. At
356
J. Drees
Review of Final LEP Results or A Tribute to LEP The combined cross-sections and asymmetries and the results on b and c quark production have been used to study models with an additional heavy neutral Z' boson. Limits for the Z' mass have been obtained, for instance, for an E(6) x model mz1 > 0.68 TeV or for the left-right symmetric model mZ' > 0.80 TeV. In both cases the 95% confidence level lower limits are quoted and zero mixing with the Z boson is assumed. It should be remarked that the LEP2 data alone are not sufficient to constrain the mixing angle. But fits including the LEP1 data of a single experiment are consistent with zero mixing, see e.g. 26 .
Figure 13. Energy dependence of cross-sections in e + e _ annihilation. The data are from the L3 Collaboration. The cross-sections for e + e - —> qq are shown for the inclusive sample (full squares) and the non-radiative sample (open squares).
energies above the Z radiative processes are important. Due to the large cross-section for radiative return to the Z resonance only a fraction of the detected events have large s', the square of the centre-of-mass energy transferred to the / / final state. The Electroweak Working Group defines the interesting non-radiative cross-section by y/s'/s > 0.85 24 . For this cut the cross-sections for hadron, fi+fi~, T+T~ , bb, cc production have been combined. Some results are shown in Fig. 14. The lower part of the figure presents the ratio of the data divided by the SM prediction. Obviously the data are in agreement with the prediction but one should notice that the hadronic cross-section is 1.8 a high. The combined measurements of forward-backward asymmetries for /i+/x~ and T+T~ final states are collected in Fig. 15.
357
Many models for physics beyond the SM can be investigated in the general framework of four-fermion contact interactions (analogous to the low energy approximation of the weak force by Fermi theory). Using the combined data, constraints have been placed on the characteristic high energy scale A describing the low energy phenomenology of hypothetical new interactions. Limits for contact interactions between leptons range from V&rA/g > 8.5 to 26 TeV depending on the helicity coupling between initial and final state fermions and on the sign of the interference with the SM. Here g is the coupling of the new interaction. The corresponding limits for contact interactions between leptons and b quarks are \/4nA/g > 2.2 to 15 TeV, for leptons and c quarks ^/4nA/g > 1.4 to 7.2 TeV. Constraints have further been placed on the energy scale of quantum gravity in compactified extra dimensions. Including data from the Bhabha channel the typical result from the analysis of a single experiment is Ms > 1 TeV. Furthermore limits have been set on the masses of leptoquarks. The 7 — Z interference has been investigated in terms of the S-Matrix framework. In all cases no deviations from the SM expectation have been observed. Details on the two fermion analyses can be found m25>26>27>28>29. For a more
J. Drees
Review of Final LEP Results or A Tribute to LEP
preliminary
preliminary
LEP
10 zl
g o CD
10
w CO CO
o
o
a e+e_-^hadrons(Y) * eV-»u + u_ (y)
* e*e_->|iV(y) « e e ->x x (y)
O LL
* e e ^ n (y)
0
1.2 1.1
hh¥\^~
1 0.9
LL.
™ E
CO LL
<
0.2 0-
t*
•Hftjft-
< -0.2-
0.8 120
CO
140
160
180
200
220
120
Vs(GeV)
140
160
180
200
220
Vs(GeV)
Figure 14. Combined LEP measurements of the cross-sections for gc>, fJ.+fi~, T+T~ production. The curves show the SM expectation evaluated with ZFITTER. The lower part shows the ratio data to SM prediction.
Figure 15. Combined L E P results for the forwardbackward asymmetries for n+/J.~ and T+T~ final states. The curves represent the SM expectation. The lower part shows the differences between measurements and SM prediction.
complete recent summary of the two fermion data and their interpretation see 30 .
lected about 10000 W+W~ events which are analysed in terms of five decay classes: fully hadronic events where both W's decay into quarks, three semileptonic decays and fully leptonic decays. In the SM the branching ratio for the four quark class is 45.5%, for each semileptonic class 14.6%, and for the fully leptonic class 10.6%. Powerful tools to separate the four fermion events originating from W production from the background have been developed involving, for instance, neural networks. The efficiency for WW selection is high, typically around 85%, at very high purity.
4
W+W~
Production
Experimental studies of W-pair production have been a focus of the LEP2 physics programme with two main goals: the measurements of the W mass and the investigation of the structure of triple gauge boson couplings. In e+e~ annihilation double resonant W pairs are produced via the so-called CC03 diagrams shown in Fig. 16. Near threshold the cross-section is dominated by the neutrino t-channel exchange. Contributions from the more interesting s-channel exchange of a Z boson or a photon have been measured at centre-of-mass energies from 172 to 209 GeV. Each LEP experiment has finally col-
The total CC03 cross-sections measured by the four collaborations have been combined 31 , the results are summarised in Fig. 17. All experiments have published their final results for centre-of-mass energies up to
358
J. Drees
Review of Final LEP Results or A Tribute to LEP 08/07/2001
Preliminary
LEP
4
•
# '
#
*
Figure 16. CC03 diagrams for W+W production with subsequent decay into ud and /iP^.
189 GeV 32>33.34>35. The results for energies up to 207 GeV are still preliminary 36>37.38>28. Inspection of Fig. 17 immediately shows that all t- and s-channel contributions are needed to understand the data. More subtle is the comparison with predictions of the new four fermion generators Racoon WW 3 9 and YFSWW 40 with improved radiative corrections. The calculations of both programmes are based on the so-called double pole approximation for virtual 0{a) corrections in resonant W-pair production plus all other QED corrections needed for a 0.5% accuracy. It is quite remarkable that for y/s > 180 GeV:
^measured!VRacoonWW
= 1.000 ± 0 . 0 0 9 .
(17) A very similar result is obtained for the calculation with YFSWW. 4-1
Measurements of the W mass
Even before crossing the W-pair threshold a precise value of the W mass was evaluated from the LEP1 measurement of mz using SM relations. The updated indirect value obtained from a fit to all data excluding the direct W mass measurements but including the measured value of the top mass is mw = 80.368 ±0.023 GeV 4 . The small error sets the scale for all direct measurements. In the SM mw depends on electroweak loop corrections. A recent complete two-loop calculation yields the dependence on the top mass, the Higgs mass, and the QED induced shift of
359
RacoonWW / YFSWW 1.14 no ZWW vertex (Gentle 2.1) only v, exchange (Gentle 2.1)
Figure 17. The W-pair production cross-section as a function of the centre-of-mass energy compared to the predictions of the Monte Carlo generators RacoonWW and Y F S W W .
the fine structure constant Aa as expressed in Eq. (18). In the Eq. (18) only the numerically most important terms are shown, all masses are in GeV. For the complete expression see 41 . An increase of mt will increase, an increase of m # or A a will decrease the SM prediction for mw • A significant deviation of a direct measurement from the indirect value would indicate new physics and the existence of new fundamental particles. At LEP 2 two independent and complementary methods have been used to measure mw- The first is based on the measurement of the cross-section near threshold, which depends strongly on mw- Combining the measurements at a centre-of-mass energy of 161 GeV the LEP groups obtain 4 mw = 80.40±0.22 GeV, where the largest contribution to the total error is due to the low event statistics. One should remark, however, that in principle the threshold method can give a precise result, the estimated error for a GigaZ Linear Collider42 is Amw = 0.006 GeV,
J. Drees
mw
Review of Final LEP Results or A Tribute to LEP
mt = 80.3767 + 0.5235((—j-)^ - 1)
0.05613Zn(^)-1.081(
I300 K
250 200 7 150
-
Aa 0.05924
1)±....
(18)
b— 1 Signal
qqqq
E H Combi
OPAL 183-209 GeV
H i Other 1
I L d t = 677pb"'
100 50
SS^?-V-r.i^rr^.KtesK''«filc?'JSE&;i-iJ.y«£i
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90 M
w
95
Figure 19. Reconstructed W mass distribution for all OPAL W+W~ -> qqqq data from y/s = 183 to 209 GeV. The histogram shows the SM expectation for Mw = 80.42 GeV.
100
(GeV/c2)
Figure 18. Reconstructed invariant mass distribution from the ALEPH experiment for the qqfiV/j, channel.
supposing that radiative corrections are controlled to this level. At higher energies the W mass is directly reconstructed from the invariant mass distribution of the decay products of the two W's. Using constraints set by energy and momentum conservation clean reconstructed mass distributions for the semileptonic and hadronic decay channels are obtained. An example from the semileptonic data taken at y/s > 202 GeV 4 3 is reproduced in Fig. 18. Note that there is practically no background in the [iv^qq channel. This also holds for eveqq channel, the background in the rvrqq and 4q channels is small. The statistical power of the data is illustrated in Fig. 19, where the mass distribution for the fully hadronic channel as reconstructed by the OPAL Collaboration is shown for all data taken at ^fs above 183 GeV 2 8 . The data are compared to the Monte Carlo prediction for mw = 80.42 GeV. From the measured masses in each event the final value of the W mass is extracted by means of sophisticated analysis techniques,
which are somewhat different for the four experiments and in each case require the comparison with a large number of Monte Carlo events. ALEPH, L3, and OPAL use a reweighting technique to determine the W mass, DELPHI uses a convolution technique. Details on the analysis of the four experiments can be found in the final publications for the data taken up to v ^ = 189 GeV 44 - 45 ' 47 or up to ^ = 183 GeV 4 6 and in more recent analyses contributed to this conference43 >48 >49. At present the precision of the combined result is limited by systematic uncertainties. They are smallest for the mass values extracted from semileptonic events. Here the total systematic uncertainty is 29 MeV with the largest contributions due to fragmentation effects, beam energy uncertainty, detector systematics, initial and final state photon radiation. The mass determination from the fully hadronic events contains additional uncertainties due to possible final state interactions between quarks originating from the decay of different W's (colour reconnection) or between hadrons (Bose-Einstein correlations). Both effects may lead to distortions in the invariant mass distribution, they
360
J. Drees
Review of Final LEP Results or A Tribute to LEP the SM prediction.
W-Boson Mass [GeV] —i —
80.454 ± 0.060
4-2
LEP2
—!
80.450 + 0.039
Average
-( i -
80.451 ± 0.033
Measuring the specific form of the nonAbelian triple gauge boson self-coupling •yWW or ZWW has been the second main goal of W physics at LEP. Assuming electromagnetic gauge invariance, charge conjugation and parity conservation and using also constraints from low energy data reduces the number of couplings from 14 in the most general case to three 51 : gf,K 7 ,A 7 which have been most intensively studied. Within the SM model these are given by 1,1,0 at tree level. They are related to the magnetic dipole moment fiw and the electric quadrupole moment qw of the W+:
pp-colliders
X2/DoF: 0.0/1
NuTeV/CCFR
— * ——
LEP-l/SLD/vN/APV
-A-
LEP1/SLD/vN/APV/mt 80
80.2
-A-
80.4
80.25 ±0.11 80.363 + 0.032 80.373 ± 0.023 80.6
m w [GeV ]
Figure 20. Direct and indirect W mass measurements.
are under study. Including such uncertainties in a conservative way, a total systematic uncertainty of 54 MeV is quoted for mw from fully hadronic events. The difference in the masses obtained from the semileptonic and fully hadronic WW decay channels is: Amw(qqqq-qqlD)
= +9 ±44 MeV.
(19)
Combining all LEP measurements 50 yields the nearly final result: mw = 80.450±0.026(stai.)±0.030(s2/st.)GeV. (20) Here the weight of the fully hadronic channel in the combined fit is only 26%. All direct and indirect W mass measurements are summarised in Fig. 20. Since not all LEP data are included yet and studies of the final state interaction effects continue it is hoped that the final LEP error will decrease to about 35 MeV. There is still agreement between the indirect determination from a fit including the measured top mass and the direct measurements of mw, but this year only within 1.9 a. The width of the W boson has also been measured at LEP: Yw = 2.150 ± 0.091 GeV. Within error there is good agreement with 361
Charged Gauge Couplings
Hw =
2mw
- ( 1 + K7
+ A 7 ),
(21) mw A deviation of K 7 or A7 from their SM values would therefore prove the presence of anomalous electromagnetic moments of the W boson and thus indicate completely new physics in the boson sector. Results have been derived using all available information from the total WW production cross-section, the polar angular distribution of the W~, the W± helicities analysed via the fermion decay angles, single W production e + e~ —> evW, and vv~i production. Within errors the measurements agree with the SM expectation with the following precision evaluated from one parameter fits to the combined data 5 2 :
<5#f = ±0.026, O~K7 = ±0.066, <5A7 = ±0.028. (22) Considering higher order effects the SM predicts small deviations from the tree level values, e.g. A K 7 ~ 0.005. Such small effects, however, are outside the scope of present experimental verification. In a more general approach the CP violating couplings have been studied by
J. Drees
Review of Final LEP Results or A Tribute to LEP
ALEPH 53 and OPAL 54 . Within errors no deviation from the SM has been observed. One should mention that limits for the quartic charged gauge couplings have been presented by ALEPH 55 , L3 5 6 , and OPAL 57 albeit with large errors. All results can be summarised by stating: no evidence has been found for any anomalous W boson coupling.
08/07/2001
LEP
]5
xm ±2.0% uncertainty •--- YFSZZ ZZTO
0.5
4-3
Preliminary
-
ZZ production
Measurements of ZZ production at T/S > 183 GeV allow an investigation of a sector of the SM not tested before. Deviations from the SM production cross-section, which is defined by the NC02 diagrams involving only t- and u-channel electron exchange, would be an indication for the existence of anomalous neutral gauge couplings absent in the SM at tree level. The ability to understand this process is also essential for the Higgs boson search, where ZZ production forms an irreducible background. All experiments have analysed ZZ decays into qqqq (4 jets), qqvv (2 jets plus missing energy), qql+l" (2 jets plus 2 isolated leptons), and l+l~l+l~. New results have been submitted to this conference 58 ' 59 ' 60 ' 28 . Since the cross-section is only about 1 pb, a factor ~ 17 smaller than the WW crosssection, the statistics is very limited. The comparison of the energy dependence of the LEP combined data to the SM prediction in Fig. 21 31 proves the agreement within the large errors of the data. The coupling of a virtual photon or Z boson to ZZ or Z7 final states is not forbidden by fundamental principles. Non SM contributions from the -y*ZZ or Z*ZZ vertex are described by j?'2 (i = 4, 5) couplings, from the 7*^7 or Z*Zy vertex by h]'Z (2 = 1,4) couplings. Experimental tools to search for such anomalous neutral triple gauge couplings are the measurement of the total ZZ or 7Z crosssection (increase at high energies?), the polar angle distribution of the produced Z or 7 (deviations at large #?), and the 7 energy dis-
, 170
\ZZ11^—,—,—I—,—,—,—,—I—,—,—,—,—L_ 180 190 200
Figure 21. LEP combined NC02 cross-sections. The curve shows the SM expectation, the band corresponds to the ± 2 % uncertainty of the prediction.
tribution. New results submitted by all LEP collaborations 61 ' 62,63 ' 64 have been combined by the Electroweak Working Group 5 2 . For CP conserving anomalous amplitudes a large interference with the SM amplitude could arise. However, no evidence for anomalous neutral couplings has been found. To give a few examples, the 95% confidence level limits for the CP conserving couplings f£, hf and /ig a r e :
fi hg hi 4-4
[-0.36, +0.39], [-0.20, +0.07], [-0.049, +0.008].
Consistency test of the SM
A consistency test of the SM can be performed by comparing the indirect and the direct measurements of the W and the top quark masses. In Fig. 22 the indirect contour has been obtained from an SM fit to the data from LEP1, SLD, neutrino nucleon scattering, and from atomic parity violation experiments 4 . Both the direct and the indirect data favour a low Higgs mass. The di-
362
Review of Final LEP Results or A Tribute to LEP
J. Drees
80.6
80.6
i
i
|
i
i
i
r
- L E P 1 . S L D , vN. APVData - L E P 2 , pp'.i?-.!:.
80.5
68% CL
80.4
3 E
>
80.3
CD
S 80.4 5
80.2
E
150
170
190
210
m. [ G e V ]
80.3
80.2
130
150
170
190
210
Figure 23. Same as Fig. 22 but with the data from summer 2000. T h e indirect result is obtained from an SM fit to the L E P 1 , SLD, and neutrino nucleon data.
mt [GeV]
Figure 22. Comparison of the indirect (full line) and the direct (dotted line) measurements of m w and mt- The diagonal band shows the SM prediction for various values of the Higgs mass ranging from 114 GeV to 1000 GeV, mH < 114 GeV has been excluded by direct searches.
rect and the indirect measurements still agree with each other though not as excellently as last year (Fig. 23). The experimental results of the direct searches for the Higgs boson are discussed by G. Hanson 65 , the theoretical aspects by F. Zwirner 66 . With no significant Higgs signal being observed, an indirect mass evaluation becomes again important. Fig. 24 presents the updated version of the traditional plot in form of a Ax 2 versus mu curve. The solid curve shows the result of the SM fit to all data from LEP and SLD, the world data on mw and mt, sin29w from the neutrino experiments CCFR and NUTEV, the measurements of atomic parity violation parameters, and also to the new direct determination of Aa^d(mz) (the contribution of the 5 quarks to the running of the fine structure constant a) from 67 . The fit confirms the preference for a low Higgs mass. The 95% confidence level
363
upper limit for rag is now 196 GeV. The dashed curve in Fig. 24 is the result of a fit with Aa^ 'rf from68 but otherwise unchanged input data and indicates the sensitivity of the rriH prediction; for details see 4 . As discussed before the b quark forwardbackward asymmetry deviates by about 3 a from its SM expectation. One may therefore ask: what is the relative importance of including A0pbB in the SM fit. The answer is given in Fig. 25, where the dotted contour line presents the 68% probability of the SM fit to all data except ApB. The preference for a low Higgs mass is even stronger, the one a contour is then completely excluded by the direct Higgs search. 5
Contributions to the C K M Matrix
LEP was part of the world wide effort to explore the structure of the CabibboKobayashi-Maskawa quark-mixing matrix. From the measurement of the W leptonic branching ratio one can determine Vcs • More important, the determination of the CKM elements Vub,Vcb, and of the ratio Vtd/Vts has been a central part of the LEP B-physics programme. Strong points of the LEP b quark studies are:
Review of Final LEP Results or A Tribute to LEP
J. Drees
- Large statistics, in total about 4 million Z —> bb decays, - fast moving B hadrons, the B hadron decay particles are well separated from the QCD rest, - tools for particle identification including K±, - experience of 12 years of data analysis. In the following only a few examples can be mentioned. A detailed summary of combined B-physics results including the data from the four LEP collaborations, from CDF and from SLD is available 69 .
CM
< 2-
Excluded
Preliminary
mH
5.1
10 [GeV]
Figure 24. A x 2 = X2 ~Xmin a s f u n c t i ° n of the Higgs mass. The solid curve presents the result of the SM fit, the band indicates the theoretical uncertainty. Also shown is the Higgs mass 95% CL exclusion limit from the direct search. The dashed curve shows an SM fit assuming a lower value of Aa^d(mz).
0.11
-
. - - All except Aj, 68% CL
0.105
\VCS\ from BR(W -> lv)
The leptonic branching fraction of the W boson is directly related to the squares of the six CKM matrix elements not depending on the t quark: = 1+[1+Mmvl}
1 3BR{W
^
lVij]2
->W) j=
d,a,b
(23) Taking the LEP average branching fraction as determined under the assumption of lepton universality yields 31 :
J2\Vij\2 = 2.039 ±0.025 ••-..
_ consistent with the value of 2 expected from unitarity. With the world average values for the other five CKM elements:
0.1
BmmmmKMttm 0.095
Excluded 10
10
10
mH [GeV] Figure 25. 68% probability contour curve in the (ApB, mu) plane obtained from an SM fit to all data except ApB. The direct measurement of A£B is shown as horizontal band of width ± 1 a. Also shown is the exclusion limit from the direct Higgs search.
(24)
V,. 1=0.996 ±0.013.
Preliminary
5.2
Inclusive measurement of \Vub
At LEP the measurement of \Vut\ relies on the inclusive reconstruction of the b —> ulv fraction:
2
\Vub\
_ BR(B -> XUW) —
> ibn
364
l^OJ
J. Drees
Review of Final LEP Results or A Tribute to LEP
r
ALEPH DELPHI
44+
L3
Here the error includes all theoretical uncertainties. The LEP value of Eq. (26) agrees very well with the most recent measurement of the CLEO Collaboration 75 . It should be mentioned that the accuracy of \Vut,\ achieved at LEP is far beyond of what was originally hoped for.
1.73 ±0.56 ±0.55
l.S7± 0.51 ±0.49 3 3 + 1 . 3 + 1.5
1
1
i
OPAL
1.63+0.57 ±0.52
i
ft
LEP Average 1
I . I2
1.67 ±0.31 ±0.42 3
4
5.3
5
B R ( B ^ X„ 1 l>) x 103
Figure 26. Measurements of the branching ratio B —> Xulv by the four LEP experiments and the resulting average. The first error is due to statistics and experimental systematics uncorrelated between experiments, the second due to all other systematic uncertainties.
where u is the average b lifetime and jb includes QCD corrections and b quark mass effects. Much progress has been made during the last years as a consequence of both, improved understanding of the theoretical uncertainties of 7t and improved experimental analysis techniques 69 . Obviously it is very difficult to separate charmless b decays from the dominant b -> c background. Several techniques have been applied in earlier publications 70 ' 71,72 based, for instance, on inclusive analysis of semileptonic decays. In a new analysis submitted to this conference the OPAL Collaboration uses 7 kinematic variables as neural net input in order to enrich the B -> Xuli> sample 73 . All measurements of the four collaborations are collected in Fig. 26. With the average branching ratio as determined by the LEP Vu\, Group: BR(B ->• Xun>i)
= (1.67 ± 0.52) x 1(T 3
and taking the world average B hadron lifetime n = (1.564 ± 0.014) ps one finds: |K*| = (4.04 t ° J 9 ) x KT 3 .
(26) 365
B° - B°
oscillations
Much progress has also been made recently in the search for £?° oscillations. The main impact on the determination of the CKM elements is explained in Eq. (27): Am. Amd
Wu mB, mBd " \Vtd\2'
e
(27)
In the ratio of the £?° and B°d mass differences Ams to Arrid many uncertainties cancel (see e.g.76) and the remaining nonperturbative quantity £2 is well known from lattice gauge theory: £2 = 1.16 ± 0.05 7 7 . No measurement of Ams has been performed yet, but upper limits have been set by each experiment applying the so-called amplitude method. The idea of the method is to replace the expression for the time dependent probability that a produced 5 ° is detected as B° by P(B°S -> B°s) = - (1 - Acos{Am s t)) e
-t/r
o
(28) and then fit the amplitude A to the data for various fixed values of Ams. Fig. 27 shows the amplitude spectrum resulting from the combination of the spectra of all LEP The combined spectrum experiments 69,78 includes the new results from DELPHI 79 ' 80 and from OPAL 81 . From the LEP data in Fig. 27 a 95% confidence level lower limit of Ams > 14.3 p s - 1 is derived. Including the data from SLD and CDF the present world limit increases to 8 2 : Ams > 14.6ps" 1 at 95% CL.
(29)
Review of Final LEP Results or A Tribute to LEP
J. Drees
Figure 27. Combined B° oscillation amplitude A as a function of A m , . The 95% CL limit derived from this spectrum is marked by the small solid triangle.
With the measured B® and B° masses and the world average value of A m j the limit for the ratio of the CKM elements is now: \Vtd\/\Vu\ < 0.22. 6
Contributions to Q C D
An important point to remember is that electroweak precision quantities depend on the strong coupling as. One of the best known examples is the ratio of the Z partial decay widths Riept, which is known to O(al) as given in Eq.(30). With the final value R°lept = 20.767 ± 0.025 (derived by assuming lepton universality) one gets the result of Eq. (31). The advantage of evaluating as from Eq. (30) is that nonperturbative corrections are suppressed and the dependence on the renormalization scale /i (which is often responsible for the dominant uncertainty of as measurements) is small. All theoretical uncertainties including the renormalization scale uncertainty amount to only +0.003, —0.001, for details see 83 . Varying mt within ± 5 GeV and ran from 100 to 1000 GeV leads to the additional small uncertainty of ±0.002. A fit
to all electroweak Z pole data from LEP and SLD and to the direct measurements of mt and mw yields: as(mz) = 0.1183 ±0.0027 4 . One may wonder whether these are the most reliable evaluations of as(mz) using the LEP data. The problem is, however, that the quoted results fully rely on the validity of the electroweak sector of the SM. Small deviations can lead to large changes. It is therefore necessary to measure as from infrared safe hadronic event shape variables like jet rates, thrust, jet mass, jet broadenings, etc. not depending on the electroweak theory. Such studies have been performed by all LEP experiments, for more recent publications see84>85>86>87. Measurements extracted by using resummed calculations in next-to-leading logarithmic approximation (NLLA) matched to 0{a2s) calculations have been combined by the LEP QCD Working Group 8 8 . As an example Fig. 28 shows as values from fits to event shape distributions at all LEP energies including measurements of the JADE Collaboration at lower energies. A fit to the combined data results in as{mz) = 0.1195 ±0.0047, where the error is almost entirely due to theoretical uncertainties (renormalization scale). The figure also indicates to which extent the running of as can be tested. All LEP as measurements using a multitude of analysis methods are collected in Fig. 29 8 9 . The three entries at the top present inclusive measurements for which perturbative calculations are known in 0(a3s). One of the most precise measurements is obtained from the ratio of the r partial decay widths RT = T(T —» hadrons + VT)/T(T —> ei>evT), the quoted value is from 90 . The figure also includes the average values from each of five different methods to extract as from hadronic event shape distributions: four jet rates, 3 jet like observables analysed in 0{a2s) using either power corrections or hadronic Monte Carlo generators for evaluating hadronisation effects, three jet like observables analysed in
366
J. Drees
Review of Final LEP Results or A Tribute to LEP
i?!L, = TJ:adrons- = 19.934 {1 + 1 . 0 4.<Xs 5^ + 0.94(^)2 - 1 5 ( ^ ) 3 } Hept Ti eptons
as{mz)
6 0.15 8
7T
= 0.124 ± 0.004(ea;p.) ± 0.002{mH,mt)
LEP/Jade 35...207GeV
7T
(30)
IT
ig;gg?(QC7D).
(31)
EWfit(5 Param. to LEP data)
NLLA+0(a2) log(R)
Miaif'lepc
R
0.14
,
4-jets O(o^) 3-jet like 0(a^)+PC
0.13
3-jet like O(a^)+Models 3-jet like NLLA i 3-jet like NLLA+0(a^) log(R)
0.12 PDG 2001
0.11
0.1
0.11 0.115 0.12 0.125 0.13 afM 7 )
A Jade T L3
• DLO (preliminary) • ADLO (preliminary) 50
0.1181±0.OO2O
100
150
Figure 29. Summary of as measurements at L E P compared t o the world average. T h e theoretical uncertainty for all 5 measurements from event shapes (ES) is evaluated by changing the renormalization scale /j, by a factor of 2.
200
E cm [GeV] Figure 28. Energy dependence of as- The d a t a are extracted from the analysis of infrared safe hadronic event shape distributions in the next-to-leading logarithmic approximation. T h e dotted curve presents the expected running of as.
pure NLLA and in matched NLLA as mentioned above. All measurements agree well with each other and with the world average. Studying QCD at LEP has several advantages: the centre-of-mass energy is high and well denned, jets are collimated, the environment is clean, statistics is high enough to investigate even rare topologies. In consequence more than 200 QCD papers have been published till now including detailed investigations of perturbation theory, hadronisation models, power corrections, quark and gluon jet fragmentation, local parton-hadron duality, soft gluon coherence etc. The exper-
367
imental aspects are reviewed, e.g. in91>92>93. Of the many new QCD studies contributed by the LEP Collaborations to this conference only few can be briefly mentioned, for instance, measurements of the colour factors and/or of as based on 4-jet events 94 ' 95 ' 96 , studies of the energy evolution of event shape distributions and of inclusive charged particle production including measurements at the highest energies compared to the prediction of hadronisation models 97 ' 98 ' 99 ' 100 ' 28 , measurements of the b quark mass at the Z mass scale 101 . As the outcome of the work at LEP one can conclude that the understanding of QCD phenomenology has much improved and even rather subtle measurements are all consistent with QCD predictions.
Review of Final LEP Results or A Tribute to LEP
J. Drees 7
Conclusion and Reflection
Table 1. Expected and achieved precision at LEP.
It is appropriate now to recall what was known in summer 1989, when LEP started and what was expected from LEP for the future. Some examples of what was known are given below:
Quantity
mz = 91.12 ±0.16 GeV, mw = 80.0 ± 0.36 GeV, sin2ew = 0.227 ± 0.006, Nv = 3.0 ± 0.9.
Achieved
50 to 20 MeV
2.1 MeV
mw
100 MeV
39 MeV
Nv
0.3
0.008
FB
0.0035
0.0013
A°'b FB
0.0050
0.0017
AT
0.0110
0.0043
A
Why was LEP so successful? Many fortunate facts had to come together: - A highly dedicated machine group responsible for the excellent performance of LEP, - low background in the detectors, - good performance of all detectors from the pilot run in August 1989 till the end of data taking, - effective division of work between CERN and the outside laboratories, - close cooperation between the 4 collaborations and also between LEP and SLD (without avoiding competition), - close cooperation between experiments and the machine group, - and, very important, close cooperation with theory groups. Many analyses are continuing and still more can be expected in the future.
error
mz
A
It was expected, of course, that LEP would improve the accuracy substantially. Looking back at the review talks presented by G. Altarelli 102 at the Lepton Photon Symposium 1989 in Stanford and by R. Barbieri 103 at the EPS Conference 1989 in Madrid one finds the expected experimental errors compared in Table 1 with those actually achieved. I should remark that the error for Nv quoted as expected is from the answer which was given by the DELPHI Collaboration to the LEPC in 1982. In the end, all measurements turned out to be much more precise than expected. Despite this precision the SM continues to be in good shape.
Expected
Acknowledgments First I would like to thank the organizing committee for giving me the opportunity to present this summary talk. Preparing such a talk is not possible without numerous communications with colleagues from the LEP Collaborations. In particular I profited much from discussions and mail exchanges with P. Antilogus, E. Barberio, R. Chierici, M. Elsing, P. Gagnon, F. Glege, M. Griinewald, J. Holt, R. Jones, M. Kienzle, N. Kjaer, W. Liebig, K. Monig, S. Myers, C. Parkes, A. Stocchi, H. Voss, Ch. Weiser and D. Wicke. I am very grateful to G. Myatt for many helpful suggestions and also for carefully reading the manuscript. I thank S. Braccini for his assistance during the conference and during finalising the manuscript.
References
368
1. S. Myers, "The LEP Machine", talk presented at the LEP Fest October 2000, http://cern.web.cern.ch/CERN/ Divisions/SL/publications/talks/. 2. Design Study of a 22 to 130 GeV e + e~ Colliding Beam Machine (LEP), CERN/ISR-LEP/79-33, CERN (1979). 3. Precision Electroweak Measurements on the Z Resonance; The ALEPH, DELPHI, L3, OPAL and SLD Collaborations, the LEP Electroweak Working
J. Drees
4.
5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.
21.
Review of Final LEP Results or A Tribute to LEP
Group, and the SLD Electroweak and Heavy Flavor Groups, Review article in preparation. The LEP Collaborations ALEPH, DELPHI, L3, OPAL, the LEP Electroweak Working Group and the SLD Electroweak and Heavy Flavor Groups, CERN-EP/2001-021, February 2001, updates are available on website: http://lepewwg.web.cern.ch/LEPEWWG. ALEPH Collaboration, R. Barate et al., Euro. Phys. J. C 14 (2000) 1. DELPHI Collaboration, P. Abreu et al., Euro. Phys. J. C 16 (2000) 371. L3 Collaboration, M. Acciarri et al., Euro. Phys. J. C 16 (2000) 1. OPAL Collaboration, G. Abbiendi et al., Euro. Phys. J. C19 (2001) 587. ALEPH Collaboration, A. Heister et al., Eur. Phys. J. C20 (2001) 401. DELPHI Collaboration, P. Abreu et al., Euro. Phys. J. C 14 (2000) 585. L3 Collaboration, M. Acciarri et al., Phys. Lett. B 429 (1998) 387. OPAL Collaboration, G. Abbiendi et al., Euro. Phys. J. C21 (2001) 1. SLD Collaboration, K. Abe et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. 84 (2000) 5945. SLD Collaboration, K. Abe et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. 86 (2001) 1162. ALEPH Collaboration, R. Barate et al., Phys. Lett. B 401 (1997) 163. DELPHI Collaboration, P. Abreu et al., Euro. Phys. J. C 10 (1999) 415. L3 Collaboration, M. Acciarri et al., Euro. Phys. J. C13 (2000) 47. OPAL Collaboration, G. Abbiendi et al., Euro. Phys. J. C 8 (1999) 217. M. Con very, "Recent Results from SLD", SLAC-PUB-8781 (2001). ALEPH Collaboration, H.Heister et al., "Measurement of AbFB using Inclusive b-hadron Decays", CERN-EP/2001-047, LP01 paper 217. DELPHI Collaboration, K. Munich et al., "Determination of AbFB using inclu-
369
22.
23. 24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
sive charge reconstruction and lifetime tagging at LEP1", DELPHI 2001-048 CONF 476, LP01 paper 198. M. L. Swartz, "Precision Electroweak Physics at the Z", Proceedings of the XIX International Symposium on Lepton and Photon Interactions at High Energies, Stanford (1999) 307. L3 Annual Report to CERN (2000) LepEWWG / / S u b g r o u p , G. Geweniger et al., "Combination of the LEP II / / Results", LEP2FF/01-02 September (2001); updates can be found under http://www.cern.ch/LEPEWWG/lep2/. ALEPH Collaboration, "Fermion Pair Production in e + e~ Collisions at high energy and Limits on Physics beyond the Standard Model", ALEPH 2001-019 CONF 2001-016, LP01 paper 252. DELPHI Collaboration, A.Behrmann et al., "Results on Fermion-Pair Production at LEP running in 2000", DELPHI 2001-094 CONF 522, LP01 paper 151. L3 Collaboration, "Preliminary L3 Results on Fermion-Pair Production in 2000", L3 Note 2648, LP01 paper 673; and "Search for New Physics Phenomena in Fermion-Pair Production in e + e~ Collisions at Centre-of-Mass Energies up to 209 GeV", L3 Note 2647, LP01 paper 672. OPAL Collaboration, "Measurement of Standard Model Processes in e+e~ Collisions at v ^ ~ 203 - 209 GeV", OPAL Physics Note PN469 (2001), LP01 paper 28. OPAL Collaboration, "Limits on Low Scale Quantum Gravity in Extra Spatial Dimensions from Measurements of e+e" -+ e+e~ at LEP2", OPAL Physics Note PN471 (2001), LP01 paper 33. J. Holt, "Fermion Production above the Z resonance", Proceedings of the International Europhysics Conference on High Energy Physics, Budapest 2001. The LEP Collaborations ALEPH, DEL-
J. Drees
32. 33. 34. 35. 36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41. 42.
Review of Final LEP Results or A Tribute to LEP
PHI, L3, OPAL, and the LEP WW Working Group, "LEP W-pair, Zpair and Single W Cross-Section Results for the Summer 2001 Conferences" , LEPEWWG/XSEC/2001-03, August 2001, updates are available on website: http://lepewwg.web.cern.ch /LEPEWWG/lepww/4f/. ALEPH Collaboration, R. Barate et al., Phys. Lett. B484 (2000) 205. DELPHI Collaboration, P. Abreu et al., Phys. Lett. B479 (2000) 89. L3 Collaboration, M. Acciarri et al., Phys. Lett. B496 (2000) 19. OPAL Collaboration, G. Abbiendi et al., Phys. Lett. B493 (2000) 249. ALEPH Collaboration, "Measurement of W-pair production and W branching ratios in e + e~ collisions up to 208 GeV", ALEPH 2001-013 CONF 2001010, LP01 paper 257. DELPHI Collaboration, P.Buschmann et al.,"Measurement of the W-Pair Production Cross Section and W Branching Ratios at y/s = 205 and 207 GeV", DELPHI 2001-104 CONF 532, LP01 paper 161. L3 Collaboration, "Preliminary Results on the Measurement of the W-Pair Cross Sections in e+e~ Interactions at yfs — 205 and 208 GeV and W-Decay Branching Fractions", L3 Note 2638 (2001), LP01 paper 664. A. Denner, S. Dittmaier, M. Roth and D. Wackeroth, Phys. Lett. B475 (2000) 127. S. Jadach, W. Placzek, M. Skrzypek, B.F.L. Ward, Z. Was, "The Monte Carlo Event Generator YFSWW3 version 1.16 for W-Pair Production and Decay at LEP2/LC Energies", CERN-TH/2001017 (2001), and refences quoted therein. A. Freitas, W. Hollik, W. Walter, and G. Weiglein, Phys. Lett. B495 (2000) 338. J.A. Aguilar-Saavedra et al., TESLA Technical Design Report, Part III,
43.
44. 45. 46. 47. 48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
370
DESY 2001-011, ECFA 2001-209, March 2001. ALEPH Collaboration, "Preliminary Measurement of the W Mass and Width in e+e~ Collisions at ^fs between 192 and 208 GeV", ALEPH 2001-020 CONF 2001-017, LP01 paper 256. ALEPH Collaboration, R. Barate et al., Eur. Phys. J. C17 (2000) 241. DELPHI Collaboration, P. Abreu et al., Phys. Lett. B511 (2001) 159. L3 Collaboration, M. Acciarri et al., Phys. Lett. B454 (1999) 386. OPAL Collaboration, G. Abbiendi et al., Phys. Lett. B507 (2001) 29. DELPHI Collaboration, D. Bloch et al., "Measurement of the mass and width of the W Boson in e + e~ collisions at V^ ~ 192 - 209 GeV", DELPHI 2001103 CONF 531, LP01 paper 160. L3 Collaboration, "Preliminary results on the Measurement of Mass and Width of the W Boson at LEP", L3 Note 2637 (2001), LP01 paper 665. The LEP Collaborations ALEPH, DELPHI, L3, OPAL and the LEP W Working Group, "Combined Preliminary Results on the Mass and Width of the W Boson Measured by the LEP Experiments", LEPEWWG/MASS/200101 (2001), updates are available under http://lepewwg.web.cern.ch/LEPEWWG /lepww/mw/. G. Gounaris et al., "Physics at LEP2", CERN 96-01, eds. G. Altarelli, T. Sjostrand, F. Zwirner, Vol. 1(1996) 525. The LEP Collaborations ALEPH, DELPHI, L3, OPAL and the LEP GC Working Group, "Combined Results for Electroweak Gauge Boson Couplings Measured on the LEP Experiments", LEPEWWG/TGC/2001-02 (2001), see also LEPEWWG/TGC/200002 (2000), updates are available under http://lepewwg.web.cern.ch/LEPEWWG /lepww/tgc/.
J. Drees
Review of Final LEP Results or A Tribute to LEP
53. ALEPH Collaboration, "Measurement of Triple Gauge-Boson Couplings in e+e~ collisions up to 208 GeV", ALEPH 2001-027 CONF 2001-021, LP01 paper 265. 54. OPAL Collaboration, G.Abbiendi et al., " Measurement of W boson polarisations and CP-violating triple gauge couplings from W+W~ production at LEP", CERN-EP/2000-113 (2000), LP01 paper 39. 55. ALEPH Collaboration, "Constraints on Anomalous Quartic Gauge boson Couplings from photon pair events at 189202 GeV", LP01 paper 262. 56. L3 Collaboration, "Measurement of the W+W~/y Cross Section and Direct Limits on Anomalous Quartic Gauge Boson Couplings at LEP", L3 Note 2675 (2001), LP01 paper 668. 57. OPAL Collaboration, G. Abbiendi et al., Phys. Lett. B471 (1999) 293. 58. ALEPH Collaboration, "Measurement of e+e~ -¥ ZZ Production Cross Section", ALEPH 2001-006 CONF 2001003, LP01 paper 258. 59. DELPHI Collaboration, G. Borisov et al., "Update of the ZZ cross-section measurement in e+e~ interactions using data collected in 2000", DELPHI 2001105 CONF 533 (2001), LP01 paper 162. 60. L3 Collaboration, "Z Boson Pair Production at LEP", L3 Note 2696 (2001), LP01 paper 675. 61. ALEPH Collaboration, "Constraints on anomalous neutral gauge boson couplings using data fromm ZZ production between 183 and 207 GeV", ALEPH 2001-014 CONF 2001-011, LP01 paper 261. 62. DELPHI Collaboration, P.Bambade et al., "Study of Trilinear Gauge Boson Couplings ZZZ, ZZ 7 and Z77", DELPHI 2001-097 CONF 525, LP01 paper 154. 63. L3 Collaboration, "Search for Anomalous ZZ7 and Z77 couplings in the pro-
371
64. 65. 66. 67. 68. 69.
70. 71. 72. 73.
74. 75. 76.
77. 78. 79.
80.
cess e+e" -> Z-y at LEP", L3 Note 2672 (2001), LP01 paper 676. OPAL Collaboration, G.Abbiendi et al., Eur. Phys. J. C I 7 (2000) 553. G. Hanson, "Searches for new particles", these proceedings. F. Zwirner, "The Higgs puzzle: experiment and theory", these proceedings. H. Burkhardt and B. Pietrzyk, Phys. Lett. B513 (2001) 46. A. D. Martin, J. Outhwaite, and M. G. Ryskin, Phys. Lett. B492 (2000) 69. ALEPH, CDF, DELPHI, L3, OPAL, SLD Collaborations, "Combined results on b-hadron production rates and decay properties", CERN-EP/2001-050 (2001), updates are available under http://lephfs.web.cern.ch/LEPHFS/. ALEPH Collaboration, R. Barate et al., Eur. Phys. J. C6 (1999) 555. DELPHI Collaboration, P. Abreu et al., Phys. Lett. B478 (2000) 14. L3 Collaboration, M. Acciarri et al., Phys. Lett. B436 (1998) 174. OPAL Collaboration, G. Abbiendi et al., "Measurement of |Vuf,| using b hadron semileptonic decay", CERN-EP/2001044 (2001), LP01 paper 53. http://battagl.home.cern.ch /battagl/vub/vub.html D. Cassel, "CLEO results: B decays, CP violation", these proceedings. Particle Data Group, Review of Particle Physics, D.E. Groom et al., Eur. Phys. J. C15 (2000) 1. C.T. Sachrajda, "Phenomenology from lattice QCD", these proceedings. Working Group on B oscillations, http://lepbosc.web.cern.ch/LEPBOSC/. DELPHI Collaboration, T. Allmendinger et al., "Search for B°s - B° oscillations in inclusive samples", DELPHI 2001-054 CONF 482, LP01 paper 204. DELPHI Collaboration, P. Kluit et al., "Search for B°s - B°s oscillations in DELPHI using high pt leptons", DELPHI
J. Drees
81.
82.
83. 84. 85. 86. 87. 88.
89.
90.
91. 92.
93.
94.
Review of Final LEP Results or A Tribute to LEP
2001-055 CONF 483, LPOl paper 205. OPAL Collaboration, G. Abbiendi et al., Eur. Phys. J. C19 (2001) 241, LPOl paper 50. All references on B° and £?° oscillation analyses can be found under http://lepbosc.web.cern.ch /LEPB OSC /references/. S. Bethke, "Determination of the QCD Coupling a s ", / . Phys. G26 (2000) R27. ALEPH Collaboration, R. Barate et al. Phys. Rep. 294 (1998) 1. DELPHI Collaboration, P. Abreu et al., Eur. Phys. J. C14 (2000) 557. L3 Collaboration, M. Acciarri et al., Phys. Lett. B489 (2000) 65. OPAL Collaboration, G. Abbiendi et al., Eur. Phys. J. C16 (2000) 185. The LEP QCD Working Group, "Preliminary Combination of as Values derived from Event Shape Variables at LEP", ALEPH 01-038 Physic 01-012, DELPHI 2001-043 PHYS 893, L3 Note 2661, OPAL TN689, 30.April 2001. D. Wicke, "Event shape studies at LEP", Proceedings of the International Europhysics Conference on High Energy Physics, Budapest 2001. A. Pich, "Tau Physics", Proceedings of the XIX International Symposium on Lepton and Photon Interactions at High Energies, Stanford (1999) 157. O. Biebel, Phys. Rep. 340 (2001) 165. S. Bethke, "QCD at LEP", talk presented at the LEP Fest October 2000, http://opal.web.cern.ch/OPAL/ talks / siggi Jepfest. D. Duchesneau, "Experimental Aspects of QCD in e+e~ Collisions", Proceedings of the 29th International Copnference on High Energy Physics, Vancouver (1998) 263. ALEPH Collaboration, "Simultaneous Measurement of the Strong Coupling Constant and the QCD Coulor Factors from 4-jet hadronic Z decays", ALEPH
2001-042 CONF 2001-026, LPOl paper 208. 95. DELPHI Collaboration, U. Flagmeyer et al., "Measurement of the strong coupling as and its energy dependence from the four jet rate of hadronic events with the DELPHI detector", DELPHI 2001-059 CONF 487, LPOl paper 164. 96. OPAL Collaboration, G. Abbiendi et al., "A Simultaneous Measurement of QCD Colour Factors and the Strong Coupling", CERN EP-2001-001, LPOl paper 24. 97. ALEPH Collaboration, "QCD Measurements in e+e~ Annihilations at 206 GeV", ALEPH 2001-007 CONF 2001004, LPOl paper 210. 98. DELPHI Collaboration, R. Reinhardt et al., "A study of the energy evolution of event shape distributions and their means with the DELPHI Detector at LEP", DELPHI 2001-062 CONF 490, LPOl paper 166. 99. DELPHI Collaboration, O. Passon et al., "QCD Results from the DELPHI Measurements of Event Shape and Inclusive Particle Distributions at the highest LEP energies", DELPHI 2001-065 CONF 493, LPOl paper 168. 100. L3 Collaboration, "QCD Results at 192 < Js < 208 GeV", LPOl paper 682. 101. OPAL Collaboration, G. Abbiendi et al., "Determination of the b Quark Mass at the Z Mass Scale", CERN-EP-2001034, LPOl paper 188. 102. G. Altarelli, "Theory of Precision Electroweak Experiments" Proceedings of the 1989 International Symposium on Lepton and Photon Interactions at High Energies, Stanford University (1989) 286. 103. R. Barbieri, "Electroweak Physics", Nucl. Phys. B (Proc. Suppl.) 16 (1990) 71.
372
J. Drees
Review of Final LEP Results or A Tribute to LEP
Discussion Alberto Sirlin, New York University: I have an observation and a question, i) With respect to the evidence for genuine electroweak corrections, I think there is a very simple argument that shows a very large signal. It consists of measuring the radiative correction Ar by using the experimental results for raw and mz, and comparing with the value Ar would have if the only contribution arose from the running of a. Last time I did this, about a year ago, I found a difference amounting to many standard deviations, ii) The question is: what is the \ 2 per degrees of freedom of the most recent electroweak global fit? J. Drees: The most recent MSM fit to all electroweak data including the direct measurements of mw and mt has X2 /ndf = 22.9/15 corresponding to the still reasonable probability of 8.6%.
373
DECLINE A N D FALL OF T H E S T A N D A R D MODEL? JOHN ELLIS Theoretical Physics Division, CERN, CH-1211 Geneva 23 E-mail: [email protected] Motivations for physics beyond the Standard Model are reviewed, with particular emphasis on supersymmetry at the TeV scale. Constraints on the minimal supersyymetric extension of the Standard Model with universal soft supersymmetry-breaking terms (CMSSM) are discussed. These are also combined with the supersymmetric interpretation of the anomalous magnetic moment of the muon. The prospects for observing supersymmetry at accelerators are reviewed using benchmark scenarios to focus the discussion. Prospects for other experiments including the detection of cold dark matter, ji —> e-y and related processes, as well as proton decay are also discussed.
1
Introduction
The empire of the Standard Model has resisted all attacks by accelerator data. Nevertheless, we theorists are driven to overcome our ignorance of the barbarian territory beyond its frontiers. In the gauge sector, the Standard Model has three independent gauge couplings and (potentially) a CP-violating phase in QCD. In the Yukawa sector, it has six random-seeming quark masses, three charged-lepton masses, three weak mixing angles and the Kobayashi-Maskawa phase. Finally, the symmetry-breaking sector has at least two free parameters. Moreover, this list of 19 parameters in the Standard Model begs the more fundamental questions of the origins of the particle quantum numbers. As if this were not enough, non-accelerator neutrino experiments x now convince us that we need three neutrino mass parameters, three neutrino mixing angles and three CP-violating phases in the neutrino sector: one observable in oscillation experiments and two that affect PPov experiments, without even talking about the mechanism of neutrino mass generation. Moreover, we should not forget about gravity, with at least two parameters to understand: Newton's constant Gjv = nip1 ~ (10 19 G e V ) - 2 and the cosmological 'constant', which recent data suggest is non-
zero 2 , and may not even be constant. Talking of cosmology, we would need at least one extra parameter to produce an inflationary potential, and at least one other to generate the baryon asymmetry, which cannot be explained within the Standard Model. Confronted by our ignorance of so much barbarian territory, we legions of theorists organize our explorations on three main fronts: unification - the quest for a single framework for all gauge interactions, flavour - the quest for explanations of the proliferation of quark and lepton types, their mixings and CP violating phases, and mass - the quest for the origin of particle masses and an explanation why they are so much smaller than the Planck mass mp ~ 10 19 GeV. Beyond all these beyonds, other scouting parties of theorists seek a Theory of Everything that includes gravity, reconciles it with quantum mechanics, explains the origin of space-time and why we live in four dimensions (if we do so). Physics beyond the Standard Model is therefore a very broad subject. However, many aspects are discussed here by other speakers: electroweak flavour physics 3 , CP violation 4 , the Higgs sector 5 , g^ — 2 6 , searches for new particles 7 , neutrinos 8 , dark matter 9 , strings and extra dimensions 10 . Therefore, in this talk I seek a complemen-
374
John Ellis
Decline and Fall of the Standard Model?
tary approach. For reasons that I describe in Section 2, many theorists believe that supersymmetry is the inescapable framework for discussing physics at the TeV scale and beyond. In the rest of this talk, I first discuss the constraints imposed on (the simplest) supersymmetric models by the available experimental and cosmological constraints, then address the prospects for understanding
2
The Electroweak Vacuum
Figure 1. Predictions for the radiative corrections £j in the Standard Model and a minimal one-generation m o d e l 1 4 are compared with the precision electroweak data 1 3 .
The generation of particle masses requires the breaking of gauge symmetry in the vacuum:
consistent with the data, but for now we focus on elementary Higgs models.
mw,z / 0 « < 0|X J i / s |0 > ^ 0
Within this framework, the data favour a relatively light Higgs boson, with m # ~ 115 GeV, just above the exclusion unit provided by direct searches at LEP, being the 'mostprobable' 15 . This is one reason why many theorists were excited by the possible sighting during the last days of LEP of a Higgs boson, with a preferred mass of 115.6 GeV 7 . If this were to be confirmed, it would suggest that the Standard Model breaks down at some relatively low energy ^ 10 3 TeV 16 . As seen in Fig. 2, above this scale the effective Higgs potential of the Standard Model becomes unstable as the quartic Higgs self-coupling is driven negative by radiative corrections due to the relatively heavy top quark 17 . This is not necessarily a disaster, and it is possible that the present electroweak vacuum might be metastable, provided that its lifetime is longer than the age of the Universe 18 . However, we would surely feel more secure if such instability could be avoided.
(1)
for some field X with isospin I and third component 73. The measured ratio P=
m
\ Q ^1 (2) mz cosz o\y tells us that X mainly has I = 1/2 n , which is also what is needed to generate fermion masses. The key question is the nature of the field X: is it elementary or composite? A fermion-antifermion condensate v = < 0|X|0 > = < 0\FF\0 > ^ 0 would be analogous to what we know from QCD, where < 0|gqjO >^= 0, and conventional superconductivity, where < 0|e~e~|0 >^= 0. However, analogous 'technicolour' models of electroweak symmetry breaking 12 fail to fit the values of the radiative corrections e^ to p and other quantities extracted from the precision electroweak data provided by LEP and other experiments, as seen in Fig. 1 13 . One cannot exclude the possibility that some calculable variant of technicolour might emerge that is 2
375
This may be done by introducing new
John Ellis
Decline and Fall of the Standard Model?
u I—,—1—.—1—^J_i—,—1—,—1—,—1—,—1—.—I 10 2 10 6 10" 10» 10'° 10' 2 10" 10'e 10'8 |i (GeV) 5
Figure 2. T h e range allowed for t h e mass of t h e Higgs boson if the Standard Model is to remain valid up to a given scale A. In the upper p a r t of the plane, the effective potential blows up, whereas in the lower part the present electroweak vacuum is unstable i r .
bosons (f> coupled to the Higgs field \22\H\2 \4>\2 : M2=X22v2
16
1—i—,—1—1—1—1—1—1—1—1—'—r—'—1—•—1-7-
102
10 4
106
10 s
10 10 10' 2 (L (GeV)
10"
10 i e
10 1S
Figure 3. (a) If the quartic coupling Mo (3) is too large, the effective potential blows up (solid line), whereas it is unstable if Mo is too small (dotted line), indicating a need for fine tuning, (b) This occurs naturally in a supersymmetric model (solid line) but not if the H are omitted (dotted line) 1 6 .
: (3)
As seen in Fig. 3a, the effective potential is very sensitive to the coupling parameter M 0 : for M0 < 70.9 GeV in this example, the potential still collapses, whereas for Mo > 71.0 GeV the potential blows up instead. Thus the bosonic coupling (3) must be finely tuned 16 . This occurs naturally in supersymmetry, in which the Higgs bosons are accompanied by fermionic partners H. As seen in Fig. 3b, again the Higgs coupling blows up in the absence of the H, whereas it is well behaved in the minimal supersymmetric extension of the Standard Model (MSSM). The avoidance of fine tuning has long been the primary motivation for supersymmetry at the TeV scale 19 . This issue is normally formulated in connection with the hierarchy problem: why/how is mw "C mp, or equivalently why is Gp ~ 1 / m ^ » GN = 1/rrip, or equivalently why does the Coulomb potential in an atom dominate over the Newton potential, e 2 ^> G^mvme ~ (m/mp)2, where the proton and electron masses? One might think naively
that it would be sufficient to set mw -C mp by hand. However, radiative corrections tend to destroy this hierarchy. For example, oneloop diagrams generate 5m2w = O ( £ ) A2 » m2w
(4)
where A is a cut-off representing the appearance of new physics, and the inequality in (4) applies if A ~ 10 3 TeV, and even more so if A ~ triGUT ~ 10 16 GeV or ~ rnp ~ 10 19 GeV. If the radiative corrections to a physical quantity are much larger than its measured values, obtaining the latter requires strong cancellations, which in general require fine tuning of the bare input parameters. However, the necessary cancellations are natural in supersymmetry, where one has equal numbers of bosons B and fermions F with equal couplings, so that (4) is replaced by 6m2w = O ( ^ )
\m% - m%\ .
(5)
The residual radiative correction is naturally
376
John Ellis
Decline and Fall of the Standard Model?
small if 2
\m% - m F\ < 1 TeV
2
(6)
Note that this argument is logically distinct from that in the previous paragraph. There supersymmetry was motivated by the control of logarithmic divergences, and here by the absence of quadratic divergences.
3
The M S S M
The MSSM has the same gauge interactions as the Standard Model, and similar Yukawa couplings. A key difference is the necessity of two Higgs doublets, in order t o give masses to all the quarks and leptons, and to cancel triangle anomalies. This duplication is important for phenomenology: it means that there are five physical Higgs bosons, two charged H± and three neutral h, H, A. Their quartic self-interactions are determined by the gauge interactions, solving the vacuum instability problem mentioned above and limiting the possible mass of the lightest neutral Higgs boson. However, the doubling of the Higgs multiplets introduces two new parameters: tan /3, the ratio of Higgs vacuum expectation values and /i, a parameter mixing the two Higgs doublets. There are two key experimental hints in favour of supersymmetry. One is provided by the LEP measurements of the gauge couplings, that are in very good agreement with supersymmetric GUTs 20 if sparticles weigh ~ 1 TeV. This agreement appears completely fortuitous in composite Higgs models 12, and is difficult (though not impossible 21 ) to reproduce accurately in models with large extra dimensions 22 . The other experimental hint is provided by the preference of the precision electroweak data for a relatively light Higgs boson 15 . In the MSSM, one predicts nih ^ 130 GeV 23,5 , right in the preferred range, whereas composite Higgs model generally predict heavier effective Higgs masses.
377
The gauge symmetries of the MSSM would permit the inclusion of interactions that violate baryon number and/or lepton number 24 : XLLEC + X'QDCL + A" UCDCDC
(7)
where the L(Q) are left-handed lepton (quark) doublets and the EC(DC, Ud) are conjugates of the right-handed lepton (quark) singlets. Their possible appearance is ignored in this talk, in which case the lightest supersymmetric particle is stable, and hence a candidate for dark matter 25 . In the following this is assumed to be a neutralino, i.e., a mixture of the 7, H and Z. The final ingredient in the MSSM is the soft supersymmetry breaking, in the form of scalar masses mo, gaugino masses m ^ and trilinear couplings A 2 6 . These are presumed to be inputs from physics at some high-energy scale, e.g., from some supergravity or superstring theory, which then evolve down to lower energy scale according to well-known renormalization-group equations. In the case of the Higgs multiplets, this renormalization can drive the effective mass-squared negative, triggering electroweak symmetry weaking 27 . In this talk, it is assumed that the TOO are universal at the input scale a , as are the rn\j2 and A parameters. In this case the free parameters are mo,mi/2,A
and
tan/3 ,
(8)
with pi being determined by the electroweak vacuum conditions, up to a sign. This constrained MSSM (CMSSM) serves as the basis for the subsequent discussion. It has the merit of being sufficiently specific that the different phenomenological constraints can be combined meaningfully. On "Universality between the squarks and sleptons of different generations is motivated by upper limits on flavour-changing neutral interactions 2 8 , but universality between the soft masses of the L, EC,QC, Dc and Uc is not so well motivated.
Decline and Fall of the Standard Model?
John Ellis the other hand, it is just one of the phenomenological possibilities offered by supersymmetry 29 .
200
4
tan p=10. u > 0
C o n s t r a i n t s on t h e C M S S M > O
Important constraints on the CMSSM parameter space are provided by direct searches at LEP and the Tevatron collider 7 , as seen in Fig. 4. One of these is the limit mx± ^ 103 GeV provided by chargino searches at LEP, where the third significant figure depends on other CMSSM parameters. LEP has also provided lower limits on slepton masses, of which the strongest is mj <; 99 GeV, again depending only sightly on the other CMSSM parameters, as long as m^ — mx ^ 10 GeV. The most important constraints on the u,d,s,c,b squarks and gluinos are provided by the Tevatron collider: for equal masses rrig = rrig ^ 300 GeV. In the case of the i, LEP provides the most stringent limit when m^ — mx is small, and the Tevatron for larger mj — mx. Their effect is almost to exclude the range of parameter space where electroweak baryogenesis is possible 30 . Another important constraint is provided by the LEP limit on the Higgs mass: mH > 114.1 GeV. This holds in the Standard Model, for the lightest Higgs boson h in the general MSSM for tan/3 ^ 5, and in the CMSSM for all tan /?, at least as long as CP is conserved b. Since rrih is sensitive to sparticle masses, particularly m^, via loop corrections: 5m\ oc
+
(9)
the Higgs limit also imposes important constraints on the CMSSM parameters, principally mi/2 as seen in Fig. 4.
III
. =
lll.(lll-
in
-H.iOeV..; il
•
•-•;«•$••>''
100
^lfl%«l 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800
mm (GeV) 200
>
o 100
100
200
300 400
500
600
700
800
m]/2(GeV)
Figure 4. Compilations of phenomenological constraints on the CMSSM for tan j3 = 10 and (a) fj, > 0, (b) n < 0. Representative contours of the selectron, chargino and Higgs masses are indicated, as is the likely physics reach of Run II of the Tevatron Collider in (a). The dark shaded regions are excluded because the LSP is charged, whereas a neutralino LSP has acceptable relic density (10) in the lightshaded regions 3 1 . The medium-shaded region in (b) is excluded by b —* sf 3 2 .
The lower bound on the lightest MSSM Higgs boson may be relaxed significantly if C P violation feeds into the MSSM Higgs sector 3 3 .
378
John Ellis
Decline and Fall of the Standard Model?
Also shown in Fig. 4 is the constraint imposed by measurements of b —> sj 3 2 . These agree with the Standard Model, and therefore provide bounds on chargino and charged Higgs masses, for example. For moderate tan/3, the b —> S7 constraint is more important for n < 0, as seen in Fig. 4b, but it is also significant for /z > 0 when tan /? is large.
500 400
300
Fig. 4 also displays the regions where the supersymmetric relic density px = £lxpCriticai falls within the preferred range 0.1 < Q,xh2 < 0.3
(10)
The upper limit is rigorous, since astrophysics and cosmology tell us that the total matter density f2TO ^ 0.4, and the Hubble expansion rate h ~ l / v 2 to within about 10 % (in units of km/s/Mpc). On the other hand, the lower limit in (10) is optional, since there could be other important contributions to the overall matter density. As is seen in Fig. 4, there are generic regions of the CMSSM parameter space where the relic density falls within the preferred range (10). What goes into the calculation of the relic density? It is controlled by the annihilation rate 25 : Px = mxnx
• nx ~ ~
1
/
7——
"ann\XX
T
x
(11)
' • • •)
and the typical annihilation rate 1/m2 For this reason, the relic density typically increases with the relic mass, and this combined with the upper bound in (10) then leads to the common expectation that mx ^ 1 TeV. However, there are various ways in which the generic upper bound on m x can be increased along filaments in the (mi/2, mo) plane. For example, if the next-to-lightest sparticle (NLSP) is not much heavier than X- Am/mx ^j 0.1, the relic density may be suppressed by coannihilation: <j(x+NLSP—> ...) 34 . In this way, the allowed CMSSM region may acquire a 'tail' extending to large ' X ' as in the case where the NLSP is the lighter stau: fi and m^j m v as seen in 379
500
1000
1500
2000
m 1/2
Figure 5. The large-mi/2 'tail' of the x — fi coannihilation region for tan/? = 10 and fi < 0 3 5 .
Fig. 5 35 . Another mechanism for extending the allowed CMSSM region to large mx is rapid annihilation via a direct-channel pole when mx ~ \mHiggs,z 36 ' 37 . This may yield a 'funnel' extending to large m y 2 and mo at large tan/3, as seen in Fig. 6 3 7 . Another allowed region at large m y 2 and mo is the 'focus-point' region 3 8 , which is adjacent to the boundary of the region where electroweak symmetry breaking is possible, as seen in Fig. 7. However, in this region mx is not particularly large. These filaments extending the preferred CMSSM parameter space are clearly exceptional, in some sense, so it is important to understand the sensitivity of the relic density to input parameters, unknown higher-order effects, etc. One proposal is the relic-density fine-tuning measure 39 d\n(flxh2) din at
(12)
where the sum runs over the input parameters, which might include (relatively) poorlyknown Standard Model quantities such as mt
John Ellis
Decline and Fall of the Standard Model? and nib, as well as the CMSSM parameters mo,mi/2, etc. As seen in Fig. 7, the sensitivity A Q (12) is relatively small in the 'bulk' region at low mi/2, mo, and tan/3. However, it is somewhat higher in the x ~ ^i coannihilation 'tail', and at large tan/3 in general. The sensitivity measure A n (12) is particularly high in the rapid-annihilation 'funnel' and in the 'focus-point' region. This explains why published relic-density calculations may differ in these regions 40 , whereas they agree well when A n is small: differences may arise because of small differences in the treatments of the inputs.
tanp=50. »>o
It is important to note that the relicdensity fine-tuning measure (12) is distinct from the traditional measure of the finetuning of the electroweak scale 41 :
m1/2 (GeV)
Figure 6. The region where the cosmological relic density is in the preferred range (10) for tan/3 = 50 and [i > 0. Note the rapid-annihilation 'funnel' at intermediate m o / m j / 2 37 -
This electroweak fine-tuning is a completely different issue, and values of the Aj are not necessarily related to values of A n . Electroweak fine-tuning is sometimes used as a criterion for restricting the CMSSM parameters. However, the interpretation of the A, (13) is unclear. How large a value of Aj is tolerable? Different physicists may well have different pain thresholds. Moreover, correlations between input parameters may reduce its value in specific models.
5
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
mi /2 (GeV) Figure 7. The ml/2,™>0 plane for tan/3 = 10 and /i > 0, including the 'focus-point' region 3 8 at large moi close to the boundary of the shaded region where electroweak symmetry breaking occurs, and exhibiting contours of the cosmological sensitivity (12) 3 9 .
Muon Anomalous Magnetic Moment
As reported at this meeting 6 , the BNL E821 experiment has recently reported a 2.6-a deviation of aM = TJ((?M — 2) from the Standard Model prediction 42 : a^P - af = (43 ± 16) x 1CT10
(14)
The largest contribution to the error in (14) is the statistical error of the experiment, which will soon be significantly reduced, as 380
Decline and Fall of the Standard Model?
John Ellis many more data have already been recorded. The next-largest error is that due to stronginteraction uncertainties in the Standard Model prediction. Recent estimates converge on an estimate of about 7x 10~ 10 for the error in the hadronic vacuum polarization contribution to (14) 43 , and the error in the hadron light-by-light scattering contribution is generally thought to be smaller 44 . Therefore, if the central value in (14) does not change substantially with the new data, this would be strong evidence for new physics at the TeV scale. 45
As many authors have pointed out , the discrepancy (14) could well be explained by supersymmetry if \i > 0 and tan (3 is not too small, as exemplified in Fig. 8. Good consistency with all the experimental and cosmological constraints on the CMSSM is found for tan/3 < 10 and m x ~ 150 to 350 GeV. Already before the measurement (14), the LHC was thought to have a good chance of discovering supersymmetry 46 . If the result (14) were to be confirmed, this would be almost guaranteed, as we now discuss.
tan p = 10, \l > 0 m
= 104 Gey
j x± 1 / 1*
700-;
= 113 GeV
1/ -
600 J
>
1) O 50B
1
4(>i
\
!
i
\\
1
3<«'
\
\
l%
'
;
^*g
\ :
:i" \ !
'•
1(JU.
. , , ^
[j;^ mm
0-=
100
200
300
400
500
700
800
000 1000
Figure 8. The medium-shaded region is that compatible with the BNL E821 measurement of g^ — 2 at the 2-CT level 6 ' 4 2 , the light-shaded region has a relic density in the preferred range (10), and the dark-shaded region does not have a neutralino LSP. Good compatibility is found between g^ — 2 and the other phenomenological constraints for tan /3 ~ 5 or more 4 5 .
• ; • » • • • • • • .
+
+
Prospects for Observing Supersymmetry at Accelerators
600
mvz (GeV)
+
6
mil
mi,, b- >s"Y
As an aid to the assessment of the prospects for detecting sparticles at different accelerators, benchmark sets of supersymmetric parameters have often been found useful 4 7 , since they provide a focus for concentrated discussion. A set of post-LEP benchmark scenarios in the CMSSM has recently been proposed 48 , and are illustrated schematically in Fig. 9. They take into account the direct searches for sparticles and Higgs bosons, b —> s"f and the preferred cosmological density range (10). About a half of the proposed benchmark points are consistent with
381
: 'i^\ j-w na Figure 9. Schematic overview of the benchmark points proposed in 4 8 . They were chosen to be compatible with the indicated experimental constraints, as well as have a relic density in the preferred range (10). The points are intended to illustrate the range of available possibilities.
John Ellis
Decline and Fall of the Standard Model?
The proposed points were chosen not to provide an 'unbiased' statistical sampling of the CMSSM parameter space, whatever that means in the absence of a plausible a priori measure, but rather are intended to illustrate the different possibilities that are still allowed by the present constraints 48 . Five of the chosen points are in the 'bulk' region at small mi/2 and mo, four are spread along the coannihilation 'tail' at larger m\/2 for various values of tan/?, two are in the 'focus-point' region at large mo, and two are in rapidannihilation 'funnels' at large m-i/2 and moThe proposed points range over the allowed values of tan/? between 5 and 50. Most of them have \i > 0, as favoured by gM - 2, but there are two points with \i < 0. Various derived quantities in these supersymmetric benchmark scenarios, including the relic density, g^ — 2,b —* S7, electroweak fine-tuning A and the relic-density sensitivity A n , are given in 4 8 . These enable the reader to see at a glance which models would be excluded by which refinement of the experimental value of g^ — 2. Likewise, if you find some amount of fine-tuning uncomfortably large, then you are free to discard the corresponding models. The LHC collaborations have analyzed their reach for sparticle detection in both generic studies and specific benchmark scenarios proposed previously 4 6 . Based on these studies, Fig. 10 displays estimates how many different sparticles may be seen at the LHC in each of the newly-proposed benchmark scenarios 4 8 . The lightest Higgs boson is always found, and squarks and gluinos are usually found, though there are some scenarios where no sparticles are found at the LHC. The LHC often misses heavier weaklyinteracting sparticles such as charginos, neutralinos, sleptons and the other Higgs bosons. The physics capabilities of linear e+e~ colliders are amply documented in various
gluino • •
squarksBH sleptons • §
x°'
" *
H
CMSSM Benchmarks
LPcr::
M
v/s=T:crreV
I
Vs=3TeV
3S
LBGCJAMHEFKD
vs=5TeV
30 • 25 20 IS 10 • s
L8SCJAMHEFKD
II II
IL8GCJAMHEFKO
Figure 10. Estimates of the numbers of different types of CMSSM particles that may be detectable 4 8 at (a) the LHC, (b) a 1-TeV linear e + e " collider 4 9 , and (c,d) a 3(5)-TeV e+e~ s 0 or n+H~ collider 5 1 . Note the complementarity between the sparticles detectable a t the LHC and at a 1-TeV linear e + e - collider.
design studies 4 9 . Not only is the lightest MSSM Higgs boson observed, but its major decay modes can be measured with high accuracy, as seen in Fig. 11. Moreover, if sparticles are light enough to be produced, their masses and other properties can be measured very precisely, enabling models of supersymmetry breaking to be tested ° 2 . As seen in Fig. 10, the sparticles visible at an e + e~ collider largely complement those visible at the LHC 4 8 . In most of benchmark scenarios proposed, a 1-TeV linear collider would be able to discover and measure precisely several weakly-interacting sparticles that are invisible or difficult to detect at the LHC. However, there are some benchmark scenarios where the linear collider (as well as the LHC) fails to discover supersymmetry. Only a linear collider with a higher centre-of-mass energy appears sure to cover all the allowed CMSSM parameter space, as
382
John Ellis
Decline and Fall of the Standard Model? fi —» e7 and related processes
M„ (GeV/c')
r:xP
"
"X
-
Figure 11. Analysis of the accuracy with which Higgs decay branching ratios may be measured with a linear e+e collider 5 3 .
— ~ »c a
o A
a ii ~ 8
H
•
6 D
seen in the lower panels of Fig. 12, which illustrate the physics reach of a higher-energy lepton collider, such as CLIC 50 or a multiTeV muon collider 51 .
K X
o X
-
-
0
(a)
I....I..
1 . . .
200
300
500
700
1000
mj. (GeV) 1 -8
B
B
'
1
1
-y^
r
--L'"X
7
-
Prospects for Other Experiments
-
— Btr
o
0
A
.»!,
10
-
A
J
a
« 5
11 " 8
D
Detection of cold dark matter
K
X
12
-
X
o
(b)
Fig. 12 shows rates for the elastic spinindependent scattering of supersymmetric relics 54 , including upper limits from the UKDMC, CDMS and Heidelberg experiments 9 , as well as the range suggested by the DAM A collaboration 55 . Also shown are the rates calculated in the proposed benchmark scenarios discussed in the previous section, which are considerably below the DAMA range, but may be within reach of future projects. Indirect searches for supersymmetric dark matter via the products of annihilations in the galactic halo or inside the Sun also have prospects in some of the benchmark scenarios
54
383
14
....I....I
100
.
.
.
.
200
300
1 . . .
500
I....I.
700
1000
mj; (GeV) Figure 12. Rates for the elastic spin-independent scattering of supersymmetric relics on (a) protons and (b) neutrons calculated in benchmark scenarios 5 4 , compared with upper limits from the UKDMC, CDMS and Heidelberg experiments 9 , as well as the range suggested by the DAMA collaboration 5 5 .
John Ellis
Decline and Fall of the Standard Model? can (B = 30 , u > 0
100
1000
2000
m„ 2 (GeV) Figure 13. Illustration in one particular leptonflavour texture model, for tan/3 = 30 and /i > 0, indicating that n —• e~t decay may occur at a rate close to the present experimental upper limit, in the CMSSM with parameters chosen 5 7 to match the measured value of o > - 2 6 ' 4 2 .
possible to measure CP violation in // —> 3e decay. This may provide another interesting interface with neutrino physics and cosmology 58 . The minimal supersymmetric seesaw model has six CP-violating phases: the MNS phase 6, two light-neutrino Majorana phases, and three phases arising from neutrino Dirac Yukawa couplings, which may be responsible for our existence via leptogenesis in the early Universe 8 . The CP-violating neutrino phases induce phases in slepton mass matrices, which may show up in fi —* 3e decay, T —• 3e//x decays and leptonic electric dipole moments. In principle, the leptogenesis phases might be obtainable by comparing CP-violating measurements in the chargedlepton and neutrino sectors 58 . Proton decay
This could be within reach, with r ( p —• e+7r°) via a dimension-six operator possibly ~ 1035y if TUGUT ~ 10 16 GeV as expected in a minimal supersymmetric GUT. Such a The BNL E821 report of a possible de- model also suggests that r ( p —» vK+) < viation from the Standard Model suggests 10322/ via dimension-five operators 59 , unless that a non-trivial \i — /j, — 7 vertex is gen- measures are taken to suppress them 6 0 . This erated at a scale ^ 1 TeV. Neutrino oscilla- provides motivation for a next-generation tions indicate that there are A£ M 7^ 0 pro- megaton experiment that could detect processes 8 , so it is natural to expect that there ton decay as well as explore new horizons in might also be a non-trivial /i — e — 7 vertex. neutrino physics 6 1 . This is indeed the case in a generic supersymmetric GUT, where neutrino mixing induces slepton mixing 5 6 . Within this framework, the measurement of #M - 2 fixes the sparticle 8 Conclusions scale, and Y[p, —» e~/) may then be calculated within any given flavour texture. Very approximately, if Qy. - 2 is within one or two a As we have seen, future colliders such as of the present central value, one may expect the LHC and a TeV-scale linear e+e~ colB(fi —» ey) with one or two orders of magni- lider have good prospects of discovering sutude of the present experimental upper limit, persymmetry and making detailed measureas illustrated in Fig. 13 57 . ments. In parallel, B and v factories have good prospects of making inroads on the The decay /z —> 3e and \i —* e conversion flavour and unification problems. Searches on nuclei are expected to occur with branch- for dark matter, stopped-muon experiments ing ratios within two or three orders of mag- and searches for proton decay also have innitude of B(n —• e-y), and it is in principle teresting prospects. 384
Decline and Fall of the Standard Model?
John Ellis Looking further beyond the Standard Model, how can one hope to test a Theory of Everything, including quantum gravity? This should be our long-term ambition, our analogue of the 'faint blue dot' towards which exoplanetary science is directed, and which motivates much of their funding. Testing a quantum theory of gravity will be relatively easy if there are large extra dimensions 10 ' 62 . Much more challenging would be the search for observable effects if the gravitational scale turns out, after all, to be of the same order as the Planck mass ~ 10 19 GeV. Perhaps the only way to reconcile relativity with quantum mechanics is to modify one or the other, or both 63 ? Testing the Theory of Everything may require thinking beyond the standard 'Beyond the Standard Model' box.
References 1. S. Aoki, J. Goodman, C. K. Jung and J. Klein, talks at this conference. 2. M. S. Turner, talk at this conference. 3. R. Barbieri, talk at this conference. 4. M. Neubert, talk at this conference. 5. F. Zwirner, talk at this conference. 6. L. Robertson, talk at this conference. 7. G. Hanson, talk at this conference. 8. H. Murayama, talk at this conference. 9. H. Klapdor-Kleingrothaus, talk at this conference. 10. L. Randall, talk at this conference. 11. D. A. Ross and M. J. Veltman, Nucl. Phys. B 95 (1975) 135. 12. For a classic review,see: E. Farhi and L. Susskind, Phys. Rept. 74 (1981) 277; for a recent review and references, see: K. D. Lane, Technicolor 2000, arXiv: hep-ph/0007304. 13. See, for example: G. Altarelli, arXiv:hep-ph/0011078, as updated in G. Altarelli, F. Caravaglios, G. F. Giudice, P. Gambino and G. Ridolfi, JHEP 0106 (2001) 018 [arXiv:hep-
385
ph/0106029]. 14. J. R. Ellis, G. L. Fogli and E. Lisi, Phys. Lett. B 343 (1995) 282. 15. J. Drees, talk at this conference. See the LEP Collaborations, ALEPH, DELPHI, L3, OPAL, the LEP Electroweak Working Group and the SLD Heavy Flavour and Electroweak Groups, LEPEWWG/2001-01, available from http://lepewwg.web.cern.ch/LEPEWWG/ Welcome.html. 16. J. R. Ellis and D. Ross, Phys. Lett. B 506 (2001) 331 [arXiv:hep-ph/0012067]. 17. For a review, see: T. Hambye and K. Riesselmann, arXiv:hep-ph/9708416. 18. G. Isidori, G. Ridolfi and A. Strumia, Nucl. Phys. B 609 (2001) 387 [arXiv:hep-ph/0104016]. 19. L. Maiani, Proceedings of the 1979 Gifsur-Yvette Summer School On Particle Physics, 1; G. 't Hooft, in Recent Developments in Gauge Theories, Proceedings of the Nato Advanced Study Institute, Cargese, 1979, eds. G. 't Hooft et al., (Plenum Press, NY, 1980); E. Witten, Phys. Lett. B 105 (1981) 267. 20. J. Ellis, S. Kelley and D. V. Nanopoulos, Phys. Lett. B 260 (1991) 131; U. Amaldi, W. de Boer and H. Furstenau, Phys. Lett. B 260 (1991) 447; C. Giunti, C. W. Kim and U. W. Lee, Mod. Phys. Lett. A 6 (1991) 1745. 21. K. R. Dienes, E. Dudas and T. Gherghetta, Phys. Lett. B 436 (1998) 55 [arXiv:hep-ph/9803466] and Nucl. Phys. B 537 (1999) 47 [arXiv:hepph/9806292]. 22. D. M. Ghilencea and G. G. Ross, Nucl. Phys. B 606 (2001) 101 [arXiv:hepph/0102306]. 23. J. Ellis, G. Ridolfi and F. Zwirner, Phys. Lett. B 257 (1991) 83; M.S. Berger, Phys. Rev. D 41 (1990) 225; Y. Okada, M. Yamaguchi and T. Yanagida, Prog. Theor. Phys. 85 (1991) 1; Phys. Lett. B 262 (1991) 54; H.E. Haber and R.
John Ellis Hempfling, Phys. Rev. Lett. 66 (1991) 1815; R. Barbieri, M. Frigeni and F. Caravaglios, Phys. Lett. B 258 (1991) 167; P.H. Chankowski, S. Pokorski and J. Rosiek, Phys. Lett. B 274 (1992) 191; J.R. Espinosa and M. Quiros, Phys. Lett. B 266 (1991) 389; J.L. Lopez and D.V. Nanopoulos, Phys. Lett. B 266 (1991) 397; M. Carena, K. Sasaki and C.E.M. Wagner, Nucl. Phys. B 381 (1992) 66; P.H. Chankowski, S. Pokorski and J. Rosiek, Phys. Lett. B 281 (1992) 100; Nucl. Phys. B 423 (1994) 437; D.M. Pierce, A. Papadopoulos and S.B. Johnson, Phys. Rev. Lett. 68 (1992) 3678; A. Brignole, Phys. Lett. B 281 (1992) 284; M. Drees and M.M. Nojiri, Phys. Rev. D 45 (1992) 2482; V. Barger, M.S. Berger and P. Ohmann, Phys. Rev. D 49 (1994) 4908; G.L. Kane, C. Kolda, L. Roszkowski and J.D. Wells, Phys. Rev. D 49 (1994) 6173; R. Hempfling and A.H. Hoang, Phys. Lett. B 331 (1994) 99; P. Langacker and N. Polonsky, Phys. Rev. D 50 (1994) 2199; H.E. Haber, R. Hempfling and A.H. Hoang, Zeit. fur Phys. C 75 (1997) 539; S. Heinemeyer, W. Hollik and G. Weiglein, Comput. Phys. Commun. 124, 76 (2000) [hepph/9812320]. 24. For a review, see: H. Dreiner, arXiv:hepph/9707435. 25. J. Ellis, J.S. Hagelin, D.V. Nanopoulos, K.A. Olive and M. Srednicki, Nucl. Phys. B 238 (1984) 453; see also H. Goldberg, Phys. Rev. Lett. 50 (1983) 1419. 26. S. Dimopoulos and H. Georgi, Nucl. Phys. B 193 (1981) 150; N. Sakai, Z. Phys. C 11 (1981) 153. 27. K. Inoue, A. Kakuto, H. Komatsu and S. Takeshita, Prog. Theor. Phys. 68 (1982) 927 [Erratum-ibid. 70 (1982) 330]; L.E. Ibafiez and G.G. Ross, Phys. Lett. B 110 (1982) 215; L.E. Ibafiez, Phys. Lett. B 118 (1982) 73; J. El-
Decline and Fall of the Standard Model?
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
386
lis, D.V. Nanopoulos and K. Tamvakis, Phys. Lett. B 121 (1983) 123; J. Ellis, J. Hagelin, D.V. Nanopoulos and K. Tamvakis, Phys. Lett. B 125 (1983) 275; L. Alvarez-Gaume, J. Polchinski, and M. Wise, Nucl. Phys. B 221 (1983) 495. J. R. Ellis and D. V. Nanopoulos, Phys. Lett. B 110 (1982) 44; R. Barbieri and R. Gatto, Phys. Lett. B 110 (1982) 211. M. Dine and A. E. Nelson, Phys. Rev. D 48, 1277 (1993) [hep-ph/9303230]; M. Dine, A. E. Nelson and Y. Shirman, Phys. Rev. D 51, 1362 (1995) [hep-ph/9408384]; M. Dine, A. E. Nelson, Y. Nir and Y. Shirman, Phys. Rev. D 53, 2658 (1996) [hep-ph/9507378]. D. E. Kaplan, G. D. Kribs and M. Schmaltz, Phys. Rev. D 62, 035010 (2000) [hep-ph/9911293]; Z. Chacko, M. A. Luty, A. E. Nelson and E. Ponton, JHEP 0001, 003 (2000) [hep-ph/9911323]. L. Randall and R. Sundrum, Nucl. Phys. B 557, 79 (1999) [hep-th/9810155]; G. F. Giudice, M. A. Luty, H. Murayama and R. Rattazzi, JHEP 9812, 027 (1998) [hepph/9810442]. M. Fukugita and T. Yanagida, Phys. Lett. B 174 (1986) 45; for a recent review, see: W. Buchmuller, arXiv:hepph/0107153. J. R. Ellis, G. Ganis, D. V. Nanopoulos and K. A. Olive, Phys. Lett. B 502 (2001) 171 [arXiv:hep-ph/0009355]. M.S. Alam et al., [CLEO Collaboration], Phys. Rev. Lett. 74 (1995) 2885 as updated in S. Ahmed et al., CLEO CONF 99-10; BELLE Collaboration, BELLECONF-0003, contribution to the 30th International conference on High-Energy Physics, Osaka, 2000. See also K. Abe et al., [Belle Collaboration], [arXiv:hepex/0107065]; L. Lista [BaBar Collaboration], [arXiv:hep-ex/0110010]; C. Degrassi, P. Gambino and G. F. Giudice, JHEP 0012 (2000) 009; M. Carena,
John Ellis
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
Decline and Fall of the Standard Model?
D. Garcia, U. Nierste and C. E. Wagner, hep-ph/0010003; G. Isidori, talk at this conference. M. Carena, J. R. Ellis, A. Pilaftsis and C. E. Wagner, Nucl. Phys. B 586 (2000) 92 [arXiv:hep-ph/O0O318O], Phys. Lett. B 495 (2000) 155 [arXiv:hepph/0009212]; and references therein. S. Mizuta and M. Yamaguchi, Phys. Lett. B 298 (1993) 120 [arXiv:hepph/9208251]; J. Edsjo and P. Gondolo, Phys. Rev. D 56 (1997) 1879 [arXiv:hepph/9704361]. C. Boehm, A. Djouadi and M. Drees, Phys. Rev. D 62 (2000) 035012 [arXiv:hep-ph/9911496]. J. Ellis, T. Falk and K. A. Olive, Phys. Lett. B 444, 367 (1998); J. Ellis, T. Falk, K. A. Olive and M. Srednicki, Astropart. Phys. 13 (2000) 181; M. E. Gomez, G. Lazarides and C. Pallis, Phys. Rev. D 61, 123512 (2000) [hep-ph/9907261] and Phys. Lett. B 487, 313 (2000) [hepph/0004028]; R. Arnowitt, B. Dutta and Y. Santoso, hep-ph/0102181. M. Drees and M. M. Nojiri, Phys. Rev. D 47, 376 (1993); H. Baer and M. Brhlik, Phys. Rev. D 53 (1996) 597 and Phys. Rev. D 57 (1998) 567; H. Baer, M. Brhlik, M. A. Diaz, J. Ferrandis, P. Mercadante, P. Quintana and X. Tata, Phys. Rev. D 63 (2001) 015007; A. B. Lahanas, D. V. Nanopoulos and V. C. Spanos, hep-ph/0009065. J. R. Ellis, T. Falk, G. Ganis, K. A. Olive and M. Srednicki, Phys. Lett. B 510 (2001) 236 [arXiv:hep-ph/0102098]. J. L. Feng, K. T. Matchev and T. Moroi, Phys. Rev. Lett. 84, 2322 (2000) [hep-ph/9908309]; J. L. Feng, K. T. Matchev and T. Moroi, Phys. Rev. D 61, 075005 (2000) [hep-ph/9909334]; J. L. Feng, K. T. Matchev and F. Wilczek, Phys. Lett. B 482, 388 (2000) [hep-ph/0004043]. J. R. Ellis and K. A. Olive, Phys. Lett. B 514 (2001) 114 [arXiv:hep-ph/0105004].
387
40. For other recent calculations, see, for example: A. B. Lahanas, D. V. Nanopoulos and V. C. Spanos, Phys. Lett. B 518 (2001) 94 [arXiv:hep-ph/0107151]; L. Roszkowski, R. Ruiz de Austri and T. Nihei, JHEP 0108, 024 (2001) [arXiv:hep-ph/0106334]. 41. J. Ellis, K. Enqvist, D. V. Nanopoulos and F. Zwirner, Mod. Phys. Lett. A 1, 57 (1986); R. Barbieri and G. F. Giudice, Nucl. Phys. B 306 (1988) 63. 42. H. N. Brown et al. [Muon g-2 Collaboration], Phys. Rev. Lett. 86, 2227 (2001) [hep-ex/0102017]. 43. R. Alemany, M. Davier and A. Hocker, Eur. Phys. J. C 2 (1998) 123 [arXivrhepph/9703220]; M. Davier and A. Hocker, Phys. Lett. B 419 (1998) 419 [arXivrhepph/9711308]; M. Davier and A. Hocker, Phys. Lett. B 435 (1998) 427 [arXivrhepph/9805470]; S. Narison, Phys. Lett. B 513 (2001) 53 [arXiv:hep-ph/0103199]; J. F. De Troconiz and F. J. Yndurain, arXiv:hep-ph/0106025. 44. J. Bijnens, talk at this conference, arXiv:hep-ph/0108111. See also J. Bijnens, E. Pallante and J. Prades, Nucl. Phys. B 474 (1996) 379 [arXiv:hepph/9511388]; M. Hayakawa and T. Kinoshita, Phys. Rev. D 57 (1998) 465 [arXiv:hep-ph/9708227]. 45. L. L. Everett, G. L. Kane, S. Rigolin and L. Wang, Phys. Rev. Lett. 86, 3484 (2001) [arXiv:hep-ph/0102145]; J. L. Feng and K. T. Matchev, Phys. Rev. Lett. 86, 3480 (2001) [arXiv:hepph/0102146]; E. A. Baltz and P. Gondolo, Phys. Rev. Lett. 86, 5004 (2001) [arXiv:hep-ph/0102147]; U. Chattopadhyay and P. Nath, Phys. Rev. Lett. 86, 5854 (2001) [arXiv:hep-ph/0102157]; S. Komine, T. Moroi and M. Yamaguchi, Phys. Lett. B 506, 93 (2001) [arXiv:hep-ph/0102204]; S. P. Martin and J. D. Wells, Phys. Rev. D 64, 035003 (2001) [arXiv:hep-ph/0103067];
John Ellis
Decline and Fall of the Standard Model?
H. Baer, C. Balazs, J. Ferrandis and X. Tata, Phys. Rev. D 64, 035004 (2001) [arXiv:hep-ph/0103280]; J. Ellis, D. V. Nanopoulos and K. A. Olive, Phys. Lett. B 508 (2001) 65 [arXiv:hepph/0102331]; R. Arnowitt, B. Dutta, B. Hu and Y. Santoso, Phys. Lett. B 505 (2001) 177 [arXiv:hep-ph/0102344]. 46. ATLAS Collaboration, ATLAS detector and physics performance Technical Design Report, CERN/LHCC 9914/15 (1999); S. Abdullin et al. [CMS Collaboration], hep-ph/9806366; S. Abdullin and F. Charles, Nucl. Phys. B 547 (1999) 60; CMS Collaboration, Technical Proposal, CERN/LHCC 94-38 (1994).
51.
52.
53. 54.
47. See, for example: I. Hinchliffe, F. E. Paige, M. D. Shapiro, J. Soderqvist and W. Yao, Phys. Rev. D 55 (1997) 5520; TESLA Technical Design Report, DESY-01-011, Part III, Physics at an e+e~ Linear Collider (March 2001). 48. M. Battaglia et al., arXiv:hep-ph/0106204. 49. S. Matsumoto et al. [JLC Group], JLC1, KEK Report 92-16 (1992); J. Bagger et al. [American Linear Collider Working Group], The Case for a 500-GeV e+e~ Linear Collider, SLAC-PUB-8495, BNL-67545, FERMILAB-PUB-00-152, LBNL-46299, UCRL-ID-139524, LBL46299,Jul 2000,hep-ex/0007022; T. Abe et al. [American Linear Collider Working Group Collaboration], Linear Collider Physics Resource Book for Snowmass 2001, SLAC-570, hep-ex/0106055, hep-ex/0106056, hep-ex/0106057 and hep-ex/0106058; TESLA Technical Design Report, DESY-01-011, Part III, Physics at an e+e~~ Linear Collider (March 2001). 50. R. W. Assmann et al. [CLIC Study Team], A 3-TeV e+e~ Linear Collider Based on CLIC Technology, ed. G. Guignard, CERN
55. 56.
2000-08; CLIC Physics Study Group, http://clicphysics.web.cern.ch/ CLICphysics/. Neutrino Factory and Muon Collider Collaboration, http://www.cap.bnl.gov/mumu/ mu_home_page. html; European Muon Working Groups, http://muonstoragerings.cern.ch/ Welcome.html. G. A. Blair, W. Porod and P. M. Zerwas, Phys. Rev. D 6 3 (2001) 017703 [hepph/0007107]. M. Battaglia and K. Desch, arXiv:hepph/0101165. J. Ellis, J. L. Feng, A. Ferstl, K. T. Matchev and K. A. Olive, arXiv:astro-ph/0110225. DAMA Collaboration, R. Bernabei et al, Phys. Lett. B 436, 379 (1998). J. Hisano, T. Moroi, K. Tobe and M. Yamaguchi, Phys. Rev. D 53 (1996) 2442; J. Hisano, D. Nomura and T. Yanagida, Phys. Lett. B 437 (1998) 351; J. Hisano and D. Nomura, Phys. Rev. D 59 (1999) 116005; W. Buchmuller, D. Delepine and F. Vissani, Phys. Lett. B 459 (1999) 171; M. E. Gomez, G. K. Leontaris, S. Lola and J. D. Vergados, Phys. Rev. D 59 (1999) 116009; J. R. Ellis, M. E. Gomez, G. K. Leontaris, S. Lola and D. V. Nanopoulos, Eur. Phys. J. C 14 (2000) 319; W. Buchmuller, D. Delepine and L. T. Handoko, Nucl. Phys. B 576 (2000) 445; J. L. Feng, Y. Nir and Y. Shadmi, Phys. Rev. D 61 (2000) 113005; J. Sato and K. Tobe, Phys. Rev. D 63 (2001) 116010; J. Hisano and K. Tobe, Phys. Lett. B 510 (2001) 197; S. Baek, T. Goto, Y. Okada and K. Okumura, hep-ph/0104146; S. Lavignac, I. Masina and C.A. Savoy, hep-ph/0106245.
57. D. F. Carvalho, J. R. Ellis, M. E. Gomez and S. Lola, Phys. Lett. B 515 (2001) 323 [arXiv:hep-ph/0103256].
388
Decline and Fall of the Standard Model?
John Ellis 58. J. R. Ellis, J. Hisano, S. Lola and M. Raidal, arXiv:hep-ph/0109125; and references therein. 59. H. Murayama and A. Pierce, arXiv:hepph/0108104. 60. J. R. Ellis, J. S. Hagelin, S. Kelley and D. V. Nanopoulos, Nucl. Phys. B 311 (1988) 1. 61. C. K. Jung, arXiv:hep-ex/0005046; Y. Suzuki et al. [TITAND Working Group Collaboration], arXiv:hepex/0110005. 62. I. Antoniadis and K. Benakli, Int. J. Mod. Phys. A 15 (2000) 4237 [arXiv:hep-ph/0007226]. 63. J. R. Ellis, N. E. Mavromatos and D. V. Nanopoulos, arXiv:gr-qc/9909085.
389
T H E HIGGS PUZZLE: E X P E R I M E N T A N D THEORY FABIO ZWIRNER Dipartimento di Fisica, Universitd di Roma 'La Sapienza', and INFN, Sezione di Roma, Piazzale Aldo Mow 2, 1-00185 Roma, ITALY E-mail: [email protected] T h e present experimental and theoretical knowledge of the physics of electroweak symmetry breaking is reviewed. Data still favor a light Higgs boson, of a kind that can be comfortably accommodated in the Standard Model or in its Minimal Supersymmetric extension, but exhibit a non-trivial structure that leaves some open questions. The available experimental information may still be reconciled with the absence of a light Higgs boson, but the price to pay looks excessive. Recent theoretical ideas, linking the weak scale with the size of possible extra spatial dimensions, are briefly mentioned. It is stressed once more that experiments at high-energy colliders, such as the Tevatron and the LHC, are the crucial tool for eventually solving the Higgs puzzle.
Rome is a city so full of religious symbols that it provides some inspiration on how to organize a talk on the physics of electroweak symmetry breaking, where firm experimental and theoretical results are mixed, so far, with a certain amount of beliefs. 1
The Standard Model (The Orthodoxy)
The obvious starting point for any discussion of the Higgs puzzle (= 'what is the physics of electroweak symmetry breaking?') is the Standard Model (SM), by now firmly established as the renormalizable quantum field theory of strong and electroweak interactions at presently accessible energies: in the spirit of the preface, it can be called 'The Orthodoxy'. The only SM ingredient still escaping experimental detection, in a theoretical construction that works incredibly well, is the Higgs 1 boson, H. Its properties are controlled by some well-known parameters of the fermion and gauge sectors (including the Fermi constant Gp, which sets the value of the weak scale) plus an independent one, the Higgs mass mn • The elementary complex spin-0 field (ft, an SU(2)L doublet of weak hypercharge Y = +1/2 (in the normalization where Q = T^L + Y), is by now considered to be an essential
part of what we call the SM. Indeed, it plays a fundamental role in the description of two symmetry-breaking phenomena. The first is the spontaneous breaking of the SU(2)L X U(l)y gauge symmetry down to the U{1)Q of QED, described by the following part of the SM Lagrangian:
CS = {D^)\D^)
-fi24>U- K4>U? • (1)
The second is the explicit breaking of the global flavor symmetry that is present if only gauge interactions are switched on. This is realized by the Yukawa part of the SM Lagrangian, CY = huq[EuR(j) + hD~qEdR(t>
+hET[eR
(2)
are 3 x 3 complex
matrices and generation indices have been omitted. Over the years, our confidence in this description has been progressively reinforced by increasingly precise tests of both these symmetry-breaking phenomena (here the focus will be on gauge symmetry breaking, since the theoretical aspects of flavor symmetry breaking are discussed in another talk at this Conference 2 ). However, the ultimate, crucial test of the SM remains the direct search for the Higgs particle, by far the most important experimental enterprise in today's particle physics.
390
Fabio Zwirner 1.1
The Higgs Puzzle: Experiment and Theory
Direct searches for the SM Higgs
The experimental status of the searches for the SM Higgs particle is reviewed in detail in another talk at this Conference 3 . Here I will just summarize the present situation from the preliminary LEP-combined results 4 released for the conferences of Summer 2001: CM
• The data still show an excess, at the level of 2.1a, over the expected SM background, mainly due to ALEPH data and to the four-jet final state (to be compared with the 2.9cr excess in the preliminary data of November 2000). • The maximum likelihood occurs at rrifj = 115.6 GeV, with 3.5% probability of a fluctuation of the SM background. • The lower bound on the Higgs mass is mH > 114.1 GeV at 95% c.L, to be compared with an expected bound of 115.4 GeV. • Three out of the four LEP experiments have not yet released their final results at the time of this Conference: the final combination of the LEP results is expected for the end of 2001. 1.2
SM fits to the Higgs mass
Besides direct searches, additional information on the SM Higgs boson come from the fits to m,H based on electroweak precision data, whose experimental aspects are discussed in another talk at this Conference 5 . A popular summary of the available information 6 is the famous 'blueband' plot of the LEP Electroweak Working Group, displayed / 2 of t h e in Fig. 1: it gives the A\2 = X2 •X^4„ global SM fit to electroweak precision data as a function of m # . As evident from Fig. 1, the fit clearly favours a light Higgs. The default fit, represented by the solid curve in Fig. 1, gives mH = 88^35 GeV and mH < 196 GeV at 95% c.L. An alternative fit (see below for an explanation), represented by the dashed
391
<
Excluded
'(/
Preliminary
10 m H [GeV]
Figure 1. A x 2 as a function of m g from the global fit to the SM. The region excluded by the direct searches at LEP is also shown.
line, gives ran < 222 GeV at 95% c.L and a slightly higher central value. The band represents a (debatable) estimate of the theoretical uncertainty. Notice that the fit does not include the information coming from direct searches. Notice also that, in both fits, more than half of the x 2 curve falls in the shaded region, excluded at 95% c.L by direct searches. Given the importance of the issue, it is worth examining in more detail how the preference for a light SM Higgs arises. For given values of the remaining SM input parameters, precise electroweak data combined with updated theoretical calculations give logarithmic sensitivity to mH, mostly via two pseudo-observables: the leptonic effective electroweak mixing angle, sin 2 6*?. = (1 — vi/ai)/<±, and the mass of the W boson, mw- There are still small theoretical uncertainties in the evaluation of radiative corrections, in principle reducible by more refined calculations. A recent progress along these lines is the calculation 7 of the com-
The Higgs Puzzle: Experiment and Theory
Fabio Zwirner plete fermionic two-loop contribution to mw, but other calculations of the same order are still missing. Larger uncertainties come from non-negligible errors in other parameters entering the fit. An important one is the hadronic contribution to the running of the electromagnetic coupling constant, Aa^d, as extracted from a dispersion integral over a parametrization of the measured crosssection for e+e~ —> hadrons, including the recent data 8 from BES and CMD-2. A conservative, 'data-driven' fit 9 gives A ^ K )
= 0.02761 ± 0.00036,
Preliminary 0.23099 ± 0.00053 A,(Pt)
0.23159 ±0.00041
AiSLC
0.23098 ± 0.00026
c
T— *
A,b
0.23152 1 0 . 0 0 0 1 7 XZ/d.o.f.: 1 2 . 8 / 5
3
10 -
(3)
> O I..
£V,y
J
X i Aa,\;'a= 0.02761 ± 0.00036 sm,= 91.1875 ±0.0021 GeV am'= 174.3 ± 5 . 1 GeV
(4)
There are many other determinations, as reviewed for example in Ref. n , all consistent with the previous ones, but with a tendency to be closer to Eq. (3) than to Eq. (4). The second important uncertainty in the input parameters is the one associated with the experimental determination of the top quark mass from the CDF and DO experiments at Fermilab 12 :
0.2324 ± 0.0012
Average
0.23
= 0.02738 ± 0.00020.
0.23272 ± 0.00079
-*
corresponding to the 'default' input of the blueband plot, whereas a more aggressive, 'theory-driven' fit 10 , corresponding to the 'alternative' input of the blueband plot, gives Aa{^d(mz)
0.23226 + 0.00031
0.232
0.234
• 2jePt
sin 6 eff Figure 2. Determination of sin 2 0"Ff from the asymmetry measurements. The SM prediction is also shown, as a function of m / j , with t h e uncertainties from A a i d(mz) and mt added linearly.
quark charge asymmetry) to give larger values of sin2 #eT? (and of mjj) than the leptonic asymmetries (forward-backward asymmetry, mtop = 174.3 ± 5.1 GeV. (5) r polarization asymmetry, SLD left-right The individual experimental determina- asymmetry). The average of the hadronic l tions of sin 2 0*J*j and mw, with the corre- determinations alone gives sin e eff{had) = sponding theoretical predictions and uncer- 0.23230 ±0.00029, the average of the leptonic ones sin 2 9lef}(lep) = 0.23113 ± 0.00021, cortainties, as taken from Ref. 6 , are displayed responding to a discrepancy at the level of in Figs. 2 and 3. A careful inspection of Figs. 1-3 reveals 3.3cr. This effect was larger in Winter 2001: that the SM fit is not entirely a bed of roses, the change is mostly due to a — 0.5cr shift of the bb forward-backward asymmetry, AF'B, as stressed, for example, in Ref. 13 (on the basis of the data available in Winter 2001). after a new DELPHI analysis based on a First, the quality of the overall fit turns neural network to tag the b-charge, and an out to be acceptable but not exceptional, improvement in the jet-charge measurement of the ALEPH analysis. The most precise X2/dof = 22.9/15, corresponding to a 'probability' of 8.6%. The main reason for this hadronic determination comes indeed from can be seen from Fig. 2: there is a system- ApB, and has now a pull of 2.9<7 with reatic tendency of the hadronic asymmetries spect to the central value of the global SM fit. (bb and cc forward-backward asymmetry plus Keeping in mind the possibility of a statisti-
392
Fabio Zwirner
The Higgs Puzzle: Experiment and Theory Mass of the W Boson
Experiment
Mw
ALEPH
[GeV]
80.471 ±0.049
80.398 ±0.069 80.490 ± 0 . 0 6 5 2
X /dof = 32.5/39 80.450 ± 0.039
-mm
Aa ( 5 ) fla
had_
0.02761 ±0.00036 linearly added to
m 80.2
80.4 M w [GeV]
Mt = 174.3±5.1 GeV
80.6
Figure 3. The measurements of my/ at LEP. T h e lower plot shows the SM prediction, as a function o f m H , with the uncertainties from A a ^ ( m z ) and mt added linearly.
cal fluctuation, this can be viewed as a small problem either for the SM or for the experimental analyses. Radical modifications of the Zbb vertex appear unlikely, given the fact that Aj, from SLD and Rb are well-behaved. Also, measuring Ap^ is a very delicate experimental task, since flavor and charge of the b-quarks need to be tagged simultaneously, with more complicated systematics than in the measurement of Rb- On the other hand, all the experimental determinations of mw are in good agreement and point to a light Higgs boson: those of Fig. 3 can be combined with the ones from the UA2, CDF and DO experiments at pp colliders, giving mw = 80.454 ± 0.060, to produce a global
393
world average mw = 80.451 ± 0.033. Notice that, with the present errors, the main parametric uncertainty affecting the theoretical determination of mw is the one coming from mt, whereas mt and Aa h^d(mz) give comparable uncertainties in the theoretical determination of sin d^ff • Given the small discrepancy between hadronic and leptonic asymmetries, the exercise of looking at what happens, when dropping the hadronic asymmetries from the fit, may not be entirely academical. The result is the following: the quality of the SM fit improves, but the central value of m # is pushed down, so that the consistency of the SM fit to ran with the limits from direct searches becomes marginal [with a significant residual dependence, which should not be forgotten, on Aahld(mz) and mt]. Is there a SM crisis lurking around the corner? A prudent attitude before answering this question may be appropriate, taking into account that the final heavy-flavor analyses from LEP and improved determinations of mw and mt from the new Tevatron run will be available soon. It may well be, however, that we must wait until the discovery (or the exclusion) of a light Higgs boson to definitively settle the issue.
1.3
The SM as an effective theory
If we believed that the SM is the whole story, the talk could end here. However, we all know that the SM cannot be the ultimate theory of elementary particles, valid at arbitrarily high energy scales, since it does not contain a quantum theory of gravitational interactions and some of its couplings are not asymptotically free. Thus, the SM must be seen as an effective field theory, valid up to some physical cut-off scale A, where new physics must be introduced into the theory. On general grounds, A could be anywhere between the TeV scale and the Planck scale, MP = G~1/2/VS^ - 2.4 x 10 18 GeV, where
Fabio Zwirner
The Higgs Puzzle: Experiment and Theory tests, neutrino masses, proton decay, . . . . In this framework, an old question 14 can be addressed in the light of present experimental data: given our knowledge of the top quark mass and of the bounds on the Higgs mass, can we put some firm bounds on the cut-off scale A? The qualitative aspects of the answer can be appreciated by remembering that, in the SM, the top and Higgs masses are associated with the largest Yukawa coupling ht and with the quartic Higgs selfcoupling A, respectively, via tree-level relations of the form mt oc htv and m2H oc Au2, where v is the vacuum expectation value of the Higgs field. Also, the scale-dependence of A is controlled by the renormalization group equation
GN is Newton's constant, characterizing the observed gravitational interactions. Assuming that the SM correctly identifies the degrees of freedom at the weak scale (this may not be true, as will be discussed later, in the case of the Higgs field), we can write down the most general local Lagrangian compatible with the SM symmetries, classifying the possible operators according to their physical dimension, and scaling all dimensionful couplings by appropriate powers of A. The resulting dimensionless coefficients are then to be interpreted as parameters, which can be either fitted to experimental data or (if we are able to do so) theoretically determined from the fundamental theory replacing the SM at the scale A. Very schematically (and omitting all coefficients and indices, as well as many theoretical subtleties):
4
t-eff
2
2
2
[A + A $ ] + [(D$) + * #tf +F»VF^
+ ¥ * $ + $4
+ F^F^
*CT^*FMV
A $2F^FM + - "A2"
A
* * * *
A2 (6)
where * stands for the generic quark or lepton field, <E> for the SM Higgs field, F for the field strength of the SM gauge fields, and D for the gauge-covariant derivative. The first bracket in Eq. (6) contains two terms, a cosmological constant term and a Higgs mass term, that are proportional to positive powers of A, and are at the origin of two infamous hierarchy problems. The second bracket in Eq. (6) contains operators with no powerlike dependence on A, but only a milder, logarithmic dependence, due to infrared renormalization effects between the cut-off scale A and the weak scale. The last bracket in Eq. (6) is the starting point of an expansion in inverse powers of A, and contains operators associated with rare processes, precision
-T^TT
dlogQ
= - ^
16TT2
(A2 + A/i? - hAt;) + ... , (7) w
v
*
*
'
where Q is the renormalization scale and the dots stand for smaller one-loop contributions, controlled by the electroweak gauge couplings, and higher-order contributions. For any given values of mt and A, we can extract a 'triviality' upper bound on win observing that, if rriH is too large, A(Q) blows up at a scale Qo < A, developing a Landau pole. This leads to some well-known constraints, supported by more rigorous arguments and by lattice calculations: m # < 200 GeV if A ~ MP, mH < 600 GeV if A ~ 1 TeV. Similarly, we can extract a 'stability' lower bound on rrifj by observing that, if m,H is too small, then X(Q) becomes negative at Qo < A, and another minimum of the SM potential develops at (>) ~ QoSince the results of the previous subsection point to rather small values of mjj, the presently hot issue is the stability bound, recently revisited in 15 . When implementing the stability bound, three options are possible: 1) we can require absolute stability, i.e. the correct electroweak vacuum must have lower energy than the 'wrong' vacuum; 2) we can require stability with respect to high-temperature fluctuations in the cosmo-
394
The Higgs Puzzle: Experiment and Theory
Fabio Zwirner logical evolution of the early Universe; 3) we can require stability with respect to quantum fluctuations at approximately zero temperature. The latter is the most conservative option, and amounts to requiring that the lifetime of the correct electroweak vacuum should be larger than the present age of the Universe, Tu ~ 1010 yrs. The present results are illustrated 15 in Fig. 4, where
sensible value) and van = 115 GeV (close to its minimum allowed value and to the location of the slight experimental effect discussed in subsection 1.1), then option (1) leads to mt < (166 ± 2) GeV. After a new complete one-loop calculation of the tunneling probability at zero temperature, option (3) leads to mt < (175 ± 2) GeV, still in full agreement with the data. Therefore, it may be premature to claim evidence of new physics below Mp from SM vacuum stability, even if we are at the border of the allowed region, a situation for which possible theoretical reasons have been suggested 16 . 2
Figure 4. Instability, meta-stability and stability regions of the SM vacuum in the (mjf,mt) plane, for &s{mz) = 0.118 (solid curves) ±0.002 (dashed and dash-dotted curves). The shaded area indicates the experimental range fro mt, Eq. (5), at la (darker) and 2a (lighter).
as{mz) = 0.118 ± 0.002 and A = MP have been assumed, and in Fig. 5, where ran = i
" • ' i '
M S S M (The Dogma?)
In the SM effective Lagrangian of Eq. 6, the mass term for the Higgs field has a quadratic dependence on the cut-off scale A. When we try to extrapolate the SM to scales much higher than the weak scale, this gives rise to the infamous gauge hierarchy problem. The natural solution to this problem is to introduce new physics close to the weak scale. The present best candidate for such new physics is the Minimal Supersymmetric extension of the Standard Model (MSSM), extensively discussed in another talk at this Conference 17 . 2.1
Some virtues of the MSSM
Figure 5. Running of the quartic Higgs coupling A(/t) for mH = 115 GeV, mt = 165,170,175, 180, 185 GeV and as(mz) ~ 0.118. Absolute stability [X(Mweak) > 0] is still possible if mt < 166 GeV. The hatched region is excluded by the meta-stability bound.
The main virtue of the MSSM is that, if the mass splittings Amsusy that break supersymmetry (SUSY) are of the order of the weak scale Mweak ~ 1 TeV, then its cut-off scale can be naturally taken to be AMSSM = A2susy/Amsusy, where Asusy is the scale of spontaneous SUSY breaking. In hiddensector supergravity models, where Asusy ~ ^MweakMp, such cut-off scale can then be pushed very close to Mp (this is not true if SUSY breaking occurs at lower scales, as in 'gauge-mediated' models).
115 GeV and as(mz) = 0.118 have been assumed. If we set A ~ Mp (its maximum
Another virtue of the MSSM is that, in contrast with other possible solutions of the hierarchy problem, it is generically as good as
^ in GeV
395
The Higgs Puzzle: Experiment and Theory
Fabio Zwirner the SM in complying with electroweak precision data. This is due to the fact that the soft SUSY-breaking mass terms do not break the SU(2)L x U{l)y gauge symmetry. Indeed, it was recently observed 18 that, if sneutrinos and charged sleptons (and, to a lesser extent, charginos and neutralinos) have masses close to their present experimental bounds, then the MSSM may lead to an improved consistency between direct and indirect bounds on the Higgs mass, when the hadronic asymmetries are left out of the global fit. This result is illustrated in Figs. 6 and 7, drawn in planes -7
-8
o x « ID
-10
-11
1
' ' I ' ' ' ' I ' ' ' ' I + : m e a s u r e d values blue: l c r V r e d : MSSM
: SM, m H = 1 1 3 G e V - > 1 3 5 GeV I
, ,
, , I • ,
—i—i—i—I—i—i—i—i—I—i—i—i—i—I—i—i—r-
,
1 I ,
1 ,
,
6
+ : measured values blue: 1 a red: MSSM
e x x 10
Figure 7. T h e same as in Fig. 6 b u t for e\ and £3.
tonic asymmetries and the ratio Rf, have been included in the fit. The elliptic contours represent the region allowed by the data at the lcr level. The irregular contours enclose the typical MSSM predictions for a light spectrum. The fat dot with an arrow shows the : SM, m H =113 GeV-»135 GeV SM prediction for a Higgs mass varying beI , • , , I • • , , I • , , , tween 113 GeV and 135 GeV. We can see 6 that, for a light MSSM spectrum, the agreex 10 J ment between data and theoretical predictions can improve.
Figure 6. Measured values (cross) of £3 and £2, with their lcr region (solid ellipse), obtained from mw, T;, sin 2 d^fUlep) and i?(,. The area inside the irregular curve represents the MSSM prediction for m e - t between 96 and 300 GeV, m ± between 105 and 300 GeV, |/i| < 1 TeV, tan/3 = 10, miR = 1 TeV and rrij\ = 1 TeV.
characterized by two of the three flavourindependent parameters (ei,e2,£3) that are often used in non-SM fits to precision data. We remind the reader that t\, related to Veltman's parameter 5p, is mainly controlled by mt, £2 is particularly sensitive to mw and £3 is mainly controlled by sin 2 9*?Ulep). Only the W mass, the leptonic Z width, the lep-
Another important piece of indirect evidence in favour of the MSSM is the fact that, when combined with a condition on the grand unification of all gauge couplings and with the hypothesis of a 'desert' between the weak scale and the grand unification scale, it leads 19 to one successful prediction for the gauge couplings at the weak scale. To gauge the significance of this success, we can perform a simple-minded but illuminating exercise. We can consider the one-loop renormalization group equation for the running gauge coupling constants da A bA = — oc\ + . . dlogQ 2TT 396
(A = 1,2,3), (8)
The Higgs Puzzle: Experiment and Theory
Fabio Zwirner where 6.4 are the one-loop beta-function coefficients, determined by the gauge quantum numbers of the particle spectrum at the weak scale. If we are agnostic about the precise value of the unified gauge coupling and of the grand unification scale, but we assume the normalization of the U(l)y gauge coupling suggested by the simplest grand-unified models, we can perform a unification test by considering the only variable controlling the prediction for the gauge couplings at the weak scale, the ratio B = (63 — 62)/(&2 — b{). The SM value of this ratio is BSM ^ 0.53, its experimental value is Bexp ~ 0.71, and the MSSM value is BMSSM ^ 0.72. A reasonable error estimate is A B ~ 0.03, completely dominated by the the fact that we do not know the details of the MSSM spectrum and of the spectrum of the underlying theory around the grand unification scale. This is an impressive success, and it is difficult to believe that it is accidental and that we are being fooled by a malicious Nature and by theorists. Any other extension of the SM claiming to be better than the MSSM must face this important phenomenological hint.
2.2
The MSSM Higgs sector
If we take seriously the MSSM, then it is important to extract its predictions for the Higgs sector. As is well known, the MSSM Higgs sector contains two complex doublets, which after gauge symmetry breaking give rise to five physical degrees of freedom, three neutral (h, H, A) and two charged (H±). The prediction of SUSY is that the MSSM Higgs sector depends, at the tree level, only on known SM parameters and two more parameters, for example TUA and tan/3 = v^/vi. After including quantum corrections, the predictions of SUSY are not lost, but the dependences become more complicated and involve all the rest of the MSSM spectrum, in particular the parameters of the top-stop sector 20 . An intense theoretical effort has been devoted 397
over the last years to the precise computation of the MSSM Higgs properties, and we are now at the stage where the calculation of the most important two-loop corrections is being completed. When the top quark mass will be known more precisely, these calculations will be important for reliably comparing models of SUSY breaking with the available bounds on the spectrum. Of course, the relevance of all this could increase further if and when SUSY particles and SUSY Higgs bosons will be found. So far, two-loop corrections to the neutral Higgs boson masses have been computed mostly in the limit of vanishing momentum on the external lines of the Higgs and gauge boson propagators. In this limit, analytical formulae at 0(atas) a r e available, for arbitrary values of the relevant MSSM parameters 21 , and have been implemented in computer codes. As for the C ( a 2 ) corrections, which can be of comparable numerical importance, at the time of this Conference there are only partially analytic formulae 22 for m/,, valid in the limit TUA ^> mzThe general calculation of the 0 ( a 2 ) corrections (in the zero-momentum limit) has been recently completed 23 and agrees with Ref. 22 in the appropriate limit. The effects of the 0 ( Q 2 ) corrections is illustrated in Fig. 8, taken from Ref. 22 . We can see that these corrections can be sizeable, increasing rrih by several GeV in the case of large mixing in the stop mass matrix. Armed with the relevant radiative corrections [the C ( a 2 ) ones have not yet been adequately implemented in the codes, but will presumably be included in the final LEP analyses], experimentalists have searched for direct signals of the MSSM Higgs bosons, as reviewed in another talk at this Conference 3 and described in more detail in Ref. 24 . The small Higgs signal in the SM analysis has its counterpart in the MSSM analysis: some excesses at the ~ la level are reported both in the e + e~ —• hA channel, at (mh, mA) ~ (83,83), (93,93) GeV, and in the
The Higgs Puzzle: Experiment and Theory
Fabio Zwirner
140
' ' ' I ' ' ' ' I ' ' ' ' I ' ' ' ' I ' M s = l TeV
yU.= - 5 0 0 GeV
Figure 8. The mass mj, vs. the stop mixing parameter X^r , for some representative values of t h e remaining MSSM parameters. T h e two-loop corrections are included either at O(atces) (lower lines) or at 0(atas + a1) (upper lines). The fine structure corresponds to two different methods of implementing the corrections.
e+e~ —• hZ channel, for rrih ~ 97,115 GeV. The lower bounds on the MSSM Higgs masses are notoriously difficult to illustrate, due to their dependence on many parameters. Examples of exclusion plots are presented in Figs. 9 and 10, for a representative choice of MSSM parameters. In a 'benchmark' case characterized by a large mixing in the stop mass matrix, which should lead to conservative bounds on (771^,777,1) and on tan/?, the data have been interpreted 24 in terms of the following exclusion regions at 95% c.l.: (mh,mA) < (91.0,91.9) GeV and tan/? < 2.4. For small stop mixing, the limits are typically stronger. There are other recent interesting studies of the MSSM Higgs sector that would deserve to be discussed. There is just the time to briefly mention them, referring the reader to the corresponding papers. There is a new experimental analysis of the Tevatron data 25 , on the search for pp —> bb(p —• bbbb (
value, tan /3 > 40-50. Some recent theoretical studies 26 have considered the possibility of radiatively induced CP-violating effects in the Higgs sector, coming from explicit CP-violating phases in the squark-gluino sector, and have analyzed the resulting complications in the discussion of the MSSM Higgs searches. Other theoretical studies 27 have examined the implications of the experimental bounds on the MSSM Higgses for different models of SUSY-breaking 'mediation'. 2.3
Some weak points of the MSSM
It would be misleading to end this section without mentioning that, besides its virtues, the MSSM has also, in our present view, a number of weak points. To begin with, the MSSM with its soft SUSY breaking provides only an incomplete, technical solution of the hierarchy problem, since the overall mass scale of the soft terms is set 'by hand'. These soft terms also introduce a very large number of free parameters into the model: this problem is going to stay with us until when a standard model for spontaneous supersymmetry breaking will
398
Fabio Zwirner
0
20
The Higgs Puzzle: Experiment and Theory
40
60
80
100 120 140 mh0 (GeV/c2)
Figure 9. The MSSM exclusion region in t h e (mh,niA) plane, for the 'rre^-max' benchmark scenario. T h e central region is excluded by L E P searches, the lateral ones are theoretically inaccessible in such a scenario.
emerge and/or SUSY particles will be found. ' More seriously, after many years of experimental searches at increasing energy scales, which explored a large part of the theoretically most appealing region from the point of view of the hierarchy problem, no direct experimental hint for the existence of the MSSM Higgs or SUSY particles has been 3n found. Taking all this into account, we should not take the MSSM as a dogma for the new physics at the weak scale, but keep an open mind for the possible alternatives. 3
Can we do without a light Higgs? (The Heresy?)
This part of the talk will touch an issue that it often triggers heated discussions: can we do lo without a light Higgs? Some people view this is as a heresy, some others almost take it for or granted, so it is worth reviewing it, even if the le state of affairs has not changed in an imporr-
399
Figure 10. The MSSM region of the (771,4,tan/3) plane excluded by LEP searches, for the ' m / , - m a x ' benchmark scenario.
tant way during the last year. Since, to the taste of most theorists, there is no satisfactory model without a light elementary Higgs, we may take an agnostic point of view and work at the level of an effective field theory. The most drastic departure from the SM consists in getting rid of the elementary Higgs field, and having the electroweak gauge symmetry SU{2)L x U(l)y non-linearly realized (so doing, of course, we define a nonrenormalizable effective theory whose cut-off scale cannot be much above the TeV scale). This approach has a long history, from the pioneering papers of Ref. 28 to some recent phenomenological discussions 29 after the LEP and Tevatron data. In this approach, the effective Lagrangian is constructed from the Goldstone bosons wa associated with electroweak symmetry breaking, assembled into the group element £ = exp(2iwara/v), where v ~ 256 GeV. Concentrating on the terms that can affect the W and Z propagators, thus playing a major role in the discussion
The Higgs Puzzle: Experiment and Theory
Fabio Zwirner of electroweak precision tests, we can write
renormalization, must be combined with finite contributions Kg (for sin 2 O^ff) an<^ Kw £eff = jTr (D^D'tf) (for mw)- A similar phenomenon occurs in the effective theory with the Higgs field, with + X > d ; ( E , A , . . . ) , (9) the only difference that the logarithmic dei pendence is on run /rnz- At the level of both where effective theories, Kgtw depend on the cutoff and on the unknown dimensionless coefD^ = 9ME + igW^Y, - ig'ZBy (10) ficients of the higher-dimensional operators, is the covariant derivative. The first term in on which we can get reliable information only (9) describes the W and Z masses, as can be if we know about the underlying fundamental seen immediately in the unitary gauge T, — 1. theory. With the present data, it is still posThe higher-order operators Oi are scaled by sible to have A(m.tf) ^> mz without excessive appropriate powers of the cut-off A of this fine-tuning of the quantities KgtwHiggsless theory, and are characterized by diA more careful analysis, however, reveals mensionless coefficients £j. the present advantage of the light Higgs hyA less drastic approach consists in keep- pothesis. First, it must be said that, despite ing the elementary Higgs field
+ YlciOi(
(11)
i
where A is the cut-off and Cj are the dimensionless coefficients of the various operators In both approaches, the theoretical expressions for the two key pseudo-observables in the fits, sin 9^?* and mw, differ from the SM ones. For given values of all the other parameters, in the SM they are just functions of TTIH, with their leading dependences proportional to log(mjj/mz)In these new frameworks, the dependences become more complicated:
^ — - { ! ° g i + ^ (*'*)• mz
l
l o
S^
\Ci,AJ
(12) In the Higgsless effective theory, the logarithmic dependence on A/mz, generated by
A, and tune the coefficients Cj, to keep agreement with the data: then mn ~ mz and A > mz looks as the most natural solution! There was a recent survey 3 2 of models that may evade the constraint of having a light Higgs with ran ~ mz- Three classes of models were identified, making reference to the (S,T) parameters, analogous to the (£3,61) parameters of Fig. 7: (i) those in which new physics can produce negative contributions to the S parameter; (ii) those with a new vector bosons Z' close to the weak scale; (iii) those in which new physics can produce positive contributions to the T parameter. Without going to the details, the important point is that all these models exhibit a rich phenomenology around the TeV scale, accessible to accelerators such as the Tevatron 3 3 , the LHC 3 4 and a possible high-energy lin-
400
The Higgs Puzzle: Experiment and Theory
Fabio Zwirner ear e+e 4
collider
.
N e w theoretical ideas (Crackpot religions?)
Electroweak symmetry breaking is a testing ground for new ideas that are restlessly explored by adventurous theorists, despite the fact that some of their most conservative colleagues may view them (in the words of Monty Python) as 'crackpot religions'. It is appropriate to comment here on some ideas that have been very actively explored in the last years, focusing on the aspects that are most strictly related with Higgs physics. The two big hierarchy problems of our present theories are the cosmological constant problem and the gauge hierarchy problem, related with the two operators of dimension d < 4 in the SM effective Lagrangian, conveniently rewritten as: ^•eff
=
h-cosm + Aweak4>
+ ... .
(13)
We must explain why the scales of the vacuum energy and of the Higgs mass satisfy the phenomenological bounds A 0(1O~ 3 eV) (as discussed in another talk at this Conference 36 ) and Aweak ~ 0 ( 1 TeV), with the intriguing numerical coincidence A cosra ~ A2weak/MP. Are the two hierarchy problems related? It turns out that they are in supergravity and superstring theories, where supersymmetry becomes a local symmetry and gravity is automatically included. In these theories, formulating an acceptable model for SUSY breaking is difficult, precisely because the problem of the weak scale (most probably linked to the scale of SUSY-breaking masses) and the problem of the cosmological constant scale must be addressed at once. Many theorists feel that models formulated in more than four space-time dimensions may offer unconventional solutions to these problems and, perhaps, some exotic phenomenology to be explored experimen-
401
tally. Since these models are the subject of another talk at this Conference 3 7 , some comments related with electroweak symmetry breaking and the gauge hierarchy problem will be sufficient here (for other recent reviews and references on extra dimensions, see e.g. Ref. 3 8 ). One of the most interesting features of models with extra dimensions is the fact that the hierarchy Mweak/Mp can be linked with some geometrical object, in the simplest case a compactification radius R characterizing the size of one or more compactified dimensions. Such a relation is strongly model-dependent. In toroidal compactifications, we can get power-like relations such as (M^eak/Mp) oc R~n, where n is an integer and the dimensionful proportionality coefficient is model-dependent. In 'warped' compactifications, we can get exponential relations of the form (Mweak/Mp) ~ exp(—MpR). The gauge hierarchy problem is then reformulated in a very interesting way: it amounts to understanding the stability and the dynamical origin of the value of the radius R that fits the phenomenological value of Mweak. There is no compelling idea so far in this direction, but some intriguing features are emerging and are at the center of an intense theoretical activity. Before describing some of the possibilities, it is worth mentioning that the problem of determining R is analogous to the problem of understanding the stability and the dynamical origin of Amsusy, the scale of SUSY-breaking mass splittings, in conventional, four-dimensional models of spontaneous SUSY breaking. The analogy becomes evident in those (higher-dimensional) superstring 39,40 and supergravity 41 models where the radius R does indeed control Amsusy. If there are symmetries of the higherdimensional theory whose breaking is nonlocal in the extra dimensions, symmetrybreaking quantities may be shielded from UV effects, and determined by the infrared dy-
Fabio Zwirner
The Higgs Puzzle: Experiment and Theory
namics. As an example, the field-dependent one-loop effective potential of some superstring 40 (and field-theory 42 ) compactifications does not contain positive powers of the string scale (cutoff scale A)
that had initially a classical scale invariance, it may be regarded as the analogous of soft breaking in the MSSM. This mechanism may be stable and related to a dimensional transmutation via the 'holographic' picture 47 . Coming back to the main subject of V1(R,4>) = R-4 + R~202 + (p4 + ... , (14) the present talk, what features may emerge for Higgs phenomenology? It may be too where all coefficients have been omitted and early to tell. One possibility is the mixthe dots stand for logarithmic corrections asing between the Higgs boson(s), charged unsociated with the infrared running of the couder the electroweak gauge symmetry, and plings. Starting from a higher-dimensional the spin-0 fields, neutral under the electheory whose symmetries forbid a Higgs mass troweak gauge symmetry, that are associated term (and ignoring the radius dynamics), ran with the compactification radius ('radion') and v = (
402
The Higgs Puzzle: Experiment and Theory
Fabio Zwirner CDF PRELIMINARY Run 1 X)
eorrbired CDF/DO thresholds
95% C.L. upper limits; II bb
X
t
•* —
' " "to bb " " ' ' qqbb vv'M.
^
% 10 "
m x
"
'"*"" -
VH combined 0 LxJ O
DC >
80
-
_J O X UJ
~
04
a.
10
90
.
.
1
100
140
Higgs mass
160
180
200
(GeV/c 2 )
Figure 12. T h e integrated luminosity required per experiment, to either exclude a SM Higgs boson at 95% c.l. or discover it at the 3cr or 5
Standard ModeT~—^^ .
120
;
UI
.
100
,
.
1
110
,
,
,
!
120
,
,
,
,
130
Higgs Mass (GeV/c2) Figure 11. Preliminary upper limits (at 95% c.l.) on production cross-sections times branching ratios, as functions of mjj, from Run I of the C D F experiment.
from CDF 49 (DO had a slightly smaller sensitivity). With the luminosity and detectors of Run I, Tevatron is still more than one order of magnitude away from the sensitivity required by the SM Higgs properties. However, as described in detail in a dedicated study 50 , and summarized in Fig. 12, things will be different, and very challenging, in the near future. For run < 135 GeV, the focus of the present attention, CDF and DO will search for the SM Higgs boson considering its associated production with a weak gauge boson, pp -> V + {H -> bb) (V = W±,Z), and looking at a number of different final states: (Zi/)(6&), {l+r)(bb), {W){bb). Serious backgrounds are Vbb, VV, it, single top, and others. For run > 135 GeV, the channel gg —> H —> W i y W becomes accessible, and the useful final states are (^l^jj) and (l+l~uV). (In this Section I will always stand for e or fi.) The results of Fig. 12 are obtained by combining the statistical power of both experiments and all the channels mentioned
above. The lower edge of the bands is the calculated threshold; the bands extend upward from these nominal thresholds by 30% as an indication of the uncertainties in btagging efficiencies, background rate, mass resolution, and other effects. The Higgs hunt will continue at the LHC (whose status is summarized by another talk at this Conference 3 4 ) . In the mass region run > 130 GeV, the job of the ATLAS and CMS experiments will be relatively easy, thanks to the gold-plated channel H -> ZZ^ -> 4 ^ , with other channels as a backup for the mass regions with less statistics: H -+ W W W —• Ivlv for mH ~ 2mw ± 30 GeV, H -> ZZ -> l+l~i>v (and possibly H —>• WW -> li/jj or H -+ ZZ -> l+l~jj) for mH > 600 GeV. In the case of a light Higgs, m # < 130 GeV, various different signals are available. Earlier studies have defined the strategies for signals such as inclusive H —> 77, it + (H —> bb, 77) and V + (H —• bb, 77). The combined discovery potential of the ATLAS and CMS experiments, for different integrated luminosities, is summarized 51 in Fig. 13. During the last year, there was progress 52 in the study of the channel qq —> (WW -> H)+jj: exploiting the two tagged forward jets, the
403
Fabio Zwirner
The Higgs Puzzle: Experiment and Theory gated
56
. The NLO QCD corrections to ~> tiH + X were computed by two different groups 57 .
PP{PP) L = 10tV' l- = 30fb'' L-lOOfb'1
ATLAS + CMS (noK-factors)
6
10
(GeV)
Figure 13. Sensitivity for the discovery of a SM Higgs boson at the LHC, as a function of mu • The overall statistical significance, integrated over different channels, is plotted for three different integrated luminosities (10, 30 and 100 f b - 1 ) , and assumes the combined statistical power of the ATLAS and CMS experiments.
background can be consistently reduced, allowing the study of decay channels such as H -^ W^W* -> lul'v, which may be a discovery mode for TO# ~ 115 GeV. There are many other recent phenomenological studies on Higgs physics at highenergy colliders that would deserve a detailed discussion. Time limitations just permit a brief mention of some SM studies, with reference to the corresponding papers, leaving aside analogous studies for the MSSM and for more exotic possibilities. Soft and virtual NNLO QCD corrections to gg —> H + X have been computed 5 3 . 'Strong' weak effects at high-energies (Bloch-Nordsieck violations) were studied 54 : in particular, (ayy/7r)log (s/m^y) corrections to a(e + chadrons) and an enhanced mu dependence in WLWL —> hadrons. The crosssection for Higgs + 2 jets via gluon-gluon fusion was computed 55 . High-px Higgs signals from WW —> H —> bb were investi-
404
Conclusions
In the presence of an experimental and theoretical puzzle, as recalled by the title assigned to this talk by the Organizers, conclusions can only be tentative. It is clear that the search for the 'Higgs boson' (or, more generally, for the dynamics underlying the spontaneous breaking of the electroweak gauge symmetry) is the main goal of high-energy physics in the present decade. Direct searches and electroweak precision tests strongly constrain the possibilities: with the presently available information, the existence of at least one light Higgs boson with SM-like (or MSSM-like) properties looks like the best bet, but there is still room for the unexpected. It is important to stress that, in all 'natural' models, the Higgs boson is not alone: the accompanying physics may be even richer in implications (as, for example, in the case of supersymmetry), and we must be prepared to fully explore the TeV scale. While not very successful so far, the theoretical search for plausible alternatives to the SM and the MSSM is worth pursuing, as confirmed by the many ongoing activities along different directions, in particular extra dimensions. The final (scientific) judgement is coming, and experiment will express it with the help of run II of the Tevatron, of the LHC, and hopefully more facilities to come . . . In our quest for the fundamental laws of Nature, there is no substitute for the highenergy frontier!
Fabio Zwirner
The Higgs Puzzle: Experiment and Theory
Questions
Pietro Slavich for useful comments. This work was supported in part by the European Union under the contracts HPRN-CT2000-00149 (Collider Physics) and HPRNCT-2000-00148 (Across the Energy Frontier).
Q. Bennie Ward, MPI and Univ. of Tennessee: There is the ultra-conservative view that we have a light Higgs, they will find it and there is nothing else. It is that way because God made it like that, unnatural or not. The theories in extra dimensions you mention are non-renormalizable so, if you would find them, you are still left with their non-renormalizable artifacts. Why would you say one of these scenarios is better than the other? A. In view of naturalness arguments, the possibility of finding a light Higgs and nothing else at the weak scale seems unlikely. Rigorously, we cannot exclude that the gauge hierarchy problem is solved by mysterious infrared-ultraviolet connections that we are unable to understand with the tools of conventional quantum field theory. However, not even the cosmological constant violates so far the naturalness criterion, since gravitational interactions have been tested only up to energy scales of the order of 10~ 3 eV, not far from the phenomenological value of Acosm in the normalization of Eq. (13). Coming to the second part of your question, extra dimensions are just one out of many possibilities for the new physics at the Fermi scale. Their phenomenology may be described by an effective field theory, but the latter must eventually find an ultraviolet completion: this may be provided, for example, by an underlying superstring theory. Acknowledgments The author would like to thank Riccardo Paramatti and Paolo Valente for precious technical help in the preparation of the talk, Giuseppe Degrassi for discussions on the content of section 1.2, Juliet Lee-Franzini and
405
References 1. P.W. Higgs, Phys. Lett. 12, 132 (1964); Phys. Rev. Lett. 13, 508 (1964); Phys. Rev. 145, 1156 (1966); F. Englert and R. Brout, Phys. Rev. Lett. 13, 321 (1964). 2. R. Barbieri, these Proceedings. 3. G.G. Hanson, these Proceedings. 4. The LEP Higgs Working Group, LHWG Note/2001-03, hep-ex/0107029. 5. J. Drees, these Proceedings. 6. A summary of the preliminary results of the LEP Electroweak Working Group is available at the LEPEWWG home page, http://lepewwg.web.cern.ch/LEPEWWG 7. A. Freitas, W. Hollik, W. Walter and G. Weiglein, Phys. Lett. B 495, 338 (2000) [hep-ph/0007091]. 8. J. Z. Bai et al. [BES Collaboration], hep-ex/0102003; R. R. Akhmetshin et al. [CMD-2 Collaboration], hepex/9904027. 9. H. Burkhardt and B. Pietrzyk, Phys. Lett. B 513, 46 (2001). 10. A.D. Martin, J. Outhwaite and M.G. Ryskin, Eur. Phys. J. C 19, 681 (2001) [hep-ph/0012231]. 11. F. Jegerlehner, hep-ph/0104304. 12. L. Demortier, R. Hall, R. Hughes, B. Klima, R. Roser and M. Strovink [The Top Averaging Group for the CDF and DO Collaborations], FERMILABTM-2084. 13. M.S. Chanowitz, hep-ph/0104024. 14. N. Cabibbo, L. Maiani, G. Parisi and R. Petronzio, Nucl. Phys. B 158, 295 (1979). 15. G. Isidori, G. Ridolfi and A. Strumia, Nucl. Phys. B 609, 387 (2001) [hep-
Fabio Zwirner ph/0104016]. 16. C D . Froggatt, H.B. Nielsen and Y. Takanishi, hep-ph/0104161. 17. J. Ellis, these Proceedings. 18. G. Altarelli, F. Caravaglios, G.F. Giudice, P. Gambino and G. Ridolfi, JHEP 0106, 018 (2001) [hep-ph/0106029]. 19. H. Georgi, H. R. Quinn and S. Weinberg, Phys. Rev. Lett. 33, 451 (1974); S. Dimopoulos, S. Raby and F. Wilczek, Phys. Rev. D 24, 1681 (1981); L. E. Ibanez and G. G. Ross, Phys. Lett. B 105, 439 (1981). 20. J. Ellis, G. Ridolfi and F. Zwirner, Phys. Lett. B 257, 83 (1991) and Phys. Lett. B 262, 477 (1991); Y. Okada, M. Yamaguchi and T. Yanagida, Prog. Theor. Phys. 85, 1 (1991) and Phys. Lett. B 262, 54 (1991); H. E. Haber and R. Hempfling, Phys. Rev. Lett. 66, 1815 (1991). 21. R. Hempfling and A.H. Hoang, Phys. Lett. B 331, 99 (1994) [hepph/9401219]; S. Heinemeyer, W. Hollik and G. Weiglein, Phys. Rev. D 58, 091701 (1998) [hep-ph/9803277]; Phys. Lett. B 440, 296 (1998) [hepph/9807423]; Eur. Phys. J. C 9, 343 (1999) [hep-ph/9812472]; Phys. Lett. B 455, 179 (1999) [hep-ph/9903404]; R. Zhang, Phys. Lett. B 447, 89 (1999) [hep-ph/9808299]; J.R. Espinosa and R. Zhang, JHEP 0003, 026 (2000) [hepph/9912236]; G. Degrassi, P. Slavich and F. Zwirner, Nucl. Phys. B 611, 403 (2001) [hep-ph/0105096]. 22. J.R. Espinosa and R. Zhang, Nucl. Phys. B 586, 3 (2000) [hepph/0003246]. 23. A. Brignole, G. Degrassi, P. Slavich and F. Zwirner, preprint DFPD-01/TH/40, RM3-TH/01-14, ROME1-1327/01, to appear. 24. The LEP Higgs Working Group, LHWG Note/2001-04 [hep-ex/0107030], LHWG Note/2001-05 [hep-ex/0107031], LHWG
The Higgs Puzzle: Experiment and Theory
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30. 31.
32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38.
39.
40.
406
Note/2001-06 [hep-ex/0107032] and LHWG Note/2001-08 [hep-ex/0107035]. T. AfFolder et al. [CDF Collaboration], Phys. Rev. Lett. 86, 4472 (2001) [hepex/0010052]. M. Carena, J.R. Ellis, A. Pilaftsis and C.E. Wagner, Phys. Lett. B 495, 155 (2000) [hep-ph/0009212]. S. Ambrosanio, A. Dedes, S. Heinemeyer, S. Su and G. Weiglein, hepph/0106255. T. Appelquist and C.W. Bernard, Phys. Rev. D 22, 200 (1980); A.C. Longhitano, Phys. Rev. D 22, 1166 (1980) and Nucl. Phys. B 188, 118 (1981). B.A. Kniehl and A. Sirlin, Eur. Phys. J. C 16, 635 (2000) [hep-ph/9907293]; J.A. Bagger, A.F. Falk and M. Swartz, Phys. Rev. Lett. 84, 1385 (2000) [hepph/9908327]. W. Buchmuller and D. Wyler, Nucl. Phys. B 268, 621 (1986). L.J. Hall and C. Kolda, Phys. Lett. B 459, 213 (1999) [hep-ph/9904236]; R. Barbieri and A. Strumia, Phys. Lett. B 462, 144 (1999) [hep-ph/9905281]; C. Kolda and H. Murayama, JHEP 0007, 035 (2000) [hep-ph/0003170]. M.E. Peskin and J.D. Wells, Phys. Rev. D 64, 093003 (2001) [hep-ph/0101342]. Y.Y. Kim, these Proceedings. L. Maiani, these Proceedings. R. Heuer, these Proceedings. M. Turner, these Proceedings. L. Randall, these Proceedings. I. Antoniadis and K. Benakli, Int. J. Mod. Phys. A 15, 4237 (2000) [hep-ph/0007226]; V. A. Rubakov, hepph/0104152. R. Rohm, Nucl. Phys. B 237, 553 (1984); C. Kounnas and M. Porrati, Nucl. Phys. B 310, 355 (1988); S. Ferrara, C. Kounnas, M. Porrati and F. Zwirner, Nucl. Phys. B 318, 75 (1989). I. Antoniadis, Phys. Lett. B 246, 377
The Higgs Puzzle: Experiment and Theory
Fabio Zwirner (1990). 41. J. Scherk and J. H. Schwarz, Phys. Lett. B 82, 60 (1979) and Nucl. Phys. B 153, 61 (1979); P. Fayet, Phys. Lett. B 159, 121 (1985) and Nucl. Phys. B 263, 649 (1986). 42. I. Antoniadis, S. Dimopoulos and G. R. Dvali, Nucl. Phys. B 516, 70 (1998) [hep-ph/9710204]. 43. A. Delgado, A. Pomarol and M. Quiros, Phys. Rev. D 60, 095008 (1999) [hep-ph/9812489]; I. Antoniadis, K. Benakli and M. Quiros, hep-th/0108005; R. Barbieri, L.J. Hall and Y. Nomura, Phys. Rev. D 63, 105007 (2001) [hep-ph/0011311]; N. Arkani-Hamed, L.J. Hall, Y. Nomura, D.R. Smith and N. Weiner, Nucl. Phys. B 605, 81 (2001) [hep-ph/0102090]; G.R. Dvali, S. Randjbar-Daemi and R. Tabbash, hep-ph/0102307. 44. H. Georgi, A. K. Grant and G. Hailu, Phys. Lett. B 506, 207 (2001) [hep-ph/0012379]; R. Contino, L. Pilo, R. Rattazzi and A. Strumia, JEEP 0106, 005 (2001) [hep-ph/0103104]; N. Arkani-Hamed, A. G. Cohen and H. Georgi, Phys. Lett. B 516, 395 (2001) [hep-th/0103135]. For some works appeared after the Conference, see also: D. M. Ghilencea, S. Groot Nibbelink and H. P. Nilles, hep-th/0108184; C. A. Scrucca, M. Serone, L. Silvestrini and F. Zwirner, hep-th/0110073. 45. C. Kounnas, F. Zwirner and I. Pavel, Phys. Lett. B 335, 403 (1994